” Sd ol A AA, i re ee a or Vt an es a eo Oe oh ee a ee 8 EF PE owt it OEM AT dh hed Ue Ad Wo ef aad Ay FOB C feud Aes Heh Rap det a CPerag ea i 4 P oe) “ edie Bel . 2 i Ce ee ted pad rh) et “ soted Pee Se ee, | 7] wi wi han 4 Rn - ik aan De i ayfety achat a at 2 ets toe 4 ee GB A . WAN AP Per yy eee IY : had saad ane ya Wey need weed a dine’ bike , eg el 4d he a aed hak Ae VETTE PARLE AAS He 8 29: i tae ba Le , aeu ahead ae tate 4 Poy ee ee ee ot ee ans ¥aa 4 ¢ Take ead ie AG 04058 40 peg ‘ 4 4 Wei e Veer wie Pee ie tom oe es ’ yi aty Cr A44R S44 OY OOD EG Oe 4 Ra wehipe = 3 = Pine EF et Sey ie oo ca ee ee, ot Z Fer, a Ps 7 e ere ee Coe st ei wae Peer gee’ Ss REAR A eked) Pree Ree tees C4) SLR eee Oa ae Leeper eds Obra £ ore Ro etme rt 39 4 CHES ET Oe ee Dg RA AA ’ A # tae ita cere & Ce waa ee " ca bae Wie ide CCV eae We PWER CER RLMRE Te: ‘ered La bt Sat ee dd OO ae ded aa hd Qe Oe Ff Sea, RAG Rhee treed g ite it i aA #4 Feta | 8 ’ ewe Sh Hse, fi Ye ' : 4 te Th ; \ Varad daa ad ke : SOUR EOR REN ea ee. atchadan ae. I st ' 4 ees ee is fe SEN Nae Ne fe bata SANS TERRE MMR EAR CS RATA a oh fod Bt Shee fundh Ga, Apts 4 hf St ‘as a hae Yai) ia% Aitken be aioe Bi Ag hy a ha 4 hart Hees t ty sage) doo Be Ee eh Ret TLE 6 od 8G r 2 rates yy ' we : t "; a 6 he a at eee a eee Oh ea ee A LES Pee dit , 4 ot ay é N Cota ee AL 1 y " ‘ Pera eal Bek 5 Wer kin woth ye eee kp yr PETC i) y Hise Cart it iheds J ‘ Ae aa - 4 eet we Lasdi " a0 ie bt ka eee re At bed Fie oe ee a ti eee pene | : 4 Lok Rebs 1, va Ay LPR REL Ls PN Ee ee Oe OH 44444 Le VO ad M4 OE RO 8 se RD ee, eas hee da eee ela ane ot 6 a4 et dew en teh a SLA re Mi ba a ad ae jaf, 4 * eee igi ee Yih SOR aan v4 i : eee tee ee eee ee | * Ce it oer tid aided & ac We) AEN A 24 ete: eV OG hate CMe ad Cea OEY b rad doef, CA ey rn ee pe aL a) Ae DW TRS tot Ae # ee ga LAER A tae ab Uy 5 ¥ , PEWS hed a ata bal a ate de sted dave : Qa d . yt 44a eee } etek et aR i ee Wee Pe 4 he CRASH OOS Fle ey oe gee ht eed a te Cor ee 4.4 Gb deg a4 *, F $1 " bat, Bet) Cy det dé hok, ba had en’ + 4 ; ECM ek oni } ws AGS ¥ Me i ¢ \ = iu ie Bie ALN Paededs ‘ i, hae aK Ss, 4 woe ee 2 at eee Coe ot ID) Th : Par oc oe a Ot Ried LF Cea | t C4 ae eee) hI Oe ee Re Re eee i Med RU ae 9 Peis’ he nea he Led CON TEED CR TAH : f i-0 ‘ a ay + ae ua ae } ‘ Curae Seer berber PCLT We Tete Mtr er WN RE) We eh eles meu tpi eee ei! a PRR CNIS ees % Ra ae ae og} eh Ae Lit Ae ee Pas WF Ri de Pa Be sae Ld bead j eo Sor t ei ant 4 re hash Ay = Shui We ira yA Bh cite afidith det bats SA Sates f 4 i 3} ieee ee } Pita asa mosis Pete reg att, are Pear) 3 HP Paes aeorme Dek (Mena dad dea dey 4454.94 + Wise easdke Kod 9.47426 4 RKO boi eth Lad a oP ea Spe Mt Be ee RCP ot) aed fied Wap ore a | FG ‘. ised Naas hs ee -07i oa dat d eine wel Tra Ay LAS oe Ce ee ee 1 EERE ON ED. PP aN he BRA. a | Bw ey, aa 2a Oe POW tet SEW A Ya ee ad oe Att yt aoe Gt gid ay Eades 8 84 Ree ot a Oot a pei ; ri Pity EL Ob ty oo er 04 } . - AUGU ~ Sa | | ee ‘ TE, p i % y a By: \ a 3 le 2 83 AN | ao) oe ee Zz Ag ee : Se a om Rae é rs See Nara e)) = ge a Mk te | ae 8 iad 88 a) =. ee) op ae ane © : 38 32% | : a tw iW vp ) ” Sow eee Wa : ‘ phd} ; (@) ° : he Zz be } a ee Ns hi Lae . & itd oe é ‘ , ah y 1 ~ ; = > . ‘ 3 = = ‘ ; sf . > ~ q ‘ ’ 2 ee - { f F » . . = ( 2 , res —~ 3 a . ; ; ‘ ta ‘ *, ~ a * aa . * ; ~ « [No. 28.] JOURNAL OF THE STRAITS BRANCH OF THE Royal Asiatic Society AUGUST, 1895. Agents of the Society: London and America a ag ra TRUBNER & Co. Paris a me we ... ERNEST LEROUX & CIE. Germany _... K. F. KoeEsLer’s AntTiquarium, Leipzig. SINGAPORE: PRINTED AT THE AMERICAN MISSION PREss, 23, RaFFLES PLACE. TABLE OF CONTENTS. Rules of the Society - - - - - - =i Council for 1895 - . : - . - =a Vi Proceedings of Annual General Meeting - . . - Vi. Annual Report of Council for 1894 - - - - Vil. Treasurer’s Account for 1894 - - - - =b SEX. Memoir of Captain Francis Light—by A. M.S. - ie | The Straits Settlements and the Malay Peninsula— An Address by Mr. J. A. Kruyt, delivered before the Indian Society - - - =, 19 Aturan Sungei Ujong—by R. N. Bland - - - 53 The Crocodiles and Lizards of Borneo—by Edward Bartlett - - - - - - @3 Occasional Notes - 2 2 = = - - 99 ie i * e J ’ ’ a, ; sf iw: j am . < ot: cs i } ? 4 ehh WG, ae : : ¥ ** * ae rile . 7 . . * “) Ua ‘ i } oe = ; - (eos ’ . ats F a. a amet - A “iy : y . ; =>. % ‘ * - : a ( j i w. RULES OF THE STRAITS ASIATIC SOCIETY, I—Name and Objects. 1. The name of the Society shall be “THE STRAITS ASIATIC SOCIETY.” 2. The objects of the Society shall be :— a. The investigation of. subjects connected with the Straits of Malacca and the neighbouring countries. 6. The publication of papers in a Journal. c. The formation of a Library of books bearing on the objects of the Society. Il.—Membership. 3. Members shall be classed as Ordinary and Honorary. 4, Ordinary Members shall pay an annual subscription of $5, payable in advance on the Ist January of each year. 5. Honorary Members shall pay no subscription. 6. On orabout the 30th June of every year, the Honcrary Treasurer shali prepare a list of those Members whose sul scrip- tions for the current year remain unpaid, and such pe:sons shail be deemed to have resigned their membership. But the op-ra- tion of this rule, in any particular case, may be suspended by a vote of the Council of the Society. 7. Candidates for admission as Members skall be proposed by one and seconded by another Member of the Society, and if agreed to Ly a majority of the Council shall be deemed to Le duly elected. ll RULES.—Continued. 8. Honorary Members must be proposed for election by the Council at a general meeting of the Society. l11.—Officers. 9. The Officers of the Society shall be :— A President ; Two Vice-Presidents, one of whom shall be selected from among’st the members resident in Penang; An Honorar y Secretary and Librarian ; An Honorary Treasurer ; and Five Councillors. These Officers shall hold office until their successors are chosen. 10. Vacancies in the above offices shall be filled for the current year by a vote of the remaining Officers. I1V.—Council. 11. The Council of the Society shall be composed of the Officers for the current year, and its duties shall be:— a. To administer the affairs, property and trusts of the Society. 6b. To elect Ordinary Members, and recommend Hono- rary Members for election by the Society. ¢« To decide on the eligibility of papers to be read before general meeting’. d. To select papers for publication in the Teunnoe and to supervise the printing and distribution of the said Journal. e. ‘To select and purchase books for the Library. jf. To accept or decline donations on’ behalf of the Society. g. To present to the Annual Meeting, at the expiration of their term of office, a Report of the proceedings and condition of the Society. i2. The Council shall meet for the transaction of business once a month, or oftener if necessary. At Council meetings, three Officers shall constitute a quorum. | . RULES,— Continued. i 13. The Council shall have authority, subject to confirmation by a general meeting, to make and enforce such By-laws and, Reeulations for the proper conduct of the Society’s affairs as may frdin time to time, be expedient. V.—Meetings. 14. The Annual General Meeting shall be held in January of each year. 15. General Meetings shall be held, when practicab'e, once in every month, and oftener if expedient, at such hour as the Council may appoint. 16. At Meetings of the Society, eleven members shall form a quorum for the transaction of business. 17. At all Meetings, the Chairman shall, in case of an equality of votes, be entitled to a casting vote in addition to his own. 18.. At the Annual General Meeting, the Council shall pre- sent a Report for the preceding year, and the Treasurer shall render an account of the financial condition of the Society. Officers for the current year shall also be chosen. 19. The work of Ordinary General Meetmes shall be the transaction of routme business, the reading of papers approved by the Council, and the discussion of topics connected with the objects of the Society. 20. Notice of the subjects intended to be introduced for dis- cussion by any Member of the Society should be handed in to the Secretary before the Meeting. Visitors may be admited to the Meetings of the Society, but no one who is not a Member shall be allowed to address the Meeting, except by invitation or permission of the Chairman. VI.—Publication of the Society. _ 21. A Journal shall be published, when practicable, every six months, under the supervision of the Council. It shall comprise a selection cf the papers read before the Society, the Reports of ‘the Council and Treasurer, and such other matters as the Council may deem expedient to publish. iv RULES.—Continued. 22. Every member of the Society shall be entitled to one copy of the Journal, deliverable at the place of publication. The Council shall have power to present copies to other Societies and to distinguished individuals, and the remaining copies shall be sold at such prices as the Council shall, from time to time, direct. 23. Twenty-four copies of each paper published in the Journal shall be placed at the disposal of the author. 24. ‘The Council shall bave power to sanction the publication, in a separate form, of papers or documents laid before the Society, if in their opinion practicable and expedient. Vil.—Popular Lectures. 25. Occasional Popular Lectures upon literary or scientific subjects may be delivered, under the sanction of the Council, on evenings other than those appointed for General Meetings of the Society. VIII. Amendments. 26. Amendments to these Rules must be proposed in writing to the Council, who shall, after notice given, lay them before a General Meeting of the Society. A Committee of Resident Members shall thereupon be appointed, in conjunction with the Council, to report on the proposed Amendments to the General Meeting next ensuing, when a decision may be taken. THE Si At TS BRANCH OF THE ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY. fOUNCIL FOR 1895. The Right Rev. Bishop Hose, President. The Rey. G. M. Retin, Vice-President, Singapore. D. Logan, Esquire, Vice-President, Penang. RR. J. Witxrysox, Fsquire, Honorary Secretary. J. O. AnruoniszZ, Fsquire, Honorary Treasurer. G. fF. Hare, Esquire, \ W.N. Bort, Esquire, | A. Kyieur, Esquire, Councillors. A. H. Lemon, Esquire, H. H. Houpson, Esquire, v1 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING OF THE : STRAITS BRANCH OF THE ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY, HELD AT THE RAP PLES. MwU-s 2 Umm ON THURSDAY, 147h FEBRUARY, 1895. PRESENT: The Right Rev. the Bishop of Singapore, Labuan and Sarawak, President (in the Chair), and Messrs. ANTHONISZ, REITH, NORONHA, KNIGHT, COLLYER, LITTON, HARE, LEMON, WILKINSON, LITTLE, DE CaMUus, JEFFREY, ST. CLAIR, SEAH LIANG SEAH and OE. BOTT. The Reports of the Secretary and Treasurer were read and approved. The Secretary proposed, and Mr. HARE seconded, that the Bibliography of Malaya be discontinued. The meeting then proceeded to the election of officers and Council for the ensuing year. The following were elected :— President,—The Right Rev. Bishop HOSE. 2 PROCEEDINGS. Vil Vice-President,—The Rev. G. M. REITH. Treasurer,—Mr. J. O. ANTHONISZ. Secretary,—Mr. R. J. WILKINSON. Councillors,—Messrs. HARE, BOTT, KNIGHT, LEMON and HUuDSON. The President then addressed the meeting to express the ‘sense of loss felt by the Society at the departure of Messrs. HERVEY and MAXWELL, who had done so much for the inter- ests of the Society in the past ; and proposed a vote of thanks to the Honorary Secretary. The meeting then adjourned. Vill ANNUAL REPORT OF THE COUNCIE OF THE SPRATT Ss: BR Acne Or THE ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY, FOR THE YEAR 1894. LP Ge ROR _ ee The Council are happy to state that the affairs of the Society continue to. be in a satisfactory condition. The following members have been elected at or since the last general meeting :— His Honour Mr. Justice Mr: E. A. BARGER W. R. COLLYER. Mr. L. A. M. JOHNSTON. Mr. R. J. WILKINSON. Dr. G. D. FREER. Mr. W. G. SHELLABEAR. The Rev. W. H. DUNKERLEY.- Mr. A. H. LEMON. Mr. Gud). Ela The Rev. D. D. MOORE. Mir hora Messrs. J. B. ELcuM and W. T. WRENCH have resigned their membership of the Society, and the Council regret to record the loss by death of two members of the Society—Mr. D. G. PARKES, and Mr. E. A. WISE, who was killed at Jeram Ampai during the Pahang Rising. During the year, Nos. 25, 26 and 27 of the Society’s Journal have been published, and Nos. 28 and 29 are being printed and will shortly be in the hands of members. Materials are also in hand for another number. It is regretted that little progress has been made with the new map “ol ke Malay Peninsula. It is reported that the Topographical Survey of the State of Selangor will not be complete before June, while no reliable map can at present be made of considerable portions of the State of Pahang. A number of publications have been added to the Society’s Library during the year. ANNUAL REPORT. Pe © > “nD Wm £ Wa om amma tor 92142 66 ELL PWNsOf parvsdyg Zr ISG L PlonsLof pardhog He icite a aes - ‘SOUINOA OOF SUIpug pur (euanoe yo uoraod dn sures atop “ 06 208 ete ie ‘9G ‘ON [vurnor suyuitd LOF SSI WOWSIPT UBoIMouLy “ 96 941 ‘eAe lel yo Aydeasorqug Oy, SHIAVG ‘O 01 OGF AF qutq “ OF 8 ypu £ aUlpurG 10f DNGHG aay “ 00 09 oe see ‘(100490 04 Av TA) QT 6 3 tee eee see ‘yuu Nya Noog NVI, OVS, 07 Aavpeg ‘ dT URILO TA] gen Ta ipery to ysodoguy “ 00 OT ane ‘ . Seowe 00 St SS eo yo oyeg “* “48188 [Bolla] 103 Naaugqoyy sanve “ (00 GOs |" " “P6ST Fs 00 OT AOYO2 TO) 0} UOIssiuUOK) “ JOO GG ae “CG vi ss OL 0 or we ‘osvo pourf-uly em() “ 100 04 ot * “6681 a 4 OT VG tae soe oe ‘Aromoneyg (4 00 OL tee soe ‘T68T 66 as GL F Be “00 # HONGUY, “TOV 00 OL = O681 ; ‘“ ‘NYSE ot} eyelet £40 osvo uo 4yororg “ 100 ¢ SS) “e9QT soz suotydimosqng ““ GZ.G¢ s 6seisog “ [00 ¢ i ‘roanseor yp, ATVLOWO TT 98 TI “- ‘SOULLT, SJIVIT.G PUB SSoLg 90Ljf e6 sug f°" ‘yueg o[yuvo10 TI etodvsulg Ul FooTIY4 heaeeodised Tee Sige tae ‘yur poreqreyy pure Suyoopy erousg Suwsysoapy Ag —! SE8T ‘taquio00qT ISTE Wo oouvleq OT, Do. ‘oo eg ‘IN ‘E691 ‘qsTE Jequieoeg Surpue rvoA oY} Loy yUNODDW Yysep s 1aMseOL], Arexouo yy ‘Id ‘KLWHIOOS OLLVISV TVAOU FHL 10 HONVAE SLIVULS ANNUAL REPORT. “MOMMsDany, tio LOU0 FT ‘ZSINOHINV ‘O £ ye ES eee oy 1S6 1 SP IS6T G9 € “* ‘oansvory, AreLouo0 Fy 5 Ey 86 966. |" Puce o[UVO1 TL a ‘ IS ley hee ‘yuvg poloyareyQ ul soueteg “ 9PF O ‘sonbeyo yeIed % sueued wo jyunoosiq, “ O08 €9¢ 46 ON [eUInor Suyurd oy ssorg uowsipy Weomoury Ag <6 le pinnsof pybnorg CP IG6'L | “psnmuos 1ybnong °2 ¢ ‘panuyuoo— PERT “48TE requieoog Surpue reed oy} Io yunoovoy ysep s,remmsvory, ATe10U0H MEMOIR OF CAPTAIN FRANCIS LIGHT, WHO FOUNDED PENANG, Poaxrp Ocropre 2ist, 1794.,] RANCIS LIGHT was born at “Dallington (? Dal- lingho) in Suffolk’”’ about 1745, and came to the East at an early age in the Marine Service of the East India Co. There is scarcely one of our Straits worthies of whom so few personal particulars are known. He has of course left official records, and several of his private letters have been printed and preserved. ‘There is also the official Diary he kept during the first few months in Penang, which is printed in Logan’s Journal Vol III; but this is all. Cap- tain LIGHT belongs to the “active period’ of the Straits, to which, as in other places, the “literary period” succeeded. The latter began with MARSDEN and LEYDEN of “many-lan- guaged lore,” who commenced his journeys in Sumatra and the Peninsula in 1805. During the next fifty years there was no lack of scholars and writers in these countries. But before their time almost the only English literature of the Far East consisted of accounts by ship captains, like DAM- PIER and FORREST, of their own and others’ voyages. In these narratives there is much that is useful; but we miss the literary side and the personal details that make LEYDEN, MARSDEN and RAFFLES seem so much more familiar to us than their predecessors. The first heard of Captain LIGHT is in 1771, when he states he entered into correspondence with WARREN HASTINGS as to the desirability of a repairing harbour in these waters, recom- mending Penang as a “convenient magazine for the Eastern trade.’ There was no doubt negotiation for many years after in the intervals of trading tours. 2 MEMOIR OF CAPTAIN LIGHT. In 1779, we come across Captain LIGHT in one of these voyages; more than one reference being made to him in the Journal* of Dr. KOENIG, the Danish Botanist, during that year. He met Captain LIGHT trading at Junk Ceylon in May, and at Malacca in November, 1779; and he refers to him in terms that show there was friendship between them, and that the Botanist found him an enlightened and sympathetic com- panion. It is curious that this MS. also contains for the first time a tolerably full mention of Penang and of the deep-water approaches in the North channel, which justified its selection by Captain LIGHT seven years later. In 1780-1, a scheme had at last been matured for settling Junk Ceylon, through private subscription but with the con- sent of the Governor-General in Council (then WARREN HAS- TINGS). There is in the British Museum a Paper which bears on this scheme, being a description of Junk Ceylon transmit- ted by Captain LIGHT to Lord CORNWALLIS in his letter of 18th June, 1787. The wars with the French and Dutch in 1781-3 delayed its execution, and shortly after Captain LIGHT decided on the superior merits of Penang harbour. He was at first for settling at one and the same time in both places; but when the friendly ruler of Junk Ceylon died in December, 1785, it was finally resolved by the Governor- General to make the experiment at Penang alone, which the young Raja of Kedah had offered to cede for $6,000 a year. In June, 1786, Captain LIGHT left Calcutta with Sir J. MAc- PHERSON’S authority to act. He was given 100 Native ‘‘new- raised Marines” and 30 Native Lascars, as well as 15 Artille- rymen (European) and 5 Officers to support him in his undertaking to carry out the settlement of Penang. He first proceeded to Kedah. There he completed his negotiations, and provisioned his party. Sailing thence with three vessels on the evening of the 14th July, 1786, he anchored off Pulau ~ Tikus the following day. The first two days he stayed on board, and was busy surveying the harbour and testing the * In MS. in British Museum (translated S. A. S. Journal 27.) + See Logan’s Journal, Vol. V, and p. 11 infra. MEMOIR OF CAPTAIN LIGHT. 8 anchorages. At last, on the 17th, he ‘disembarked Lieut. “GRAY with the Marines upon Point Penagger—a low sandy “point covered with wood—and employed them in clearing “the ground.’ This ground is the present Esplanade, which with great foresight he reserved when so freely giving away all other lands. He took formal possession of the Island on the r1th* August. The place was practically unoccupied; the only Malay in- habitants heard of were 52 Malays who came over, apparently from near Tanjong Tokong, to help in felling the forest. Shortly afterwards an ancient clearing with coco-nuts, fruit trees and a burial-ground came to notice at Datoh Kramat; and in 1795 a grant of this clearing (measuring 13 orlongs) Was given to Maharaja SETIA, on the express ground that he was a “relation by descent of the Datoh Kramat who cleared “the ground go years before.” With these exceptions, the whole place was one great jungle.t Clearing went on with energy; wells were dug which yielded water that was fit to drink, but uninviting through being stained red by the roots of the penaga tree. Huts were run up for the marines and lascars, the tents which the set- tlers had brought not affording sufficient room. A month passed away quietly enough in the performance of these first labours, and the little party on the point was still unmo- lested by prying and undesirable intruders. But this was not to last long. Writing to Mr. ANDREW Ross of Madras, Cap- tain LIGHT says: ‘“‘Before we could get up any defence we “had visitors of all kinds, some for curiosity, some for gain, “and some for plunder.” No Malay wearing a ér7s was at first allowed ashore, and care was taken to confine to their boats parties of those Achinesa * By a curious error this event came afterwards to be celebrated on the 12th August, and is so kept in Penang even now. It is easy to explain how the mistake occurred; the 12th August was the Prince Regent’s birthday, after whom the Settlement was named. So far back as 1823, the 12th is given as the date of foundation in a minute on Land Administration by Mr. PHILLIPs, who came to Penang with Sir Grorce LEITH in 1800. + The island had been cleared by Kedah of its piratical inhabitants about 1750. 4 MEMOIR OF CAPTAIN LIGHT. and other warlike spirits who were above using the d/zong in the jungle. Captain LIGHT had seen too many ruins of the old factories which these gentry had ‘cut off” to trust them as settlers. To encourage the wood-cutters, he is said to have ingeniously loaded a gun with a bag of dollars and fired it into the jungle. It is mentioned also that the Malays pro- vided nzbongs for the stockade which was the precursor of Fort Cornwallis. On the roth August, two of the Company’s . ships, the Vansittart and the Valentine, hove in sight, and Captain LIGHT, thinking the occasion a favourable one for the christening of the infant colony, invited the Captains ashore to assist in the ceremony on the 11th August. ‘“ At “noon,” he tells us, “all the gentlemen assembled under the “flagstaff, and unitedly hoisted the flag, taking possession of ‘the island in the name of His Britannic Majesty and for the “use of the Honourable East India Company, the artillery ‘and ships firing a Royal salute, the marines three volleys.” The following day being the birthday of the PRINCE OF WALES, it occurred to our founder to name the island in his honour; but this name has been unable to compete with the shorter one of native origin, and exists only in official docu- ments. Once the establishment of the Settlement became known, people began to flock in from all quarters to live under the protection of the British flag. . His work progressed favourably, especially in the matter of health. The early entries in his Diary often express surprise at the absence of all serious sickness; until the following year. Then the dry season affected many, and struck him down with fever very severely in January, 1787. About the same time he began to feel the want of support from Calcutta. In February, 1787, he writes to Mr. A. Ross, of Madras :—“I ‘have received nothing from the Bengal Government since my ‘ departure from Calcutta.’’ But the Settlement prospered and grew notwithstanding, the number of settlers being stated at “about 10,000” by the end of 1789, and at over 20,000 in 1795.* -* Of this number the Chinese were then not much over 3,000; and Captain LENNON, R. E., who visited Penang, in November, 1795, expressly states, That the Chuliahs were more numerous, (5S. A. S. Journal, vol. 7.) MEMOIR OF CAPTAIN LIGHT. 5 The task of governing this mixed multitude fell entirely on the shoulders of Captain LIGHT himself, for he received but little encouragement from the Indian Government, who long regarded the Establishment at Penang with doubts and even with jealousy. There had been a rival settlement formed at the Andamans in 1791, under the patronage of Admiral CORNWALLIS; but it never prospered, and in 1796, was aban- doned. Meanwhile Penang had natural advantages which served it better than any patronage. The Superintendent, as he was called, lost no opportunity of assuring the East India Company of the success of his beloved Settlement as a commercial enterprise, and implored the Directors to estab- lish a proper Government and to make provision for the administration of justice. This was a difficulty most keenly felt, but in spite of his earnest recommendation no proper remedy was applied. The sole tribunal up to the beginning of the 19th century was an informal kind of Court Martial, com- posed of Officers and respectable inhabitants. All the minor offences and petty disputes were adjudicated by the ‘“ Capi- tans” or headmen of the various nationalities inhabiting the island ; and there was no regularly organised judicial system in the island till the establishment of the Recorder’s Court in 1805. In Captain LIGHT’S time persons convicted of murder were sent prisoners to Bengal; and by the express order of the Indian Government it was ‘‘made understood upon the “island for the sake of example that they were to remain in “slavery for life.’ This bugbear of slavery in Bengal was a childish subterfuge wherewith to maintain the majesty of the law ; but LIGHT was no party to such folly; and continually urged his Government to provide proper Courts endowed with full authority. Early in 1788, the financial question confronted the Super- intendent of the new Colony. He was much averse to laying burdens on the people, and especially to interfering with the freedom of the port, and expresses his regret at the insistence of Government. In a despatch addressed to Lord CORNWAL- Lis, dated 20th June, 1788, he urges: ‘‘Some reasonable time ‘should be allowed the first settlers to enable them to bear 6 MEMOIR OF CAPTAIN LIGHT. “the expense of building, &c. I arrived here in July, 1786. “Tt is now almost two years, but the inhabitauts have not “slept in their houses more than twelve months. I should ‘not have scrupled to give my word to them that they would ‘not be taxed in three years, but as the necessities of gov- “ernment will not admit of a delay, I offer the following “modes to your Lordship’s consideration.’ He suggests twelve possible methods for raising revenue, including ground-rent on houses, shop-tax on retailers, a spirit farm, duties on alienation and succession, and import duties on foreign goods. The Government approved of these, but con- sented to postpone the evil day. Later on, however, in 1801, Penang became a ‘“‘customs port;’’ and was not set free from this obstruction to its trade till 1826. In 1789, Captain LIGHT went to Calcutta, and was closely questioned by the Government as to the capabilities of Pe- nane, | i hus challenged, he proved equal to the occasion, and eulogised his Settlement in a voluminous reply. He con- cludes a despatch by the following optimistic summary of such advantages as, he says, are visible and undeniable :— “7. A harbour with good anchorage, secured from bad “weather and capable of containing any number of vessels. “92, An island well watered, of excellent soil, capable of “sustaining 50,000 people and abounding in all necessary ma- ‘terials for their service and security. “3, A port favourable to commerce, the present imports ‘amounting to upwards of $600,000 per annum. ‘4. A place of refuge for merchant ships where they may ‘refit and be supplied with provisions, wood and water, and ‘protected from the insults of enemies. ‘3, An emporium centrally situated where the merchants ‘of all nations may conveniently meet and exchange their “commodities.” LIGHT’S instincts were true; yet he failed to convince his Government, and for many years the life of Penang hung on a thread; indeed it was not till recently that revenue began to cover expenditure, and that our founder’s forecast was jus- tified in this respect. MEMOIR OF CAPTAIN LIGHT. 7 In 1790, LIGHT began to find that the duties of Superin- tendent of the growing Settlement were incompatible with his position as a merchant,* while the small salary (Rs. 1,000 per month) which he received from Government was insuffi- cient to warrant his giving up trade. So strongly did he feel this that we find him proposing to the authorities in Calcutta that he should be precluded from engaging in trade, receiv- ing ‘‘such increase of salary as will support the office with “decency and enable me te make a small provision for ap- ‘proaching old age.’’ Few of his acts reveal an honourable and upright character more clearly than this. His combined position of Superintendent and principal merchant in Penang gave him abundant opportunity of enriching himself; and in those lax days, with examples like VANSITTART and MAc- PHERSON before him, such scruples must have seemed to many almost Quixotic. In the following year there was trouble with Kedah. The Raja of that country, grown jealous of the pros- perous Settlement that had sprung up in his neighbourhood, collected a force, and in 1791 instigated a fleet of twenty La- noon boats to enter Pry River. [hese were joined by the Kedah Bandahara. A land force also came down to the banks of the river and threw up entrenchments. LIGHT’s force num- bered 400 men, all well armed and disciplined. He took the initiative and attacked by land and sea the force at Kuala Pry, which had swelled to the number of over 8,000 Malays. After a few hours fighting the enemy were dispersed, notwithstand- ing their great preponderance of numbers. Since that day Penang has remained free from the attack of any enemy, native or foreign, even when the Siamese troops of the PHYA LIGOR were over-running Kedah in 1821. LIGHT was justly proud of his victory and called his next son FRANCIS LANOON LIGHT in honour of it. In a despatch dated 24th August, 1792, Captain LIGHT continues to sound the trumpet of his little Colony and to pre- dict for it that success which it has since attained. One admires the earnest way in which its earliest ruler stood + He was partner with James Scort in Scott & Co., afterwards Brown & Co, § MEMOIR OF CAPTAIN LIGHT. forth as the champion of Penang. We have had other cham- pions since, and ardent ones too, but must give FRANCIS LIGHT the palm. In the same despatch he alludes to the dis- covery of tin on Bukit Timah (the spur to the north of the “Crag’’ where the new Sanitarium of the Pulau Tikus Col- lege now stands), and the discovery of a wild nutmeg “ whose ‘fruit so nearly resembles a nutmeg that the Buggesses and “a Dutchman who had been at the spice islands declared to “be the real nutmeg.” He goes on to say > “WU havemeneas “hopes that the fruit may be improved so as to become an “article of commerce.’ ‘This prediction was verified, but not for some years after, till Mr. CHRISTOPHER SMITH’S Agricultural Mission in 1802; and then it was the imported nutmeg plant from Amboyna which for a time flourished so greatly in the island. The whole tone of Captain LIGHT’S letters bears testimony to the singleness of purpose and ad- ministrative insight that characterised this remarkable man, and it is matter for deep regret that he was not spared longer to bring his labours to full fruition. The use he made of his short period of power in the Far East, and his great capacity as a leader of pioneer enterprise, prove him a worthy fore- runner to Sir STAMFORD RAFFLES, who founded Singapore, 35 years later, on very similar lines. Captain LiGutT died at Penang, like so many of the early Chiefs of the Settlhément, on the 21st October, 1794. Some fever like that severe one recorded in his journal ; in February, 1787, probably caused his death; at any rate he was able to raake a Will on the previous day. A letter to Government published in Vol. V of Logan’s Journal, p. 7, is the last official record of his work, bearing date 25th January, 1794. In this he pleaded that a Civil Assistant trained to the work might be his successor, “in case of his removal by death or otherwise,” instead of the Officer Commanding as arranged in 1787. He also advocates ~ “a mild and at the same time an active Government” as necessary for the ‘‘most wealthy and useful inhabitants ’— that is, the Chinese, whose numbers he estimated at about 3,000. MEMOIR OF CAPTAIN LIGHT. 9 ‘He ends with the following characteristic paragraph :—" A ‘regular form for administering justice ‘is necessary, both for “the peace and welfare of the society and for the honour “of the nation who have granted them protection; it is “likewise improper the Superintendent should have it in ‘‘his power to exercise an arbitrary judgment upon persons ‘‘and things; whether this judgment is iniquitous or not “the mode is still arbitrary and disagreable to society.” | Under date August Ist, 1794, the Governor-General, Lord TEIGNMOUTH, replied that “he did not at present think him- self authorised to establish formal and regular Courts,’ but passed, and transmitted to Captain LIGHT, certain Regula- tions for preserving the peace of the island. These long remained effective; and Mr.Justice DICKENS, on 22nd October, 1805, eleven years after, declared them to be the only laws even then in force. These Regulations must have reached Captain LIGHT just before his death, and the establishment of Mr. MANNINGTON as Magistrate with the first approach to regular law in his infant Settlement appropriately closes the public career of such a man. His chronicler—Colonel Low— thus sums up his character and work :— “ Although the rather implicit credence which he gave at “first to the Rajah of Kedah’s assertion of his independence “of Siam, might have led to more serious consequences “than it did, still it would appear that he was a man of “sound sense, probity and judgment—active, practical, and “moderate. That certainly reprehensible credence, how- “ever, secured to the British merchant and to the world the “port of Pinang, the most eligible one at this extremity of “the Straits. (Vol. II] of LOGAN’s Journal, 1848). This seems to be a just and friendly reference as regards him personally. But in estimating the political criticism it must be remembered who it is that writes. Colonel LOW was an avow- ed partisan in the curious political controversy of his time re- garding the status of Kedah. This matter bears so closely on Captain LIGHT’S principal works, and on his judgment and sin- cerity in carrying it out, that it must not be passed over in any account of his action as the Founder of the Settlement. me) MEMOIR OF CAPTAIN LIGHT. The old controversy upon the point has long subsided. As a matter of practical politics, the general “suzerainty” of Siam is now, and since the Malay Restoration in 1842, ex- pressly admitted; but that in 1786 it was admitted, or even claimed, in any European sense of the word, ‘“suzerainty,” cannot be maintained. The view favouring Captain LIGHT’S direct negotiation with Kedah was supported by Mr. J. R. LOGAN, and was held by those best-informed in Straits affairs when the dispute arose. The opposite case, of which Colonel Low, a Siamese scholar, made himself the chief exponent, is best disposed of by quoting his own admissions in his paper on the question in Vol. III of LOGAN’s Journal:— P. 602. He admits that “no coercion or intimidation was “employed to obtain the cession of Penang in 1786.” P. 601. That the Rajah protested his independence, and was believed by the Government of India (after enquiries protracted during 1778-86); while ‘‘Siam would readily have consented” if consulted. P. 613. That there was an “ancient dependence, anda rebellion against Siam zz 1720,” which shews the unpractical character of the claim, so many years after. Pp. 603-13. In fact the triennial ‘‘bunga mas” remains the sole piece of evidence on which the whole figment has been constructed. The value of this evidence can be gauged by Colonel Low’s own reference (p. 613) to ‘the rival nations of Ava and Siam” doth receiving this token (see also p. 610 where the Rajah of Kedah claimed our help against doth Burmese and Siamese). The dunga mas wasno more than a token of inferior pretensions, offered by a second-rate to a first-rate Eastern Power, in the same way as it was formerly offered by Siam to China. It is clear from many of these passages (pp. 600 to 609 and elsewhere) that Colonel Low imported into his chronicle in LOGAN’S Journal questions which sixty-five years before had never been raised* at all, but which afterwards excited *In 1802 the Advocate-General at Calcutta advised on the question whether the sovereignty of the Island had been ceded to Britain, and in the course of his formal ‘‘Opinion”’ the very existence of the Siamese is ignored. MEMOIR OF CAPTAIN LIGHT. iat much feeling in the controversy of his day. So also it must be confessed did Mr. Secretary ANDERSON and the partisans on the other side. : The unfairness of this as affecting Captain LIGHT’S action is obvious: especially because the strongest argument for his view of the independence of Kedah lay just in the fact that the question of dependence was never raised at all in the early days. In the later controversy, at a time when the Siamese invasion was pressing and the Dutch power had passed away from the Peninsula, it was forgotten that in the eighteenth century things were different. Far more important then than Siam stood out the other factor in the question— the Dutch—who in 1783-5 were engaged in active hostilities* with Selangor and Rio. It is stated in ANDERSON’S “Consi- derations,” (1824) on the authority of a letter from LIGHT to the Governor-General, that the Dutch in 1783 wrote to the Rajahs of Kedah and Tringganu for assistance, and fearing Dutch hostility when the Malacca siege was over, those Ra- jahs made in 1785 spontaneous offers of a British settlement in their respective States. _ One thing is certain—that in writing his criticism in 1848, Colonel LOW was ignorant of Captain LIGHT’S despatch to Lord CORNWALLIS in 1787; and in consequence misrepresents the whole of the official negotiations respecting Salang and Penang as though these had turned upon ‘“‘whether the islands formed a portion of the Siamese Empire.’ The printing of this despatch in a later volume of LOGAN’S Journal at once made it clear that nothing of that kind came into the question; its entire absence is in fact most noticeable. Captain LIGHT explained fully the whole of the circumstances of his selecting these islands in the official letter mentioned above, dated 18th June, 1787 (published in LOGAN, Vol. IV, p. 634). This letter shows that in 1780 WARREN HASTINGS’ Council sanctioned “in a public letter” Captain LiGuHT’s ‘‘plan for employing subscriptions,” already actually raised for a Settlement on a — —< *See S. A. S. Journal, Vol. XXIV, ‘Raja Haji’s War,”’ 12 MEMOIR OF CAPTAIN LIGHT. Salang (Junk Ceylon); which was in course of being carried out when “before the troops and ships were made ready, the “war with France in 1781-2 led to its being neglected.” The letter adds how, at the conclusion of the war, HASTINGS took the matter up again. ‘‘ But for the death of a friendly Governor of Salang in December, 1785,’ Captain LIGHT—who had however in the meanwhile been struck by the superior advantages of Penang ‘‘as a barrier to the Dutch encroach- ment’’—would, he says, “have taken both islands.”’ In the end, Sir J. MACPHERSON, HASTINGS’ successor, ‘readily accepted Penang, but declined taking Salang” on the two grounds :— (1)—that “it required a greater force” to keep; (2)—that “as Goverment required a naval port with a port of commerce, Penang is more favourable than Salang.” There is no doubt that Captain LIGHT honestly believed it to be within the competence of the Rajah of Kedah to make over to the East India Company the island of Penang, and that nobody then questioned it. It is also certain that when his ships—the E/zza, the Prince Henry and the Speedwell— came to Penang, they went there with the Rajah’s full consent and support, though after some opposition from the Laxamana and the Chiefs. Captain LIGHT’S Journal shews that the 11th, 12th and 13th July, 1786, were spent at Kedah “in embarking the people and provisions” for this expedition. There was nothing secret about it. Once arrived in Penang, he very wisely acted with a sole view to the success and safety of his young Settlement. His Diary describes the numerous risks incurred in such an undertaking, and shows how piracy, scanty provisions, disease, the hostility of the Dutch in Ma- lacca, the jealousy of Kedah, had to be encountered in turn. One story that has obtained currency perhaps deserves . contradiction, for strange to say it is repeated in a Work like BALFourR’s “Encyclopedia of India” (Vol. III), 1885, published by BERNHARD QUARITCH:— “ PENANG.—It was an uninhabited forest, when given “by the King of Quedah to Captain Light in 1785, as the “marriage portion of the King’s daughter whom Captain MEMOIR OF CAPTAIN LIGHT. 13 “Light married; but it was sold to the British by the King ‘Sm i6oo.”’ ) The statement about “the marriage portion” is of course unfounded. It has been repeated from old gossip* on this subject in a way that is as discreditable as the other obvious errors in the dates, &c. Captain LIGHT certainly allied him- self in 1772 with MARTINA ROZELLS, but she was neither a Malay nor a Princess, but was apparently a Portuguese Christian of the Roman Catholic Mission at Kedah or Junk Ceylon. The old Junk Ceylon Mission removed about that time to Kedah, and in 1786 to Pulau Tikus village at Penang. She lived with him to his death, and inherited his house “Suffolk’”’ and other property. She bore him five children, one of whom at least he took care to bring up in Englandt— Colonel WILLIAM LIGHT, born in 1784, died 1839. This son followed in his father’s steps; for it was his pride to be the “Founder of Adelaide.” As the companion and “Surveyor- General” of Sir J. HINDMARSH, first Governor of the new Colony of South Australia, he selected the site of the new Capital on December 28th, 1836. The success of Captain LIGHT’S enterprise in establishing Penang was already clear at the time of his death. This is shown by Admiral CORNWALLIS’ rival Settlement at the Anda- mans being abandoned two years later in favour of Penang. It is also testified to in the account of no less a personage than the great DUKE OF WELLINGTON (then Col. WELLESLEY) which is to be found, under date 1797, in Voi. I of GLEIG’s “Supplementary Despatches.’ Finally it was made manifest to all the world in the despatch of the Court of Directors on establishing the Presidency Government at Penang, in September, 1805. (Published in LOGAN’s Journal, Vol. V.) * No doubt the story was honestly accepted and propagated by Colonel LicHT, and his English friends, when having distinguished himself in the Peninsular War he became the Duke’s confidential A.D.C. + It appears from his Will that £2,000 was provided for this purpose, The other domestic facts are also gathered from it and from some Memoranda industriously collected by Mr. F. Lieut, a direct descendant. 14 MEMOIR OF CAPTAIN LIGHT. This destpatch gives no mean tribute to Captain LIGHT’s work; and it deserves to be quoted at some length, for it explains with curious minuteness the policy of the East India Company during the first nineteen years of Penang history. It testifies that “from the spirit of British rule, “even when imperfectly administered, industry, enterprise ‘‘and improvement have appeared to a considerable extent on “the island, and its population, produce and commerce are ‘already very respectable.” As regards the) tutume. ae adds: “‘ The position of this island, its climate, its fertility, its ‘harbour, its produce of large timber, its contiguity to Pegu “which contains the most abundant of teak forests in Asia, ‘have long pointed it out as an acquisition of very great im- ‘(portance in a commercial and political view, being situated “in a most favourable situation for an emporium of commerce ‘in the Eastern seas.” This important document, of 14 closely printed pages and 74 paragraphs, must have been framed in the latter part of 1804, just ten years after Captain LIGHT’sS death. It is diffi- cult to conceive a better testimony to his work and to the merits of his young Settlement. Among other things, it describes minutely how “no Import and Export duties were ‘imposed up to the time of the 2 per cent. ad valorem duty ‘levied in 1801, on the importation of tin, pepper and betel- “nut, which in that year produced $13,076”; and also how ‘upon our first taking possession of the island............... ‘‘ground was said to be of such little value that to ask was “to have, or to appropriate was equivalent to legal right.” To check this some instructions had been invited and a Regulation had been passed on August Ist, 1794, “ respecting grants of land for the period of 5 years’; and resolving that for the future ‘‘no grant of land be made to Europeans “exceeding in quantity 300 orlongs, preferring to encourage ‘the clearing and cultivation of the island by making small ‘grants of land to the industrious Chinese.” Unfortunately for this policy, the Chinese would not look at such short leases. The emergency thus created at the close of MEMOIR OF CAPTAIN LIGHT, 15 his life brought out the resource and political courage which were the secret of Captain LIGHT’S success. This Regulation stopping perpetuity grants in favour of five-year leases was to take effect from 1st January, 1795. When the Resolution arrived he allowed it to be known and stopped issuing grants; but at the same time he informed Mr. YOUNG and others that he would not promulgate it, but would get it rescind- ed: “well knowing (says Mr. YOUNG) the publication would instantly stop all further advance,’ and especially the pep- per-planting near Glugor which he had started in 1790 and had done so much to promote. Before the Resolution could come into force, he had died. But his immediate successor Mr. MANNINGTON took the same view; and on the 22nd August, 1796, “the Governor-General in Council rescinded his Resolu- tion of the 1st August, 1794,” v7z., that no allotments of land be made in perpetuity. (Papers relating to Land Revenue Ad- ministration, published 1884.) It has since been contended that these Perpetuity Grants were a mistake; but the contemporary evidence points entire- ly the other way. In any case the blame would fall on his superiors. The responsibility for that policy lies with Sir J. MACPHERSON, who, when Captain LIGHT sounded him in April, 1786, before he started on his expedition, as to ‘‘granting settlers a portion of land,” replied ‘‘That would be proper;” and with his successor, Lord CORNWALLIS, whose first des- patch to Captain LIGHT dated 22nd January, 1787, stated: “We leave it to your discretion to receive such colonists as “you may think it safe and advisable to admit and to give each “family such portion of land as circumstances will allow and “you may judge expedient.’ To Lord CORNWALLIS’ wise and liberal statesmanship on this and similar points the Set- tlement owes much of its rapid progress. His preference for “perpetuity settlement’? may have carried him too far in an old country like Bengal. But in a new Colony it is the only policy that can succeed; as was soon made clear at Penang when he left, and when Lord TEIGNMOUTH endeavoured to reverse it and adopt. restrictive measures. In this matter as in so many others Captain LiGuT did his * 16 MEMOIR OF CAPTAIN LIGHT. duty well, as the local Chief, in saving the Government he served from making what would have been a very serious mistake. This was frankly admitted in paragraph 164 of Lord AUCKLAND’S well-known minute of 1837. But this controversy belongs to a later chapter. The Founder’s work was done, and it did not “follow him.’ He had been entirely successful in a kind of enterprise in which disastrous failure has been so common. His ‘‘infant Port,’ once made a Presidency Government, la very snugly under the shelter, not only of Penang Hill but of the “Honourable Court”’ itself. What the Treaty of Holland effected for the security of Singapore, the recognition given in 1805 by this new Commission of Government effected for Penang. Henceforth experiments could be tried without risking the very life of the Settlement. Some of them suc- ceeded—like that of receiving Indian convicts, and like the “forward policy,’ which culminated in our occupying Java, and afterwards Singapore. Some of them failed—like the attempts to evacuate Malacca in 1808, and to federate with Acheen in 1811-18. Most of the experiments encountered, as usual, something both of failure and success. Among these may count the rage for nutmeg-planting, in 1802~20, and the Honourable Court’s attempt to make Penang pay its way by Customs duties and otherwise. No period of its history can better illustrate ‘‘the spirit of ‘British rule even when imperfectly administered” than that in which Captain LIGHT played his part alone. Those first eight years form a truly successful record of what British courage and perseverance, local experience amounting to adroitness, and a large-minded sense of public duty can achieve, even when almost unsupported. These qualities are shewn by the public records. The inscription to his memory at St. George’s Church by a contemporary Penang resident—ROBERT SCOTT—adds to the favourable impression made by the public records a warm testimony to his worth :— MEMOIR OF CAPTAIN LIGHT. 17 IN MEMORY OF FRANCIS LIGHT ESQ. WHO FIRST ESTABLISHED THIS ISLAND AS AN ENGLISH SETTLEMENT, meee, MANY YEARS GOVERNOR. BORN IN THE COUNTY OF SUFFOLK IN ENGLAND, AND DIED OCTOBER 2IST, 1794. IN HIS CAPACITY AS GOVERNOR, THE SETTLERS AND NATIVES WERE GREATLY ATTACHED TO HIM AND BY HIS DEATH, HAD TO DEPLORE THE LOSS OF ONE WHO WATCHED OVER THEIR INTERESTS AND CARES AS A FATHER. The best part of his life—from 1771 to 1794—had been given to this place, and he rests in our old Cemetery. His grave and the brief Inscription on it (the first four lines as printed above) are well kept. Next to him lies PHILIP DUNDAS, the first Presidency Governor; and within a few yards are the tombs of Captain SCOTT and Captain GLAss, his earliest fellow settlers. It is only right that his successors should gratefully recall those who came first and bore the hard work of Pioneers ; and should give special honour to so worthy a “ Founder,” upon the hundredth Anniversary of his Death. inci SS, Penang, 21st October, 1894. , 7s ¢ ; : | \, - 0 3 | | Eee ES" S 1B G Mer A3 . A. KRU YY, DELIVERED BEFORE THE INDIAN SOCIETY, ON THE STRAITS SETTLEMENTS AND THE MALAY PENINSULA. 5-8 Sey N the immediate vicinity of our Hast Indian posses- soi} sions le the Straits Settlements, an English Crown ag Colony, of which Singapore and Penang are the Veer chief ports. These are often touched at by passing Civil Servants, Officers and other Dutchmen on their way to Holland, and also on the way to or from Acheen or the Hast Coast of Sumatra. They see then in a cursory way something of these English trading places, but in general Dutchmen still kuow very little of this Col- ony, and of the adjacent Malay Peninsula. I was astonish- ed to see how little of the literature that exists on this sub- ject is to be found in Holland. If the contents of the li- brary of this Society disappointed me in this respect, and those of the Library of the “‘ Koninklijk Instituut voor taal- land-en volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-Indie,”’ I was still more disappointed, when I came to enquire in the Royal Library, as to what was to be found of this part of the world upon this subject. 20 ADDRESS BY MR. KRUYT ON And yet these regions should inspire us with especial in- terest not only as belonging to our closest neighbours, but also because they belong to a world-nation, to the first Colo- nial power, and are governed in an entirely different way to our possessions. The influence that for years has spread of its own accord and in a natural way from there to our Colonies, ought not to be under-estimated. ‘To enquire into these influences, to put to a certain extent on a safe footing the relations be- tween both Colonies, is naturally the delicate task of the Dutch Consular Officials in Singapore and Penang, who are, as it were, our advance guards there. For some years I have been honoured with this trust in Penang. For this reason, I wish this evening, at the solicitation of your Committee, to draw your attention to this interesting part of the English transmarine possessions, in the hope that this lecture may contribute in some degree to increase your interest in these regions, and may perhaps induce you to make a closer investigation into the present condition of things prevailing in the Straits Settlements and in the Ma- lay Peninsula. IT would ask your indulgence for any deficiencies and shortcomings which may be found in this contribution, which had to be compiled from scattered notes. The Malay Peninsula, formerly called the Malacca Pe- ninsula, or simply Malacca, by which is understood the por- tion of Further India to the South of the Isthmus of Krah, is washed on the West by the Gulf of Bengal and the Straits of Malacca, and on the Hast by the Chinese Sea and the Gulf of Siam. It is 600 Hnglish miles long, near Krah 40 miles broad, and further down averages 150 Eng- lish miles in breadth, giving an area of about 75,000 Enelish square miles, of which 40,000 are under Siam, and 35,000 under England, with a population of about one-and-a-half million souls. To Siam belong, on the West Coast, Kedah with Perlis and Situl, Junk Ceylon with Tongkah, Renong with Trang and Krah, and, on the Hast Coast, Tringganu, Kelantan, Patani, Singgora and Ligor. THE STRAITS SETTLEMENTS, Xc. 21 We shall leave these undiscussed, so that we can confine ourselves exclusively to the English portion. The mountain ranges that run through the whole leneth of the Peninsula are continuations of the mountain land of Further India, chiefly of granite formation, not subject to volcanic influences, and varying in height from 4 to 12 thousand feet. The highest peaks are in Kedah, Perak and Tringganu. These mountain ranges are bordered on both sides by alluvial plains from 10 to 30 English miles broad, broader as a rule on the West than on the Hast Coast. The hills are covered with rich forests, in which the wild tribes that live from the chase lead a wandering life; the plains, with their fertile soil and rich tropical culti- vation, are inhabited by the more stationary population. The wild tribes (Negritos), which are but scanty in num- bers, are called Sakais North of the Perak River, and South of that Semangs; older Malay hill-dwellers are distinguished as Orang Benua. The stationary population consists in the North to the 8th degree North latitude of pure Siamese, between the 7th and 8th degree of latitude they are called Samsams, a mixture of Siamese and Malays, and South of that the population is Malay. In addition, there are to be found settlements of aliens, chiefly Chinese, Klings and Arabs. Numerous but necessarily small streams, flow from the mountains to both coasts. The Perak and Pahang Rivers are the most considerable and the most navigable. They have more value for drainage and irrigation purposes than for purposes of communication, and provide the plains with a plentiful supply of water. The mouths of the rivers are, on both coasts, nearly everywhere shallow, and blocked by sand and mud banks. Those on the Hast coast are, during the whole of the Hast monsoon, closed to navigation, but on the West coast are generally well protected, and only now and then rendered less secure by heavy short squalls known as “Sumatras.” Towards the North, on both coasts, there are numerous coral reefs and islands. The soil is rich in minerals, especially tin, gold, silver, 22 ADDRESS BY MR. KRUYT ON lead, etc. The land is adapted to nearly every kind of tropical cultivation. In the animal kingdom are to be found the rhinoceros, the tapir, the elephant, the tiger, the bison, the wild bull, apes, snakes, etc. Further, a rich variety of birds, fish and splendid butterflies is to be found. The climate is warm and damp, especially on the South, but the nights are very cool. The dry weather of the North-East monsoon prevails from the middle of October to the middle of April, the wet weather of the South-West monsoon during the rest of the year. The digging of a ship canal through the Isthmus of Krah has been for some years the subject of enquiry and dis- cussion, and was especially a favourite idea of the French. The journey from Hurope to Siam and China would thus be shortened by 660 miles. The plan that is now in view of a railway connection between Penang and Singgora is, on the other hand, more in accordance with English ideas. The Malay Peninsula, long before Huropeans came there, was, like many other countries in Hastern Asia and many islands in the East Indian Archipelago, tributary to China to a certain extent. In spite of the fact that its coasts and harbours were from the earliest times visited by navigators and traders, and subsequent to the voyages of discovery by Europeans, more especially by Spaniards, Portuguese, English and Dutch; in spite of the fact that it has repeatedly been the scene of sanguinary conflicts between these nations, as well as between Javanese, Malays, Siamese and Achinese; in spite of the fact that we Dutch for two and a half centuries were in almost unbroken possession of Malacca, and maintained trading relations with the surrounding States of Selangor, Perak, Kedah, Johor, Junk Ceylon, Patani, Tringganu and Kelantan, where we had factories for shorter or longer periods—in spite of all this, it remained till our own times pretty well a terra incognita. In his treatise on Malacca in 1795, the Hnelish Admiral Mainwarine says:— Malacca, although excellently situated “and for more than 250 years in the hands of Europeans, THE STRAITS SETTLEMENTS, WC. 23 “is, outside the town, desert and uncultivated, as if there “had never been a settlement there. This is to be attributed “to the narrow policy of the Dutch at Batavia, who make it “their duty to concentrate everything in Java, and to make ‘everything dependent upon it.” | It was under the Enelish that all further development of this portion of the Hast took place. We have contributed almost nothing to this, and confined ourselves almost ex- clusively to the town of Malacca, where all our Government and trading influence in that district were concentrated. In Malacca itself there was no further extension than was absolutely necessary, and indeed, on many occasions, the interests of Malacca were sacrificed to those of Jaya. Tin, pepper, and also gold were already then the most consider- able articles of export, and our efforts were directed to obtain the monopoly of these in every way. Achinese influence was at first great on the Peninsula, so that it was even necessary to obtain the sanction of the Sultan of Acheen to trade either with Perak or Kedah: The réle which we played here was not always a brilliant one, as ma be seen from an article entitled “The Dutch in Perak,” written, for the Journal of the Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, by the present Acting Governor of the Straits Settlements, Mr. W. HE. Maxwetu. The proportion of Hnelish trade at this period in these parts was small, although they, the indefatigable rivals of the Dutch, also had their factories in many places. In- deed, India took up nearly all their attention, just as Java and the Moluceas did with us. Mr. SKINNER writes as follows in his “ British Connections with Malaya” (a name first given, a short time ago, on the founding of the above-mentioned Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, to the whole of the countries where Malay or one of its related dialects is spoken, viz., the Ma- lay Peninsula from Tenasserim and the great India Archi- pelago, from Sumatra to New Guinea) :—‘‘The contact of the “Hinelish with this part of the world may be divided into “three periods— 24 ADDRESS BY MR. KRUYT ON “‘T.—That of individual trade, 1602-1684. <‘T1.—That of the trade of the Hast India Company, 1684- SiOz: “‘TiI.—That of political and military interference, 1762 “till now.” Thus this contact was of a purely commercial character till 1762, when the consolidation of the position of the Eng- lish in British India, and circumstances in Europe, led them to pay more attention to Hastern lands, and politics came more into the front. The first expedition of the English against Manila took place in 1763. Their fleet had stopped at Penang, and they were struck with the importance of the position of that place. This expedition ended with the occupation of the island of Balambangan, opposite Marudu Bay in North Bor- neo. It was abandoned again in 1804, on account of its un- healthiness. The island of Labuan was then occupied, but was almost immediately abandoned, and in 1846 was again taken possession of. The desirability of obtaining some fixed place in or near the Straits of Malacca was the more evident from the cir- cumstance that the trading fortresses in Sumatra, of which Bencoolen, raised in 1763 to an independent Presidency, was the capital, were less suited for that purpose. Acheen was chosen, but the negotiations with the Sultan of that kingdom led to no satisfactory result. Now, Francois Lieut, of the British India Marine, who was acquainted with the trade of Kedah, came with the proposal to choose for this the island of Penang, which was to be acquired by a payment to the Sultan of Kedah. It was then a desert, uncultivated, almost uninhabited island, and was only touched at by ships to take water or to wait for good weather. The first Englishman whom we know to have done this was Captain LancastTEr of the Bonaventura, who visited Penang in 1592, and the first Dutchman was Cornetis Mareiier, who went there in 1607. The Hast India Company agreed -to Liaut’s proposal, and in August, 1786, took formal possession of Penang, in con- sideration of the payment of a fixed annual sum to the Sul- THE STRAITS SETTLEMENTS, &c. 25 tan of Kedah. Pulau Pinang was christened Prince of Wales’ Island, and the Settlement of the English George Town, but up till the present day it has been called Penang. In 1791, a stretch of land, now Province Wellesley, or sim- ply the Province, on the mainland just opposite Penang, was purchased from the Sultan of Kedah, and in 1823 was con- siderably extended. The Straits Government pays up till the present time to him a rent or hire of from 10,000 to 12,000 dollars. For political reasons, the British Government did every- thing in its power to further British influence in these parts, and Penang was the starting point for several expeditions during the great war. In 1795, Malacca was taken from us from there, and other possessions on the West coast of Sumatra came into the hands of the English. In 1797-98, a second expedition against Manila was prepared. The later expeditions against Java and the Moluccas were also got to- gether and prepared in Penang. Penang was at first governed in a very irregular way by commercial superintendents. In 1796, it was established as a Penal Settlement for Indian convicts, and remained so till 1857, the year of the Indian Mutiny. In 1800, it was put under a Lieutenant-Governor, and in 1805 was promoted to be a Presidency, but still placed under the East India Com- pany in Bengal. Tt is natural that Penang, through one thing and another, should become a place of importance as a free port. Its trade had at once become noticeable as a trading centre for the neighbouring coasts, and it soon not only took the place of Malacca, but the merchants from still more distant places, came to trade in free Penang. Malacca was given back to us by the English in 1818, after they had made agreements with Perak and other States, which made it impossible for us to regain or improve our former position. In 1825, it was given over to them by us for good, but has remained what it still is, a place of small commercial importance with only limited local sour- ces of trade and cultivation. 26 ADDRESS BY MR. KRUYT ON From the beginning, the object and aim of the English in these parts was the overthrow of the trade monopoly of the Dutch, and this was joined to a hatred born of jealousy or ignorance, aud a contempt which shows itself in almost all writings of this period. Thus one may read the follow- ing, in a letter of Sir Francis Lieut, in 1787, from Pe- nang:—“I suspected the Dutch would throw obstacles in “my way. ‘The contempt and derision however with which ‘“‘they treat this place and the mean dirty acts they use would “‘dishonour any but a Dutchman.” Asa consequence of the so-called free-trade commercial policy, which however, as has been observed before, was dictated by political considerations, the commercial treaties with Perak and Selangor were concluded in 1818.. Hneland obtained for herself, by these, the position of the most- favoured nation, and thus prevented the granting of mono- polies or favours to others. In 1819, Singapore was founded by Rarrizs, after he had been obliged to give back to us Java and the other Dutch possessions. This island, on which the town of Singapore stood in the twelfth century, he had purchased from Johor, which, at the same time, came under English imfluence and has remained so since. In 1820, a sort of treaty was made with Acheen, by which England stipulated or got the right to place a Resident in Acheen, and to exclude other Huropean nations from establishing a Settlement there. The Hneglish, however, have never carried this treaty out. In 1826, the independ- ence of Perak, which had been to-a certain extent tributary to Siam, was recognised by treaty, and protection against Siam and Selangor was guaranteed. The English obtained by it the right to establish a Settlement on the island Pang- kor, which we had previously repeatedly occupied. The remains of this occupation—kept in repair by the Hnglish— are to be seen at the present day. Tn all this, the chief aim of the English was the weaken- ing of Dutch interests, and the breaking up of their mono- poly system—an aim that was pursued by RarriEes with indefatigable zeal, and was finally crowned with wonderful THE STRAITS SETTLEMENTS, &c. 27 success, although he often had to meet obstruction and misunder- standings even from his own countrymen. The founding of Sin- gapore is a proof of this enterprising spirit and clear sight. It took place in opposition to instructions from Bengal, and com- pleted the downfall of Malacca, which, lying between Penang and Singapore, lost its value and importance. It also neutralized to some extent the surrender of Java to us, an action that, to this day, no Englishman can remember without vexation and remorse. In a letter in the Raffles Museum in Singapore, we read the follow- ing on this subject:—‘‘ Not our interests alone have suffered by “this unexpected return (of the Dutch to Java) but those of “humanity and civilization suffer more deeply. They (the Dutch) “ought to have had some common feeling for humanity, some ob- “ect in view beyond the cold calculations of profit and loss” ete. First Singapore came under the Presidency of Bencoolen; in 1823 it came with Penang under the Government of Bengal, and in 1825 Penang, Singapore and Malacca were united as a Presidency with Penang as capital, until 1837, when Singapore, which had developed very rapidly, was appointed. the seat of Government as it now is. However, it was not till 50 years after the English had become masters of the Straits of Malacca that they busied themselves directly with the affairs of the Peninsula. Different forms of Gov- ernment were in use during this interval until lst April, 1867, when the three Settlements, under the name of the Straits Settle- ments, were separated from British India, and as a Crown Colony, were brought under the direct authority of the mothercountry. Although during this time the local Government attempted on several occasions to extend its jurisdiction, these plans never met with the sanction or approval of the Home Government, and ac- cordingly the policy of non-intervention in the Malay Peninsula was observed. The so-called Naning War, which ended in an ex- tension of the territory of Malacca, formed an exception to this. Naning, one of the Negri Sembilan hereafter mentioned and a real nest of robbers, was then incorporated with Malacca. In view of the fact that the British India Government had to pay the cost of this, and had always, even in ordinary circumstances, to lend the three Settlements pecuniary support, the expenses were limited to what was strictly necessary, and these possessions were left to themselves “to develop on their own resources.’’ Thus the deve- lopment of Penang and Singapore as trade centres became almost 28 ADDRESS BY MR. KRUYT ON the only aim. In Caleutta, very little was known of this portion of the globe. In 1837, an official wrote of them to his chief as follows:—‘“These details may appear petty to your Lordship, but “then everything connected with these States is petty, except their “annual surplus cost to the Government of India.” Although it falls outside the proper province of what concerns the Straits Settlements, I must add the following, as itis altogether in accordance with the later programme of the English in this part of the globe. In 1842 James Brooxe took possession of Sarawak and in 1846, Labuan was occupied by the English. There were incessant attempts made by individuals from the Straits to establish themselves in different points in our territory, just as JaMEs Brooke did in Sarawak, especially on the East Cost of Sumatra. These proceedings gave rise tv much trouble, and on several occa- sions we were obliged to drive these fortune hunters by force from there. They frequently used as a pretext their ignorance of the boundaries of Acheen. A new period begun in the history of these places with the es- tablishment of the Straits Settlements as a Crown Colony. We have chosen this evening as a subject for further discussion the re- markable progress which this Colony has enjoyed in the last years, by which it has become the most flourishing of all the English Crown Colonies, and the almost entirely peaceful growth of its in- fluence upon the Malay Peninsula. Let us now pass over the five years before the Straits Govern- ment interfered actively and formally with the affairs of the In- dependent Native States, and the policy of non-intervention made way for that of “active advice, assistance and control.” The occasion for this was given by the piracies along the coast, the general insecurity in which British subjects and British inter- ests were placed, the state of anarchy, the wars between chiefs, the oppression, slavery, bondage, and poverty to which the people were a prey. Attacks upon vessels under the British flag occurred, and even upon the boats belonging to men-of-war, and upon Bri- tish Settlements. The knowledge that existed regarding the Malay Peninsula was then very small. The issue of the Journal of the Indian Archi- pelago had contributed somewhat to spread this knowledge, al- though this as well as other writings of this period dealt chiefly with our possessions, but after this publication ceased, nothing more was done during 20 years. The present Resident Councillor THE STRAITS SETTLEMENTS WC. 99 of Penang could say with truth in his address before the Royal Asiatic Society ‘“‘a long night has since settled down upon the “Straits lasting some 20 years.” The Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society bas since done a great deal to spread knowledge in this direction. A change in the right direction was due to the initiative of Sir AnDREw CiarRKeE, who still could speak of “our “absolute ignorance of geographical and physical features of those “countries.” Meanwhile it is very apparent that the English themselves troubled very little, after the time of Rarrizs, about ‘humanity and civilisation,” about which he was so hard upon us, and that with them, too, “trade and commerce” were the only “objects in view.” When we look at the map of the Malay Peninsula, we see between Province Wellesley (opposite Penang) and Malacca, Pe- rak first, with a coast line of 80, then Selangor with a coast line of 120 English miles, and the little State of Sungei Ujong with Jele- bu. Further inland, bordering Malacca, are the so-called Negri Sembilan, now consisting of six States. Between Malacca and Singapore lies Johor, with a coast line of 120 miles (English), and further up the East coast is Pahang. Under Siam, to the North of the Province is Kedah, with several other small States: and North of Pahang are Kelantan, Tringganu and Patani. Different agreements with England have given Tringganu, Kelantan and Kedah certain rights to British protection. The state of insecurity mentioned before resulted in several punitive expeditions by men-of-war, but this led to no permanent improvement. In 1871, on account of piracies and other acts of violence, the expedition from Langat took place, and in 1872 and 1873, those at other places on the Jugra River in Selangor. In five large districts, of which it then consisted, great discord, civil war, and anarchy reigned. All of these districts considered them- selves independent. The hasil was here, in general, the origin of disputes. The same condition of things prevailed in Sungei Ujorg which was also mixed up in these quarrels, and was, in addition continually at war with Rembau. Both of these States border up- on the territory of Malacca. Linggi was also in a state of inse- eurity; also the more inland States, particularly Jelebu, Sri Me- nanti and Muar, were constantly in a state of arms against one another. All of these received criminal refugees and vagabonds from the Straits, and only gave them up on payment of ransom 3 ADDRESS BY MR. KRUYT ON The demands of British subjects upon their Chiefs met with no at- tention. The then Governor of the Straits, Sir Harry Op, wrote in November, 1872:—“If persons, knowing the risk they run owing “to the disturbed state of these countries, choose to hazard their “lives and property for the sake of the large profits which accom- ‘pany successful trading, they must not expect the British Gov- “ernment to be answerable if their speculations prove unsuccess- “ful.” Things were as we found them in Acheen, and these little States also provided themselves with weapons and even with com- batants from the neighbouring Settlements. The Chinese tin-miners in Perak, who had immigrated by thou- sands to different parts of the Peninsula, were especially the cause of great disorder; their tribes or kongsis had been for years in conflict with one another, with varying success, over the question of the possession of the tin mines. The Prince of Perak and his Chieftains had taken sides in the matter; with them the question was who should appropriate the export duties. Thus the Mantri of Larut, then the richest tin district, where about 40,000 Chinese of the Go Kwan tribe lived, had declared himself, in 1871, in favour of these, and, by appropriating the rich revenues, had been able to make himself independent of the Sultan, who, in the inte- rior had allied himself with the more warlike Si Kwans. Battles in which, it is said, that more than 3,000 Go Kwans perished, brought the Si Kwans into Larut; they took possession of the forts and of the river; robbery, murder and assassination became the order of the day, and a general cessation of business and flight of population ensued. The Mantri who, among others, had English Officers in his service, was a prisoner in his own country and found himself shut in on all sides at Kotah, the then Capital. When these Si Kwans had been insolent enough to extend their devastations and plunderings beyond Perak, and even in Penang and its harbour attacks and kongsi fights occurred, in 1873, their fortifications were taken and destroyed by the English under Cap- tain WooLcomBE, and the Mantri came again into possession of his river. | Thanks to the influence of the Straits Government, the only orderly State being situated in the immediate neighbourhood of Singapore was Johor. But even here disputes as to boundaries, &c. could not be altogether prevented. There was thus every inducement for the Governor, Sir ANDREW CLarke#, to interfere and to endeavour to put an end once and for THE STRAITS SETTLEMENTS, &C. 31 all to this unsatisfactory state of things, and to prevent the Chi- nese from forming themselves, as it were, into independent colonies on the mainland. Their secret societies would be a danger to the British Settlements, and the inland Chiefs were quite unable to control them and to keep them under. Sir ANDREW CLARKE said in the sitting of the Legislative Council, in September, 1874:— “Our mission as a civilized nation in the middle of semi-civilized “people is not only that of trade, but the higher duty, which we “as Englishmen owe to our flag and our Queen. By the spread ‘of other European nations in this part of the world our interests “also want a larger field of operation.”’ After the punishment of the Chinese disturbers in Perak, he called the heads of the ongsis together to Pangkor and the result of this was that piracy and wars among the Chiefs ceased, and a year later Larut had again a population of 35,000 sculs, and a revenue of $30,000 a month. Indeed, the Chinese were beginning themselves to have enough of it, and it only required a strong leading and organising hand to settle the existing differences. One of their Chiefs was heard to exclaim at this time:—‘‘ When the “British flag is seen over Perak and Larut, every Chinaman will “oo down on his knees and bless God.” ‘Chis was probably a Go Kwan. Now an attempt had to be made to settle the differences of the Malay Chiefs in Perak. They too all came to Pangkor and their mutual relations towards one another and towards England were defined by the Treaty of Pangkor of the 25th January, 1874. By it Perak came under English protection, a piece of land in Perak on the other side of the Krian River was joined to the Province, and the Dinding Islands and a piece of the mainland on the Pang- kor River under the name of the “Dindings” were joined to Pangkor, where now for the first time an English Settlement was established, at first under the authorities at Singapore, and after- wards and now under Penang. The different States had to pay the cost of the former armed interference. At the request of the Sultan of Perak, the Straits Government sent a Resident there in 1874 to lend the Native Government “active advice and assistance.” Selangor and Sungei Ujong, too, placed themselves under British protection, after K* Langat, the place of residence of the Sultan of Selangor, having been punished again for the usual acts of rob- bery and some disturbances in the interior having been settled by the intervention of the Straits Government. 32 ADDRESS BY MR. KRUYT ON British Residents were put in Selangor in 1874, and in 1875 in Sungei Ujong. These Residents were placed, and are still under the supervision and guidance of the Governor of the Straits, and are responsible to him. Meanwhile it was soon evident that this settlement with the Chiefs of Perak was only satisfactory on the surface. In Novem- ber, 1875, at Pasir Sala, the first Resident, Mr. Brrcn, was treach- erously murdered, and the whole of Upper Perak rose against the English. The British Government was compelled to send an im- portant expedition there in order to punish this crime and to res- tore order in the country. The Sultan was taken prisoner and banished, and another was appointed in his place. As there were at the same time appearances of disorder in Sungei Ujong and the Negri Sembilan, it was not till 1877 that it can be said that quiet and order returned to all these countries. It was then that the rapid development in progress and well-be- ing began, which has never since been disturbed by any resort to arms. In 1888, the then Governor Sir FrepERICK WELD, after various preliminary discussions, induced the so-called Negri Sembilan to enter into an agreement and to place the Government under the protection and guidance of the Straits Government represented by a Resident. This was first carried into execution in 1887. The independent State of Pahang, situated to the North of Sin- gapore, refused stubbornly, till, 1888, to enter into a treaty with the Straits Government. The misgovernment and insecurity that prevailed there formed a marked contrast to the condition of things in the neighbouring State of Johor. On several occasions the re- lations between Pahang and Singapore itself were very strained, and the interference of France was once spoken of. However that may be, Pahang acknowledged the sovereignty of England in 1888 and signed an agreement similar to that of Johor, which, in 1885, had come definitely under British influence. In 1892, serious disturbances tock place in Pahang, which had every appearance of insurrection against the English, and led to the so-called Pahang war, which ended in the restoration of the former order of things. Itis remarkable that almost exclusively Perak Police was employed against Pahang. There came no change in the relations with Tringganu and Ke- Jantan. The friendly influence of the English, through peaceful THE STRAITS SETTLEMENTS, &C. 33 means, and through the example of the well-being of the Native States, is very great there. Outside the Straits, in 1880, a portion of North Borneo was oc- cupied by the recently formed “North Borneo Co.,’ and in 18388 followed by a British protectorate over this portion of North Bor- neo, Brunei and Sarawak. The Governor of the Straits was then appointed Consul-General in these lands, just as the Resident Councillor of Penang is, for the so-called Siamese States on the West Coast of the Malay Peninsula. This, in view of the exist- ing ex-territorial rights, gives them great power over the thousands of Natives who call themselves British subjects, and at the same time over those States themselves, and, in my opinion, prepares the way for future annexation In 1885, England established herself in the Eastern portion of New Guinea. In 1886, she took possession of the Cocos or Keel- ing Islands to the South of Java, which were joined to the Straits and in 1888 of Christmas Island, which is also situated in the In- dian Ocean. It is my pleasant duty to add here that the Straits authorities have always maintained a most considerate and friendly attitude towards us, especially during the Achinese war. Let us now return to the Colony as it now is. It is impossible for any one who travels now through the Protected States of the Malay Peninsula and sees everywhere the outward signs of civili- zation and meets with an industrious, contented population, to pic- ture to himself what their condition was a short time ago under the Native Government. Without any military assistance, the Residents have been able to bring their residencies to a flourish- ing condition and continual progress. Surrounded by a staff of able Europeans and Natives, they formed part of the legislative and executive power, the State Council, or rather, with their powerful personality, they alone represented it. Indeed the arti- cles of the above-mentioned Pangkor Treaty left great power to the discretion of these Residents, whose advice had to be sought and followed by the Princes in all questions which did not affect religion and custom, while the collection and control of the reve- nues, as well as the general government of the land, depended upon their advice. They were responsible for everything to the Governor of the Straits. The present Resident of Perak has recently spoken of this as follows :—“I have spoken of the Residential system, but in real- 34 ADDRESS BY MR. KRUYT ON “ity there was no system, what there is now, has grown of expe- “ rience in attempting the untried. A British Officer acting under “the instructions of a distant Governor is sent to advise a Malay “Ruler and his Chiefs. The Officer is told he is responsible for “everything, but he is not to interfere in details. His advice must “be followed, but he must not attempt to enforce it, and so on. ‘He must keep the peace, see that justice is administered, res- ‘pect vested interests, do his best for the State, and obey in- ‘structions he receives from Singapore, and with all this he is at “peril to remember that he is only the adviser of the Malay “Ruler. Out of this difficult position has grown the present ‘‘administration.” The Residents supported by the confidence of the Governor, have made use of their power with great tact. They took measures to further and extend trade, cultivation and indus- try, and to develop the resources of the country, to maintain order and justice, to facilitate communication by roads, railways and telegraph, and to improve the education and instruction, and thus the material and moral condition of the people. Sixteen years ago there was almost no roads: one had to travel on foot or by elephant, armed, and generally accompanied by an armed escort, and to take shelter in the best native house one could find. The whole population went about armed. Now there are everywhere to be found in all the States broad, hard, carriage roads, railways, and free Government buildings, schools, hospitals and police stations, and these like all other works of evident utility are being continually extended. ‘The population has in- creased, and security reigns everywhere. Slavery and bondage have completely disappeared, while it was calculated that even in 1882, one-sixteenth of the population was still in slavery Armed Natives are now never seen. The development of the Protected and Native States was natu- rally accompanied by increased prosperity and progress in Penang and Singapore. This was enhanced by the contemporaneous suc- cess of the Deli tobacco cultivation, the improvement in the tin- mining industry and land cultivation on the example of its neigh- bours, in Kedah and other small Northern States tributary to Siam. and the late opening for trade, industry and cultivation of a greater part of British and Dutch Borneo, of Palembang, Indragi- ri, the Rhio Islands, Singkep, ete. What Singapore now is many of us know from our own observa- tion. Always extending and beautifying itself, with its splendid THE STRAITS SETTLEMENTS, &c. 35 harbour and docks, as a free port and centre of commerce, it draws towards itself more and more the fruits of the development of the surrounding countries. I+ stands in commercial importance on the same footing as Malta and Hongkong, and surpasses all the ports of the other Crown Colonies in importance. As the seat of Goy- ernment, and a strongly fortified “ coaling station”—ships take in forms one of the most strategical points of the English, on the ereat highway of traffic between Europe, British India, and East Asia. It may be seen from the following figures how greatly it has grown :—The population of the town and island, 27 miles broad and 14 miles long, amounted in 1819 to 150 Malays, in 1821 to nearly 5,000 souls, i in 1871 to nearly 100,000 and in 1891 to 185,000. The amount of import and exports was in 1823, $12,000,000, in 1860 $51,000,000, and in 1890 had risen to $200,000,000. The shipping without counting the numerous Native coast ves- sels, amounted in 1879 (earlier figures are not at my disposal) to 4.443 ships with a tonnage of three millions, and in 1891 to 8,339 ships with a tonnage of nearly seven millions. Penang, which also profited from the development of the coun- tries in her neighbourhood, increased as much in size, prosperity and well-being. The population of the town and island, 15 miles long and 9 miles broad, amounted, with Province Wellesley, i 1786 to 600 Malays, in 1812 to 27,000, in 1871 to 133,000, and in 1891 to 235,000 inhabitants. The amount of imports and exports was in 1790 $240,000, in 1867 $20,000,000, and in 1888 $95,000,000. The shipping rose from 1,900 ships with a tonnage of 970,000 in 1872, to 3,400 ships with a tonnage of 1,765,000 in 1878, and 6,078 ships with a tonnage of 3,500,000 in 1890. It seems, to put the mildest construction upon it, to be a gross error- to say that the trade of Penang has seriously suffered through the Achinese war. ‘This complaint has several times been made to the English Government by Penang agitators, and unfortunately has been supported by some of the authorities. Sir Frepertcc WELD said in a lecture at the Royal Colonial Institute in London on the 10th June, 1 “The pepper trade of Penang with Sumatra “has suffered most seriously trom the Acheenese war.” Malacea, which up till the present day has preserved its Portu- gsuese Dutch features, remained a station of less importance. It was thrown upon its own resources, and made but slow progress. 36 ADDRESS BY MR. KRUYT ON The development of the Negri Sembilan and of Pahang by the construction of a railway will probably result to her advantage, in view of the fact that there are no good portsin Pahang Its popu- lation in 1817 was 20,000, in 1871, 77,000, and was in 1891, 92,000. The trade in 1826 was $1,590,000, in 1860 $4,600,000, and in 1889 nearly $5,000,000. The shipping consisted in 1878 of 1,178 ships, oe tonnage of 340,000, and was improving somewhat, but not much. Although Penang and Singapore thus took an important position, the Protected Native States afforded a no less remarkable spectacle of progress. Let us begin with Perak. Its population was at first estimated at very different figures, but we may take it that, without counting the wild tribes living in the forests and which were reckoned to comprise 6,000 souls, the Malay population amounted to from 25,000 to 50,000, to which later 40,000 Chinese were to be added. In 1891, this had risen to 218,000, of which 100,000 were Malays. The Revenues, arising chiefly from export duties and from the farms, amounted in 1875 to $226,000, and increased continually till they reached in 1891 the figure of 25millions. The export duties upon tin are very high, and amount to from 12 to 15 per cent. There seems to be an inexhaustible supply of this metal. More than two-thirds of the tin of the whole world comes from the Straits. The output amounted in 1892 to 636,000 pikuls, repre- senting a value of about 24 million dollars. After paying all its debts, and the costs of the war to England, after having constructed roads and railways, and after having car- ried out all the other works of public utility and general advan- tage, Perak still possessed on the first of January, 1891, a cash surplus of $2,000,000. It possesses among other things an excel- lent little force of 1,000 Sikh soldiers under English Officers. Four hundred of these, almost unaided, brought the Pahang war to anend. On receiving sudden orders, they were, in the space of one hour, ready for marching, and remained four months in the wilds of Pahang, without one of them having to be sent back during that time on account of ilJness. The figure for export and import was in 1876 one-and-a-half million dollars, ten years later, in L886, fifteen, and in 1891 it had risen to 185 millions. Perak possesses excellent ports in Port Weld (in Larut) and Telok Anson on the large and deep River Perak. Both of these are the termini of the existing railways to the tin districts. THE STRAITS SETTLEMENTS, &c. 37 In Selangor, which in 1891 had a population of 140,000, the number was 30,000 in 1879, and the Revenues, which in 1875 amounted to about $100.000, had risen in 1890 to nearly two mil- lions. The duties upon tin and the farms contributed chiefly to this. Gold mine workings are also found here, and more agricul- ture than in Perak. It is for this reason that the economical con- dition of this country is supposed to be healthier than that of Perak. ‘Trade here increased in the same proportion, and you find here in other respects the same favourable state of things as in Perak. Selangor had onthe Ist January, 1887, still a debt of $900,000, and on the Ist of January, 1891, a cash surplus of $720,000. The port of Selangor is Klang, the terminus of the railway to the capital of the country, Kuala Lumpur, which is situated inland. The Klang River is shallow higher up, and there is for this reason a proposal to extend the railway to the Kuala, and to make a new port there. Of Sungei Ujong and the Negri Sembilan, with respective po- pulations of 24 and 40 thousand (the latter having come so much later under British protection), there is not much to say, except that, with the construction of railways and roads, by the help of advances from the Straits Government, the exploiting of tin and agriculture promises them (especially the last mentioned) a good future. Jelebu, one of the Negri Sembilan, which is rich in tin mines, was, in 1885, jomed to Sungei Ujong, which possesses little mineral wealth, and is thus thrown more upon agriculture. It (Sungei Ujong) had formerly not 4,000 inhabitants. The revenue in 1886 was $120,000, in 1887 $141,000 and in 1890 had risen to $278,000. On 1st January, 1891, it still owed the Colony $199,000. The port of Sungei Ujong is Port Dickson, with a splendid and safe harbour, from which a railway leads to the capital—Seram- ban. The Negri Sembilan had, in 1886, an income of scarcely $2,500, which, in 1890, had risen to $170,000. On the Ist of January, 1891, it owed &180, 00C to the Colony. They are thus just begin- ning, but are on the right way. Pahang, which possesses rich gold mines, with a population of 35,000, had, in 1890, an income of $62,077 and a debt to the Co- lony of $372,000, to which are to be added the cost of the last war. It remains only to mention Johor. This little State with its population of about 100,000 under its enlightened and energetic 38 ADDRES BY MR. KRUYT ON Sultan, surrounded by a capable staff of Europeans, has derived every advantage from its position in the immediate neighbourhood of Singapore. Chinese capital and labour have been attracted there and have brought it to a state of great prosperity and wealth, especially through the cultivation of pepper, gambier and tapioca, as minerals are not found there. The Sultan stays a good deal in Europe, and returned a short time ago from England. I can add here that the Chinese, who have done everything un- der British guidance, and still do so, are the pioneers of progress in the Malay Peninsula and in the Settlements. Sir Coartes Dit- KE says of this in his “ Problems of Greater Britain” :—“‘ Our great “success in the Malay Peninsula has lain in enlisting upon our “side the warm and ever enthusiastic co-operation of the Chinese. “In no part of the world can we point to more obvious results “from good government than throughout the Malay Peninsula, “where England, in fact, presides over a federation of Malay “ Princes, to whom we have taught the art of success, but to whose “former subjects we have added a vast population of Chinese. “The future of Malaya lies in the development of great natural, “mineral and agricultural wealth by patient Chinese labour.” This is the case too in Kedah and in the more northern Siamese States, in some of which Penang Chinese have been able to get themselves appointed Rajas. Chinese, too, are members of the Legislative Council, of the Municipal Councils, and of the State Councils. There can be no doubt as to the future of the Malay Peninsula, outside the towns of Penang and Singapore, under an enlightened and liberal-minded Government. We have seen that in the Native States, and also in Kedah, the tin industry has been the principal one of the country up till now. However, considerable experiments have been made in the cultiva- tion of rice, pepper, sugar, tapioca, gambier, tobacco, coffee, tea, cocoa, etc., but by far not on a sufficiently large scale to be regard- ed as a permanent form of cultivation. This can be said of the islands of Singapore and Penang, and of the districts in their im- mediate neighbourhood—the Province, Malacca, Johor and Kedah —-as regards sugar, pepper, gambier and tapioca; in Perak too the cultivation of sugar may be regarded as permanent, but the Straits planters have much to learn from Java as regards cheap and in- creased production. Cheap transport, local markets, and a low rate of exchange are factors in their fayour. Arabian and especially Liberian coffee has been started jn all the States. Perak tea has THE STRAITS SETTLEMENTS, &c. 39 beeu very favourably judged in the London market. Pepper is planted everywhere on asmall scale; tapioca grows especially in Sungei Ujong and the Negri Sembilan. Experiments with silk worm binding have been made in Perak, and are said to have given good results. Experiments with tobacco, on the other hand, have not been successful. Coco-nuts, betel-nuts, fruits, especially pine- apples, the preserving of which has become a considerable industry, and vegetables are cuitivated everywhere and supply chiefly local requirements. In the Straits Settlements, one-third is cultivated, and in the Native States scarcely one two-hundredth part. There is thus an abundance of waste land waiting to be developed by capital and enterprise. The Government does its best to encourage this, being convinced of the desirability of obtaining a more permanent form of revenue from agriculture, in view of the uncertainty of tin, the supply of which must some time be exhausted. This has already happened, for instance, in Larut. The income from the opium farm is also dependent upon the tin mines. Land can be obtained everywhere. ‘ihe first pioneers in the Native States received pieces of land of 1,000 acres (one acre’ is about 1¢ bowws) quite free. Those who came later paid a rent of 20 cents an acre after the second year, for opening up the land, or three doilars per acre at once, which made them owners of the land. The Government can demand 23 per cent. as export duty upon the produce. The population of the English part was in 1891, 512,342 for the three Settlements; for the Native States with Johor 518,644; thus about 1,000,000 in all. The area of the three Settlements is 1,310 English square miles, and of the Protected States 35,509 square miles. There are thus in the three Settlements, counting the towns of course, nearly 400, and in the States only 15 inhabitants to the English square mile. From this it may be seen that the Malay Peninsula is thinly in- habited, and but little cultivated. By far the largest proportion of this population consists of Chinese, who live at the mines, in the cultivated districts, and especially in the towns along the coasts. Fishing is practised by them on a large scale, and is an important means of existence, and a considerable branch of industry. Malays live further away from the towns, and supply, just, as in Deli, the daily necessities of the industrial centres, among others ataps and other building materials for the East coast of Sumatra. Cattle rearing is also in their hands, and is a very considerable in- AQ ADDRESS BY MR. KRUYT ON dustry, while formerly jungle »roduce was collected and exported by them on such a large scale that it degenerated into depredation. In Perak, for instance, the export of gutta had to be forbidden to prevent the further destruction of the gum trees. In Perak and Kedah there is an old population settled there centuries before Europeans came. In Selangor and Sungei Ujong, and especially in the Negri Sembilan, much younger settlements are to be found. They are chiefly from Java, Borneo, Celebes, the highlands of Pa- dang, Batta, Korintji, Jambiand elsewhere in Sumatra. Two-thirds of the Malay population of these States were originally Nether- lands Indian subjects. Inthe begmning of the 18th century a set- tlement of Bugis from Goa in Celebes established themselves in Selangor. If agriculture is to be extended as in the case of mining, labour must be imported, chiefly Chinese and Kling, and this is the great difficulty. The Government accordingly spares no pains to meet the planter and assist him in this respect. However, as long as the tin mines last, the Chinese will prefer that kind of work, just as is the case with tobacco on the East coast of Sumatra. The Government of the Straits Settlements depends directly, as we have seen, upon the Mother-country, and is carried on by a Governor appointed by the Queen, supported by a Legislative and Executive Council. The majority of the members of the Legisla- tive Council—the ‘‘Official members”—are so by virtue of their position. They form the Executive Council. The unofficial mem- bers, who form the minority, are private individuals, and are partly nominated by the Government and partly elected by the Chambers of Commerce. All bills, all important Government measures, as . well as the budget, are laid before the Council and dealt with, and must, after approval, be sanctioned by the Government of the Mother-country; although the official members nearly always vote with the Government, and the opposition can thus have but little influence in any other direction, still its existence has this indis- putable advantage, that all Government matters are treated, dis- cussed and decided upon publicly, and this compels the Govern- ment to consider carefully what it brings forward, and abstain from everything that will not stand the test of publicity. Young officials, after passing an examination in England, are sent out as “Cadets” to the Straits, and are there employed in most of the Government positions, except legal, military, and some technical ones. The Judges come from other places. The Colony THE STRAITS SETTLEMENTS, &c. Al does not possess its own army or fleet. The Colony pays a fixed contribution towards the support of the garrison of the Straits which belongs to the English army. The men-of-war of the China squadron visit from time to time different parts of the Colony, whenever it is necessary or desirable. The excellently organized Police, with European officers and staff, consists of Europeans, Sikhs, and Malays, and fulfils all requirements. In Penang and Malacca, the Government is represented by Re- sident Councillors, and though the Governor occupies this place in Singapore, affairs are usually managed, to a certain extent, by the Colonial Secretary, who is the highest official after the Governor. Under these are Magistrates, Collectors and District Officers, who with all others except the Municipal officiais are nominated by the Governor. The paid Presidents of the Municipal Council are ap- pointed by the Governor, just as the Residents are in the Native States. One-half of its members are appointed by the Governor, and the other half elected by the voting members of the com- munity. The officials in the Native States are appointed by the Sultan after consultation with the Resident. The budgets and laws in these States have to be sanctioned only by the Governor. The Police are under the direct orders of the Resident. The Revenues of the Colony, which are contributed to by the three Settlements alone, and are derived from the farms, especially for the sale of opium, stamp fees, land rents, harbour and port duties, fines, &c., amounted in 1868 to about one-and-a-half, and in 1890 to four million dollars. At the end of 1891, the Colony possessed a surplus of two and a quarter million dollars of which, it had but one-and-a-half million as advances to Municipal bodies and Native States. The Municipal revenues reach about the following amounts yearly: —Singapore, $500,000; Penang, $300,000; Malacca, $30,000. They are derived from assessment of houses, local land rents, taxes upon vehicles, horses and dogs, the letting of Municipal property, such as markets and sheds, and finally the proceeds of passes, licenses, certificates, water rates, &e. From these are paid the salaries of the Municipal Officials, the contributions to the Colonial Police, the cost of the keeping up of buildings and other institutions, the public roads and _ bridges, draining and cleansing, street lighting, the fire brigade, &e. We have thus in the immediate neighbourhood of our posses- 42 ADDRESS BY MR. KRUYT ON sions (where also changes in administrative matters, and decentra- lisation are being prepared) a remarkable instance although upon a small scale, of administrative and financial decentralisation which works successfully—a central Government with central revenues and budget for the whole Colony, with three Municipal adminis- trations for Singapore, Penang and Malacca, and the five separate Governments of the Protected States, besides the State of Johor, which is independent as regards administration and where every- thing also goes as well as one can wish. Still neither here all is perfect, and complaints occur. The Settlements complain that the Protected States do not contribute directly to the Colonial Treasury, although they enjoy the advan- tages which are derived from the order of things that has been called into existence through the agency of the Straits Settlements. This is still less the case with Johor. It is probable that these States will, after some time, either be incorporated in the Colony, or will form with it a federation. Circumstances, too, such as the recent complications between France and Siam, may soon lead the way (which is already prepared) to the annexation of the Siamese Malay States, from Kedah to Mergui and Tringganu with Kelantan all of which are rich in gold and lead. Ina speech to the Legis- lative Council in Singapore in 1887, Sir FrepERIcK WELD, while discussing the policy of the last years, said:-—‘‘This policy will “extend itself from Burma southwards, and from Pahang north- ‘wards until in includes the whole Peninsula and embraces also “those dominions which are now nominally under Siam.” Other parties, for instance, in Penang, insist upon a further . separation in matters of administration, so that the contributions of one Settlement towards the central Treasury may be employed more in and for that Settlement than is the case at present. Out of the central revenues are paid the expenses for salaries and pen- sions of officials, the cost of the military garrison, the expenses of Justice and Police, the medical service, education, harbours, coast lights and beacons, roads and bridges outside the Municipality, gaols, hospitals, schools, Government buildings, Colonial vessels, etc., etc. Penang pretends that Singapore, the lion town, also gets the lion’s share, much more than is proportionate to her con- tributions. Thence in Penang a cry for Home Rule. It may be seen from this, that however much decentralisation there may be there will be always parts which consider themselves placed in a disadvantageous position with others. THE STRAITS SETTLEMENTS, &c. 43 That many affairs are better arranged by our older Colonial Government than by our English neighbours, is recognised by Eng. lishmen of authority, for instance, by Kenstneron (1892), Money and Boys. I need only mention the government of the Native population through the direct agency of their chiefs—a system that is followed in the Native States. A bonus of $500 has recently been offered to any officials in the Straits who learn and shew a knowledge of our language, in order to make the Dutch Colonial literature more accessible to the English. But there is, I think, also something for us to learn, from ’our neighbours, especially now when we seem to have arrived at an epoch of transition, and therefore I think it would be advantage- ous if our officials were to go there a little more than they do now, and enquire into and compare the state of things there with that of our own Colonies, and if such visits were not only facilitated but also encouraged. The new regulations on leave are already a step in that direction. They would remark, among other things, how the advancement of British trade is the chief aim with every Government, in the Straits or elsewhere, wherever the British flag waves, and that every governing official, however much he may talk of ‘humanity and civilisation,’ devotes his attention in the first place to this. Trade has been the chief factor in making the greatness of that “Greater Britain” that Sir Cuartes Ditke has sketched for us. Hyery official is impregnated with this idea, and nothing strikes an observant and unbiassed visitor to the English Colonies so much as the zealous and indefatigable devotion of all, each in his own circle to the furtherance of this greatness of the British Empire, even when such endeavours are frequently made ata sacrifice of personal interests and comfort. This is the cause of the great national pride that Englishmen possess, which may appear silly and narrow to the foreigner, but fills them however with that prodigious self-confidence, which leads to great deeds. This British Empire forms a body of which England is the heart, Whatever forms of Government the different parts may assume, as regards the important points of protection, free trade, Imperial federation, still every man in England follows with interest the events in these parts, and every one outside of it thinks with love, reverence and pride of his “old England” and always goes back there. We might well learn that from them. How often do we 4A, ADDRESS BY MR. KRUYT ON hear the Motherland spoken of depreciatingly and ungratefully in the Colonies? What little interest again, do most Dutchmen show in Colonial matters? Thanks to the circumstance that young people in England are not unnecessarily crammed with all sorts of learning, but try to acquire what is useful for a definite sphere of work, so that most of them are behind other nations in so-called general development they have always time for healthy exercise, for their ‘‘sport,” and thus become accustomed to privation, are strong, hardy, enterpris- ing, sober, and little given to sensual enjoyment, pleasure-seeking . or excessive sentimentality. Thus in different English Colonies may be seen how old and young, high and low, ladies and gentlemen, and even natives, take part in this “sport,” and how the courage, strength, agility, dext- erity and “pluck” of their European rulers excites the admiration and especially the sympathy of the Natives. Indeed the intercourse between the higher and lower grades in both the official and military classes is quite different to what it is with us. ‘There is much more mutual confidence and comradeship in it, more good nature, if I may so speak. The same may be observed in the intercourse with the Natives. There is one law for all without distinction of race or religion, and it is quickly acted upon. Good officials in the Straits are kept as long as possible in the same posts, and when they go on leave, which occurs frequently (so that they keep touch with the Mother-country, and do not be- come Indians) the post is generally filled up by an acting officer until they return. They are thus altogether intimate with the duties attaching to that post, and are quite absorbed, in the interest that are entrusted to them, which they can and often do watch during their leave. From 1878 to 1889 there was one Resident in Perak, Sir Huexu Low, and from 1885 to 1890, I knew four different Residents in the much more important Residency of the East Coast of Sumatra; they had no time to become duly acquainted with the country. In conclusion, I must finish with a word that has no direct bear- ing upon the subject under discussion, but which, I feel, I must not leave unsaid. The same policy that Sir F. Wetp described as the goal to be aimed at on the Malay Peninsula is consolidating itself also in North Borneo, in New Guinea, and is surrounding our Archipelago THE STRAITS SETTLEMENTS, Wc. 45 elsewhere with a girdle of English possessions. This and other circumstances mentioned in this paper should re- mind us as a small nation, but with rich and large Colonies, and as the second colonial power of the times in which we live, to caution and urge us to move with the times. In our East Indian possessions, where there are such great re- sources, and there is such a rich field for work, we shall, I think, accomplish better results, if we recognize more generally, that the time is past for maintaining our power by artificial means, and if we give our governing officials (especially those outside of Java) opportunities, each in his own sphere, to act more independently and thus, with the means at their disposal in their sphere, by de- centralization, to further the development of the immeasurable re- sources of the country, to the good of the population, and the wel- fare of the Mother-country. This can then be, in the words of Mr. van GeEnvep, in the sit- ting of the First Chamber of the 28th December, the beginning of a new period, of which we may expect the best results in the fields of politics, economics, and finance. Steam and electricity have abolished distances. The press dis- cusses everything. The Natives know what occurs elsewhere and thus as a Madurese Chief once expressed himself “by building our forts in the hearts of the Natives” we can strengthen ourselves and meet the future with confidence. 46 ADDRESS BY MR. KRUYT ON DISCUSSION ON MOR. KOR Yas) iP Alb ai PBB Ll eI SPAS LLP eh LP I OL LP ALT Mr. G. E. V. L. van Zuyuen.—As none of the gentlemen pre- sent seem disposed to discuss any of the points raised in Mr. Kruyt’s excellent address, may I be permitted to ask the honour- able reader of the address one question as to a matter of detail, viz., bow matters stand at present as regards the digging of a can- al through the Isthmus of Krah? There were two plans in con- nection with the isthmus—one to dig a canal through it, and the other to construct a railway for ships across it as has been done in Canada. Is either of these plans still spoken of ? Mr. Kruyt.—l believe the plans have been given up. Any- thing of this kind would not be in accordance with the interests of England, and as the influence of England there has greatly increas- ed it is not likely that the scheme will be brought into prominence again. There isa Chinese Raja there who is Penang born and a British subject. He will take good care that nothing happens that can be in conflict with the wishes of the British. Mr. vaw Zuyten.—I ask the question, as I imagine that if the canal were dug it would be a matter of no small importance to us. Mr. Krvuyr.—I agree with you that it could be of some import- ance to Us. Mr. P. J. van Hovten.—I should like to ask Mr. Knroyt the following question. What does the honourable gentleman think | about Pulau Weh? Can this port attain to any importance? Could it in future be detrimental to Penang and Singapore? I doubt it myself. It is useless to make of it a coaling-station for Oumbilien coals which cannot be employed in every kind of steam- ship traffic. It is necessary therefore to bring in the first place Newcastle and Cardiff coals there suitable for long voyages. ‘This, however, can only be done at a great cost, as transport to Pulau Weh would be dearer than to Singapore, because in the latter port ships would be sure of getting a cargo. This would not be the case n Pylau Weh. Ido not therefore anticipate much in the future pa THE STRAITS SETTLEMENTS, &c. 47 for Pulau Weh. Is that opinion shared by the honourable gentle- man ? Mr. Kruyt.—I also do not anticipate any great future for Pu- lau Weh. The first condition necessary for the development of Pulau Weh is wanting. First of all an orderly state of things in Acheen must be established, and then with careful management— it being of course taken for granted that there is a coaling depot there—the pepper trade of Acheen might gradually be concentrat- ed there. Itis of course a matter of indifference to the Chinese whether they sell their pepper at Penang or at Pulau Weh, pro- vided they get a proper profit. But the Achinese ask for more. They do not go to Penang to sell alone, but also to buy. They take this opportunity of making a little journey. A journey of this kind to Penang is a pleasure-trip; they go to the wayang, to the Malay comedy, and to other places. When they are able to find all this at Pulau Weh,it might become the central port for North Sumatra. Would Pulau Weh then become an important port for European ships ? The only foreign ships to whose interest it might be to take coals at Pulau Weh at dearer prices are the Russian and French men-of- war and perhaps some tea-steamers as the island lies in a better position than Singapore as a half-way place on the route between Europe and North China. I do not believe, however, that Pulau Weh will ever become the trade emporium that some people im- agine. ae van ZuyitEN.—If I have understood you rightly, you mean to say that if Achinese affairs are put in a better state this port might be one of importance for North Sumatra. Mr. Kruyr.—Yes, if the business is taken seriously in hand and the circumstance is not lost sight of that the Achinese must find the same facilities and the same treatment as he has always met with in the Straits. Mr. W. Etout van Souterwonpe.—If I venture, Mr. President, to put a question with reference to one of the many subjects touched upon by the honourable gentleman, I must first say that his excellent address has interested me in the highest degree. One subject touched upon by him especially struck me, viz., the pros- perous condition of the Chinese in the Straits and their influence there. We have heard that Sir Cuarnes Dinxe in his “Greater Britain” praised the Chinese for having been the means of develop- ing the Straits and we have been told of a Chinaman, born in the 48: ADDRESS BY MR. KRUYT ON Straits, who has become a Raja of one of the Native tribes; Now. I should like to hear from the honourable gentleman, especially with regard to the opium-farm, if the influence of the Chinese is about the same in his opinion over the Natives as it isin Java. Further, I should like te ask if the other farms are in the hands of the Chinese, and if the Government has ever experienced any trouble from the presence of the Chinese in the Straits in such large numbers. If] am not mistaken it has been more than once necessary to take active measures against the secret societies? The Chinese have, I believe, in the Straits their own chiefs to a certain extent, but I gather from what Mr. Kruyt has told us that they have the same position as regards the Courts of Justice as Euro- peans. J should very much like to be further enlightened upon this matter. Itis, Mr. President, certainly somewhat indiscreet on my part to put all these questions, but the Chinese seem to be so rauch better received on the Peninsula and so much more favour- ably judged than in other places they have gone to, that it would be most interesting to learn something more on the subject. Mr. Kruyr.—The Chinese in the Straits are perfectly free ex- cept the Chinese secret societies, which are under strict surveil- lance. ‘Those who do anything contrary to the regulations in this matter are dealt with very severely, and the leaders are often banished to China. The farms are all in the hands of the Chinese. The native Malay population is small compared to the Chinese. The Chinese are not under their own chiefs, but are under the same laws asthe rest of the population. The Chinese have a high sense of their own worth. I have often observed that people from our Colonies, for instance, naval officers and officials, were annoyed that the Chinese did not shew them a sufficient politeness, for ins- tance, that they did not make way for them. I have always found the Chinese most polite, but it depends upon how one treats them. They possess, and one should not forget this, a feeling of equality. The authorities in British India and in the Straits would not like to see the opium revenues decrease, as these form the most important source of revenue and if they fell off the whole financial system would fall into confusion. In Penang, there is a Chinese bank. The only European who is there is one of the junior clerks. The bank is in prosperous circumstances, due, most likely, to the activity of the directors. The Chinese are from early morning till late in the evening on the spot, while Europeans open late and close early. If you come to their place after closing-time, you hear THE STRAITS SETTLEMENTS, &c. 49 very soon “Come to-morrow, the office is open at 10 o’clock.” The Chinese look on Penang and Singapore as Chinese places, the administration of which is left to the English. Mr. G. A. pz Laner.—Do the Chinese live in different quarters ? Mr. Kruyt.—No. Mr. Exovut van Sovuterwonpe.—Are other’ farms besides the opium farm in the hands of the Chinese? Mr. Kruyt.—There are in the Straits somewhat the same farms as we have—gambling, pawn-houses, spirits, etc. All these are in the hands of the Chinese. Mr. T. H. per Kinperen.—I should like to hear from the honour- able gentleman something as to the legal position of the Chinese, not only in Penang and Singapore, but in the whole of the Straits Settlements where they form a considerable portion of the popula- tion. Are they under the English law as regards civil matters ag well as regards criminal law? How are they situated particularly as regards their personal rights? For instance, by what restric- tions and rules are their marriages governed? How do they stand as regards their laws of inheritance? Are their own customs and institutions, as they are in China, followed, or are the English laws adhered to? Mr. Kruyt.—The civil and criminal law is the same for all; all come before the same Judge. ‘The place is full of lawyers. The Chinese are, by nature, fond of litigation. For a trifle, for a fowl that is not worth a guilder, they will run to a lawyer and pay $50 to fight the matter out. As regards marriages, etc., Chinese customs are adhered to, but there is an institution there that is unknown in Jaya, viz., the Chinese Protectorate. The Protector of Chinese, is as it were, the head of the Chinese. Assisted by a good staff, he looks after everything that concerns the Chinese, for instance, in matters connected with the rights of inheritance in which Chinese customs are followed as far as they do not con- flict with the usages of civilised nations. This is a good institu- tion. Mr. DER KinpEREN.—There are then no special J udges for Na- tives and Chinese? Mr. Kruyr.—No. Mr. per KinpEREN.—How is justice administered in the States where a Resident is at the head of affairs? Mr. Kruyr.—The State Court is there with a Chief Magistrate and in smaller places there are District Courts with Magistrates 50 ADDRESS BY MR, KRUYT ON at the head supported by Native assessors. There, justice is ad- ministered according to the same laws and regulations as in the Straits, but with reference to “adzt” and religion. In this res- pect, Natives and Chinese are on the same footing as Huropeans. Mr. per Kinperen.—lIs the adoption of children regulated by law? Are the usages of China followed? Mr. Kruyt.—I cannot say that. JI know there are Chinese who adopt children but I do not know what the laws are as re- gards the adoption of children. Mr. van Houren.—Mr. President, there is still another ques- tion that I should like to ask the honourable gentleman. It 1s said that three-fourths of the trade of Penang is with Sumatra. That is Deane: exaggerated on our side, but ‘if half of it is with Sumatra it is important enough, and for that reason I should like to ask the honourable gentleman if, in his opinion, it is not pos- sible to divert a part of that trade to our territory by making either Belawan or Telok Semawe free ports, so that we could have great depots where ships could unload, and what was sold could be shipped to the different districts in the neighbourhood. Perhaps other means might be found and employed, as the por- tion of Penang is naturally very strong. The commercial houses there are now firmly established and have a fixed business with all kinds of steam and sailing vessels; they have their agents and correspondents everywhere, so that it will be difficult to win trade away from them. However, I think the matter is worth some ex- ertion, as we should get not only the export trade into our hands but the import trade too, which is certainly not less important. Mr. Kruyt.—Pepper can certainly be brought elsewhere. Since the establishment of the Koninklijke Nederlandsche Paketvaart- maatschappij, a step has been made in that direction, where the freights are not opposed to it. It is established that cheap freights are the most important factor in this matter, and now that the ships of the Paketvaartmaatschappij visit the whole island of Su- matra, this is, in a great measure, in their hands. Trade gen- erally goes where it is served most quickly, most easily and most cheaply. Where these factors exist, viz., cheap, quick and easy dealing, there wili trade certainly be attracted. As soon as ar- ticles can be obtained as cheap and as go . from Batavia as from Penang, they may be brought from there to Deli. The creation of free ports will, I believe, be of little assistance. The declar- ing of Belawan to be a free port will not divert trade. Many THE STRAITS SETTLEMENTS, XC. 51 years must pass before trade can be diverted. The great advant- age of the ports in the Straits is that they are centres of trade, and that they le on the great highway of traflic and close by. No day passes without ten, twelve or fifteen steamers going in and out of Penang and Singapore. Mr. van Hovren.—After the last answer of the honourable gentleman, I may observe that I do not see any great objection to the low import duties levied at our Indian custom-houses— one can always leave wares in the depot—but I think that at all places where custom duties are levied the formalities which one has to comply with during importing and exporting prevent trade from being drawn thither. Mr. Kruyt.—The journey from Belawan to Batavia lasts three or four days, and if there were need for 1t more steamers would soon be put upon this run. As soon as the planters in Deli can provide themselves as well and as cheaply from Batavia they will probably get things from Java. But this condition does not ex- ist at present. The nearer ports in the Straits offer also greater facilities in other respects. The PRrestDENT.—As no one wishes to make any further re- marks, I close the meeting with a vote of thanks to Mr. Kruyr for his interesting and instructive address, cy) ah Tn ets oe et +N \ Se es oi UE ‘, Le i: Aturan Sungei Ujong. —_—_——— * SS . This is the origin of the Waris Sungei Ujong in their two branches, that is to say, the Waris di Darat and the Waris di Ayer. A Sultan of Johor had three children—the eldest a daugh- ter, the second a son, and the third a daughter. The eldest Princess had a son, to whom was given the title of Bendahara. The Prince succeeded his father as Sultan, and had sway over three kingdoms. The younger Princess had two children: the elder, a son, was given the title of Temenggong, and founded the State of Muar. The younger, a daughter, mar- ried her cousin the Bendahara, and bore a daughter, named To’ Tunggal Titek. The Tungku Bendahara, with his wife and child and his five chiefs, came to Kuala Linggi. These were the (titles of the) five chiefs. First, the Dato’ Raja Mambang; 2nd, Sri Maharaja Chulan; 3rd, Paduka Raja; 4th, To’ Gantam Saribu; Sth, Panglima Besar Laut. Now when the Bendahara had ascended the river as far as Sempang Rembau he debated with his five chiefs as to how they should proceed, and while they were discussing, some sugar cane refuse and a head of ja- gong (Indian corn) came floating past them. Then said the Tengku Bendahara: ‘There must be inhabitants up the left branch of the stream; let us ascend it;” so he gave the order, and they ascended the river to Pengkalan Durian, where they made fast their prahu, and landed and followed a beaten track till they were close to the Batin’s house. &<33. Tenoku Bendahara then proceeded to fire a shot from his gun, and hid himself in the jungle. The Batin hearing the shot came out to see where it came from, but seeing no one, returned to his house. The Bendahara then fired three shots more and again concealed himself. The Batin came out as before and seeing no one he cried out, ‘ Who is this that has fired twice and “remains invisible? Come out, whether he be man or spirit, and “thou shalt be my master” (Penghulu). When the Tengku Ben- dahara heard that, he came out at once and presented himself to 54 ATURAN SUNGEI UJONG. the Batin. The Batin looked at him, and prostrating himself said: ‘OQ my lord, you shall indeed be my Penghulu.” So the Batin went with Tengku Bendahara to his prahu where they feasted and ate and drank. And when the Tengku Bendahara asked him, the Batin said, “ My name is Saribu Jaya and | am ‘“‘ the Penghulu of all the Jakuns in this country.” So the Teng- ku Bendahara, after he had remained there a while entertaining the Batin, asked the Batin to lead him up-stream to some place where he could make a settlement. The Batin gladly consented to accompany him, and they went further up the river to Silian. There the Tungku Bendahara built an Istana, and many people came to pay their respects to him, and the country was named Sungei Ujong. And the Tengku Bendahara married his daugh- ter Tunggal Titek to Raja Mambang, who was of the Benor (?) eople. . They had five children—-the eldest of whom was Penghulu Silian; the second, Penghulu Salat; the third, a daughter, named Dato’ Semarga; the fourth, a son, named To’ Mohamad Jumbu who was styled Penghulu Klambu; and the fifth, a daughter, named the Dato’ Sri Mani. . Now after a time the Tengku Bendahara sent for the To’ Batin, and thus spoke to him: “O my brother, I have sent for ‘you because I desire to leave to you the care of my children ‘such as they are. You know them, and, O my brother, treat “them not other than your own children and teach them.” The To’ Batin prostrated himself and said, ‘I will carry out whatever ‘my lord has ordered.” ‘Then the Tengku Bendahara sailed away to Pahang and returned no more, and from the time of his going the To’ Katin ever continued to look after the children and grandchildren of Tengku Bendahara. Pengulu Silian returned to the Mercy of God and was buried at Silian. His brothers, Peng- hulu Selat and Penghulu Klambu sent for the To’ Batin Saribu Jaya to come to Sungei Ujong, and when he had come, Penghulu Selat said: ‘“O nenek (grandfather), I have sent for you be- ‘¢ cause I desire to seek some other place to live in. Help us to ‘find some other favcurable place.” The Batin replied “I will ‘‘oo with you wherever youdesire.” ‘Then Penghulu Selat and Dato’ Klambu and Dato’ Semarga, and Dato’ Sri Mani went up the river till they came to Rahang. ‘here they determined to settle, and the To’ Batin returned to Pengkalan Durian. And after ATURAN SUNGEI UJONG. SD Penghulu Selat and Dato’ Klambu had made a settlement at Ra- hang many of the Jakun people came to them and were received into the faith of Islam and many traders also visited them. The Dato’ Semarga, sister of Penghulu Selat, was married to an Achi- nese from Pasi who was styled Dato’ Rambutan Jantan. From these came three children: the first, Dato’ Kling; the 2nd, a daughter, named Dato’ Dara Darani; the 3rd, a daughter, styled Dato’ Pinang Panjang Rambut. The Dato’ Sri Mani, who married Perdana Amping, having no children, adopted the Dato’ Pinang Panjang Rambut as her daughter, and lived at Ampangan. Penghulu Selat made a settlement at Setul, and married the daughter of a Batin. They had no children, but Penghulu Selat adopted a Jakun of his wife’s family, who had adopted the faith of Islam, as his son and gaye him a place in his house. When Penghulu Selat returned to the Mercy of God Most High his adopted son inherited all his kampong and other property. He married and his descendants multiplied. Now as to Dato’ Klambu, on a certain day he went to Sempang Ampat, near Beranang, and there he saw a Jakun woman, the daughter of Batin Raja, the Jakun Penghulu. Her name was Ma’ Seraya and she found favour in the eyes of Dato’ Klambu. He asked the Batin to give her to him in marriage, and, with the Batin’s conser.t, took her to Rahang, where he married her and she adopted Islam. They had three children: the first, a son named Jintek ; the second, a daughter, named Dara; the third, a son, named Musang. One day the Dato’ Klambu sent for the To’ Batin Saribu Jaya, and To’Batin Mambut, and Nenek Jenang; and when they had come he thus spoke to the two Batins: “I have sent for you, Nenek, to ccnsult you about the titles and dwelling-places of my children and my “anak buah,” the children of Dato’ Semarga. I am going to send all my children to live at Pantai Layang, and to appoint Jintek to be Penghulu for all of them that dwell in the country of Batin Mambut, and one of my nephews (anak buah) shall be Bandar to govern all who live in the country of Batin Saribu Jaya.” Then Dato’ Klambu enquired what were the boun- daries of the Batins’ countries, and the Batins told him. ‘ From “ Jeram Jipon, Bukit Sepam, Ginting Paung towards the ulu as “far as Bukit Bukan; the hills and valleys (Gaung Guntong) be- “longed to Batin Mambut; and from there downstream to the sea “belonged to To’Batin Sribu Jaga.” Dato’ Klambu said, “ Be it 56 ATURAN SUNGEI UJONG. ‘so, but my children (by the Batin’s daughter Ma’Seraya) and ‘““my ‘anak buah’ (relations on the male side) will have hence ‘“‘forth their separate districts. If there is ever any question ‘that concerns the whole country, they must consult together, ‘‘and not act separately, Also, the Raja, who shall be guided by ‘(the ‘adat Temenggong,’ must be from Johor.” Then Dato’ Klambu fixed the titles and dwelling places of his descendants, and the Batins returned each to his own place. His children were taken by the To’Batin to Pantai Layang and were looked after by the Old Man (Nenek) Jenang. In course of time Dato’ Klambu returned to the Mercy of God Most High and was buried at Rahang, and the place is named Klambu even to this day. Penghulu Jintek married the daughter of To’ Alun Tujoh, and Dato’ Musang married the daughter of Batin Mambut, and Dato’ Dara married the son of Nenek Jenang. Now after the death of Dato’ Klambu, Penghulu Jintek addressed the Bandar as follows: ‘By the dying directions of ‘‘our father, Dato’ Klambu, we are to be vassals of the kingdom of ‘“‘ Johor; what is to be done, O brother?” So they consulted, and finally Penghulu Jintek went to Johor, and the Bandar Kling, remained in charge of the country. When Penghulu Jintek got to Johor he presented himself before Sultan Abd-el-Jalil, who declared as follows: ‘“ The four Penghulus of Sungei Ujong, Johol, ‘““ Naning and Jelebu are no longer subject to me, for I have trans- “ferred my authority over them to the Rajaof Menangkabau. Let ‘the four Penghulus address him.”” Then the Sultan explained to Penghulu Jintek how he came to transfer his suzerainty to Menangkabau: ‘On a certain day a man came to present a “nangka (Jackfruit) to my father the Sultan at Kota Tinggi. On ‘the way he met the wifeof Mokeh Segama, who being great with ‘child, desired the nangka, and asked for a piece of it. He gave ‘her a little of it, and then went on, and presenting himself before ‘my father, asked him to accept the nangka. My father accepted ‘it, and then saw that the nangka was not a whole one, ‘What is ‘this’? he said, ‘how does this nangka come to have a piece out of “ it?’ ‘O my lord, the man said, ‘this is nothing, only that the wife ‘of. Mokeh Segama being great with child, wanted some nangka ‘‘and asked your slave for a little, and your slave being sorry for “her gave her a little. O my lord, have mercy on your slave and ATURAN SUNGEI UJONG. 57 ** forgive this offence.’ When my father heard that, wrath arose ‘in him, and he ordered the wife of Mokeh Segama to be arrested. ‘‘So they went out and searched for her, and brought the woman ‘before my father, and my father ordered her to be cut open. And ‘they had her cut open according to my father’s order, and they “found the child in her womb holding the nangka with both hands. **Tt was also dead, and they buried them with the usual rites. ‘“‘ Now when this happened Mokeh Segama was away, and on his “return my father summoned him to his presence. Mokeh Segama ‘presented himself - before my father who said to him ‘I have “‘ sent for you, O Mokeh Segama, to announce to you that I have “caused your wife to be cut open because she took a piece out “of my nangka. Mokeh Segama bowed low and said ‘O my ‘lord, I am beneath your feet, and whatever the justice of my “lord has ordered, to that do I bow my head.’ Then the Mokeh ‘“‘ Segama asked leave to withdraw himself. “It fell on a day after this that my father was going to bathe ‘“‘in state accompanied by his chiefs and Mokeh Segama anda “retinue suited to his dignity, and while he was on the way Mo- “keh Segama attacked and stabbed him on the leg. The white “(royal ) blood was shed, and thus he died, and returned to the “Mercy of God. Then Mokeh Segama ran amok and threw ‘‘ himself upon our people. Many perished and many were wound- “ed in the fighting that followed. I myself was nearly overcome, ‘“‘and sent for assistance to the Raja of the Buggis and the Raja “of Menangkabau. Both of them came, bringing their people ‘““and munitions of war, and made war against Mokeh Segama ‘who was at lengh captured and put to death, and his followers “scattered. Now after the capture of Mokeh Segama, the men “of the Raja Buggis and the Raja of Menangkaban’s men fell out ‘over the division of the spoil. The Buggis men said they had “captured Mokeh Segama and the Menangkabau men said they “had. And becoming enraged in the dispute, they ran amok, ‘‘and many men were slainand wounded. I, therefore, sent word “to both the Rajas to withdraw their people, as they were violat- “ing the laws of my country; so the two Rajas withdrew their “people, and put an end to the disturbance. For this reason I “made concessions to the two Rajas. To the Raja Buggis I grant- ‘ed the sovereignty of Rhio, because his rule is over the sea. ‘* To the Raja of Menangkabau I granted the four countries of 58 ATURAN SUNGEI UJONG. ‘“Sungei Ujong, Johol, Naning and Jelebu, because he is an in- ‘land Raja. And I myself, in succession to my father, ascended ‘“‘to the Rajaship of Johor. The two Rajas retired, each to his ‘“‘own country, and thus it is that the four States have been hand- ‘ed over to Menangkabau, and the four Penghulus must go and ‘“‘ present themselves before the Raja of Menangkabau.” After this, Penghulu Jintek returned to Sungei Ujong and held a consultation with the other three Penghulus. They decided to do as Sultan Abdul Jalil: had advised, and sent an Ambassador to the Raja of Menangkabau. The Ambassador departed, and while he was away Penghulu Jintek died and was sucveeded by Penghulu Musang. Now when the Ambassador reached Menangkabau he was refused audience by the Raja. He, therefore, went to Siak and, presenting himself before the Raja of Siak told him what Sultan Abdul Jalil had said. So the Raja of Siak, brought the Ambas- sador with him and presented him to the Raja of Menangkabau. And when the envoy had humbly declared the objects of his mission, the Raja of Menangkabau ordered that it should be done as the four Pengrulus wished, and added that if they would adopt his customs he would himself visit their country. Then the envoy was sent back, and the Raja of Menangka- bau promised to send one of the Rajas under him to the coun- try of the four Penghulus. So the envoy returned to the four Penghulus and related what had occurred, and the four Penghulus issued a Proclamation to all their people: ‘Our allegiance to Johor ‘is broken. We are vassals to the Raja of Menangkabau and “our ties (bertali) are with the State of Siak.” And each depart: ed to his own country. [n due time after this, Raja Kasah came from Mineenete eam sent by the Raja of that country, and the four Penghulus received him. He was unable, however, to introduce the laws of Menang- kabau as the four Penghulus desired. At this time Bandar Kling died and was succeeded by Bandar Saleh. After Rajah Kasah, came Raja Adil. He fixed his dwelling-place at Danan Boya where the four Penghulus and the Bandar went to pay their respects to him and to ask him to introduce his laws. He also was un- able to revise the customs of the country, and the four Penghulus and the Bandar each went back to his own State. Penghulu Musang died, and was succeeded by Penghulu Kadim, during ATURAN SUNGEI UJONG. 59 the Bandarship of Bandar Saleh. After this, Raja Adil went back. to Menangkabau and was succeeded by Raja Khatib. He also did not know how to introduce new customs. And the four Penghulus were amazed and said: “ The Raja of Menangkabau “ promised he would grant us a Raja who would establish his laws ‘in the four countries; now we have had three Rajas who have “done nothing at all.” Then Raja-Khatib went away and after him came Raja Malewa, who established himself at Penajih in Rembau. Penghulu Kadim died and was succeeded by Penghulu Bertatah, the Bandar being Bandar Locho. Raja Malewa subsequently went to Jelebu and dwelt beside a certain river, and sent for the four Penghulus. The four Peng- hulus and the Bandar set out in obedience to the order of the Raja, and having arrived at a certain hill, they halted and held a con- sultation as to what Raja Malewa could want with them. Then they proceeded on their way, and the name of that hill is now Perhentian Terhimpun, because the four Penghulus and the Ban- dar assembled there. And when they had reached the presence of the Raja he addressed them as follows:—‘‘ We have been commanded by “the Raja who is at Pagaruyong to visit the Dato’ of these coun- “tries and we have been commanded to establish there the law “ of Menangkabau, that is, the law of To’ Perpateh. Now, O Dato’, “do you wish to adopt these laws or not?” The four Penghulus and the Bandar replied: ‘“ We all desire the custom of To’ “ Perpateh.” Thus was the law laid down by Raja Malewa. In the first place, it was ordained, that a man who mairies should refer as to his wife’s property to his wife’s relations (tempat se- munda). Secondly, in case of divorce, the property must be di- vided; the wife’s property to be returned (to her family), what remains, to be divided between the two. Thirdly, he who wounds shall be wounded, he who kills shall give a life in com- pensation (mati berdendang.) Fourthly, inheritance shall not be through the children (but through the brother’s children), and the waris (heirs) on the female side shall succeed in turn (bergelar). Fifthly, compensation. (balasan) shall not Le sought from a man’s children but from his blood relations on the wife’s side. When Raja Malewa had declared the atove laws he enquired of the Penghulu Rumah Bertata and Bandar Locho from whence they derived their origin, aud the Penghulu related 60 ATURAN SUNGEI UJONG. to him his history, as has been stated. ‘O my lord, I ama ‘‘erandson of Penghulu Klambu, and my brother the Bandar is ‘‘orandson of Dato’ Semarga. The Dato’ Klambu and Dato’ Se- ‘‘marga were brothers, and the children of Dato’ Klambu inherit ‘the Penghuluship, while the children of Dato’ Semarga inherit ‘the Bandarship. ‘They rule separately. From Jeram Chipan, ‘“‘ Bukit Sepam, Ghinting Paung tothe Ulu is under my authority, ‘‘from there down to the sea belongs to the Bandar. ‘This is ‘‘ clear and understood by each. In any matter that concerns the ‘‘ whole country, I must consult with the Bandar, not act without ‘‘ him. This is a tradition handed down from my ancestors.” When Raja Malewa heard this and understood that there were two branches of the Waris Sungei Ujong—the descendants of Dato’ Klambu and of Dato’ Semarga—he named one the ‘‘ Waris di Darat” and the other the ‘“‘ Waris di Ayer.” He also conferred titles on the four Penghulus. The Peng- hulu of Sungei Ujong he styled “Orang Kaya Klana Petra Petrakutuan.” He so styled him because he was of Raja origin, and settled that if the Rajaship of the four countries should ever be unfilled, the Klana should act in place of the Raja for the time being. The Penghulu of Johol he styled “ Orang Kaya Mentri Johan Pahlawan Leila Perkara.” ‘The Penghulu of Naning became “Orang Kaya Maharaja Murah,” and the Penghulu of Jelebu “ Manek Mentri Akirzaman.” The Bandar alone received no new title. Then Raja Malewa desired the Klana and the Bandar to appoint chiefs amongst the Waris to exercise authority under themselves. They held a consultation and finally selected a grandson of Dato’ Sri Mani, and a grandson of Dato’ Semarga. The former received from the Raja the title of ‘‘ Mandika,” as a Lembaga (chief) under the Klana; the later was styled ‘“Maha- raja di Raja,” as Lembaga of the Waris di Ayer. These titles are handed down amongst the respective Waris. Raja Malewa also conferred insignia on the four Penghulus and the Bandar, viz., 2 spears (benderang ), 2 swords, 2 long krises, 2 tongkuls, 2 pajar machin siang, 2 ular-ular, 2 flags, and authorised them to fire five guns on State occasions. To the Lembaga he allowed the same insignia as above, but they may only fire three guns and no more. Having conferred titles and insignia, Raja Malew aconfirmed each of the four Peng=: ATURAN SUNGEI UJONG. 61 hulus in the government of his own country, nor did he impose any taxes, reserving only certain dues to himself as suzerain. He directed that in the event of any war or disturbances the Penghulu should refer to him. Raja Malewa then returned to Penajih in Rembau, and when he had arrived there the Penghulus and the Bandar met (again) in conference, and elected Raja Malewa to be their Raja with the title of ‘“‘“Yam Tuan.” ‘They invited him as Yam ‘Tuan to live at Sri Menanti, and Rembau became known as the “ Tanah Karaja’an” (the Raja’s country ), while Sri Menanti was the ‘Tanah Mengandong ” (the Raja’s abode). When the Kana Rumah Bertatah had returned to the Mercy of God Most High, he was. succeeded by Klana Badur in the Bau- darship of Bandar Bangkit. In course of time Raja Malewa returned to Menangkabau, and in his stead came Raja Lenggang to dwell in the Istana of Yam Tuan Raja Malewa. The four Penghulus met and elected Raja Lenggang to the Yam Tuanship in succession to Raja Malewa. Raja Lenggang married, and the name of his son was Raja Radin. And when Kaja Lenggang died the four Penghulus assem- bled and elected his son Raja Radin to succeed his father as Yam Tuan. Now Raja Radin having become Yam Tuan, another Raja named Sati came from Menangkabau in order to succeed Raja Lenggang as Yam Tuan. ‘The four Penghulus refused to receive him, as they had already elected a Yam Tuan of the Raja stock of Menangkabau. ‘lhen Raja Sati was wroth and had recourse to arms. In the fighting that ensued he was de- feated and fied, and the son of Kaja Lenggang was estal lished in the Yam Tuanship. Since that time there has been no other Raja from Menangkabau. Bandar Bangkit died and was succeeded by Bandar Mogah. Now the Yam ‘Luan Rajah Radin paid frequent visits to Sungei Ujong, and used to halt for the nght at Parui in Sungei Ujong. He was displeased that there was no one there to provide him with lodging and food and drink, so the Klana and the Bandar consulted together to apoint a Penghulu Dagang for Parui who should attend to the wants of the Yam Tuan in his journeys to and fro. Having consulted they appointed as Penghulu Vagang the grandson of Batin Ghalong, (=>) and for his sulsistence 62. ATURAN SUNGEI UJONG. allowed him to collect taxes on the produce of the district-—fowls, and ducks, and goats and buffaloes, and tin, etc., etc. Klana Badur died and was succeeded by Klana Leha in the Bandarship of Bandar Mogah. It was the Klana Leha who con- sulted with the Bandar about appointing chiefs to have authority under the Dato’ Mendika and the Dato’ Maharaja di Raja. They appointed the Dato’ Mentri and Lato’ Leilah Bangsa, and Dato’ Ma’raja Leilah and Dato’ Johan, and Dato’ Raja di Muda, each to be head of his respective suku ( tribe ) in the Waris di Darat. ‘The Bandar appointed, under the Pato’ Raja, the Dato’ Si Ma’raja, the Dato’ Paduka Raja, and Dato’ Panglima Besar (for the Waris di Ayer). Now when in time the Klana Leha had returned to the Mercy of God, the I ato’ Mendika took counsel with the Tato’s under him, and without consulting the Randar or the Dato’ Raja, they chose Klana Vahi to succeed Klana Leha. Upon this the] ato’ Maaja di Raja went to the | ato’ Bandar, and the Ban- dar Laving oicered him to make inquiries, he went to Pantai to question the lato’ Mendila. ‘“‘ Who kas elected the Klana?” he said, and the I] ato’ Mendika answeied ‘“ Klana Bahi bas Leen elected.” To this the LAato’ Raja replied ‘“ Wait, Dato’ Mendika, till the guns are ready,” and then departed. Soon after this, cue day when Klana Bahi had gone to bathe, Kawal apy eared at his house and asked the Klana Bahis wife to show him the Klana’s seal. The Klana’s wife fetched the seal, and while she was sLcuwirg it to him, he snatched it away, and made away with it straight to the Dato’ Raja. The Dato’ Raja took it to the Bandar who thereupon ordered that Kawal should Le made Klana. This was done, and Kawal was declared Klana aud proceeced to Pantai. A fight ensued, in which Panglima Lesar Hadji Saleh was wounded in the aim by a bullet. By the intervention of the lato’ Raja,a meeting was arranged between Klana Rabi and Klana Kawal, and hostilities were suspended. Finally, Klana Bahi retired in anger to Setul, and shortly after- wards he died there, and no one was afterwards elected Klana in his stead. Now Klara Kawal aypointed his younger brother ramed Sindarg to be Laksan ana with the same rank of Pang- lima Re:ar, and he was tke first Laksanana in the State. The Laksarana is the first of the Klana’s officers, and the Panglima Eesar is the first of the Pandar’s (kerala juhak). And because the descendants of the adopted .son of Penghulu Salat had be- ATURAN SUNGEI UJONG. 63 come numerous, the Dato’ Klana and the Dato’ Bandar consulted what should be done with them. They named them the Waris Si Silah because they were not the direct descendants of Peng- hulu Salat, but only by adoption. They inherited the titles of To’ Batin, and To’ Leila Perkara, and To’ Datar. The To’ Batin was their Penghulu or Undang and had jurisdiction over the hills and valleys of the deep forest. The To’ Leila Perkara and the To’ Datar were their Lembaga, and ruled the cultivated kam- pongs and fields (kampong yang bersudut, sawah yang berlo- pak.) It was ordered that they should appear with the Dato’ Mendika to pay their respects (to the Klana ) at the Hari Raya, and should any quarrel or disturbance arise which they might be unable to settle they were to refer the matter to the Dato’ Klana and the Pato’ Bandar. On the occasion of the Klana’s feasts or ceremonies they were expected to provide saffron and pepper and yams and kladi, and other jungle produce for his use. When the Klana Kawal died he was succeeded by Laksamana Sindang—whose title was assumed by Sayid Abdulrahman, in the Bandarship of Bandar Nuggal, whose Panglima Besar was Ahmed. Klana Sindang was succeeded in the Klanaship by Laksamana Sayid Abdulrahman and Raja Hussein became Laksamana. Shortly after his appointment, Klana Sayid Abdulrahman visited Singapore, and on his return he held a meeting of the Dato’ Bandar, and the Lembaga and the Waris of both branches, and thus addressed them: ‘Qur country is small, and our means of “ defence are little. It were better, I think, for us to make friends ‘“‘ with the English and to take shelter under their flag ; we would “then live in security and fly our own flag in peace.” The Dato’ Bandar made answer: “If this is what is going to happen it is ‘against my wish. It is not according to our constitution to take ‘‘shelter with the English. We are vassals of the Yam Tuan of “Sri Menanti, and the question must be referred to him.” So nothing was settled, and the chiefs separated. After this, while the Klana was seeking for some way of carrying out his wishes in the matter, a letter came from the Governor in Singapore, to request that the Klana would not allow Raja Mahmud and his people, who were hostile to the Raja of Selangor and Tunku Kudin, to enter Sungei Ujong, and to say that the Governor would not be responsible if anything 64 ATURAN SUNGEI UJONG. happened in consequence of such a proceeding. The Dato’ Klana accordingly informed the Dato’ Bandar of the Governor’s wishes and the Dato’ Bandar replied as follows: ‘“‘It is indeed true that Raja Mahmud is an enemy of the Raja ‘of Selangor and of Raja Kudin and has been driven from the ‘country by them, but he having come to this country as a “ stranger, is it proper that we should turn him out who has done ‘us no harm?” This letter filled the Klana with anger, and he summoned the Pantai Lembagas and the Dato’ Raja of the Waris Ayer, and Panglima Besar Ahmad [the present Dato’ Bandar.—R. B.] and thus addressed them, when they had presented themselves :— ‘“‘T have sent for you because I have received a letter from the ** Governor asking me not to give shelter to Raja Mahmud, who ‘ig an enemy of the Raja of Selangor. I have requested the ‘‘ Dato’ Bandar to cease doing so, and he has refused to obey my ‘order. Now I ask for your advice what is to be done. If we ‘‘ continue to shelter Raja Mahmud, we will most certainly have “ to fight Raja Kudin—and I think it will be better for us to have ‘“* Raja Mahmud as an enemy than Raja Kudin. Raja Mahmud ‘‘ ig being supported by the Dato’ Bandar, and it seems to me that ‘‘ we had better make the Panglima Besar here Bandar. If a ‘‘ Bandar has to be supplanted, it should be by a Bandar, a Klana “by a Klana.” Then the Dato’ Klana appointed Panglima Besar Ahmad as Pato’ Bandar and told him that he might have to fight with the other Bandar. The Panglima Besar (Ahmad) replied that he gladly accepted the office that the authority of the Klana had conferred upon him according to right and custom, and asked that a written confirmation of his ancient rights, as between Klana and Bandar might be granted to him. This was agreed to and a written letter of agreement* was given to Panglima Besar Ahmad who was then formally appointed to be Bandar. Shortly after this, the Klana and Bandar Ahmad and all the Lembagas commenced operations against the Bandar, but for some ten or fifteen days nothing happened. Then the Bandar sent Raja Mahmud to attack the house of the Dato’ Klana, and Raja Mahmud nearly took it—most of the Klana’s people having run away—but before he had taken it, an order came from the Bandar to Raja Mahmud not to destroy the Klana’s house that “* This letter has been seen by me.—R, N. B. ATURAN SUNGEI UJONG. 65 day ; so Raja Mahmud returned home. Raja Mahmud having retired, the Klana sent a letter to the Governor asking for assistance from Singapore. This having been obtained, the war against the Bandar was renewed, and not long after, the Bandar fled to Singapore and Raja Mahmud with him, and both were detained there. After this came the war with Sri Menanti. The cause of this was that when Tengku Antar became Yam Tuan of Sri Menanti, the Dato’ Klana refused to recognise his authority over Sungei Ujong and thus incurred the Yam Tuan’s displeasure. He attacked Sungei Ujong, but in the end he was defeated and compelled to fly, and from that time there has been no Raja over Sungei Ujoneg. The Dato’ Klana Sayid Abdulrahman went to Mecca on a pilgrimage, and died there. He was succeeded by Dato’ Leilah Setia Mohammad Usuf. He, after some time, was compelled to resign because he did not adhere to the ancient customs of the State, and was succeeded by the Klana Mamur, who is Klana at the present time. The following are the chiefs who, under Malay rule, were entitled to share in the State revenues. The Klana and the Dato’ Bandar had the right to collect dues (import and export) in their own markets. The Dato’ Si Maraja collected at Liat. The Dato’ Kanda (Laksamana) at Ampangan. Panglima Besar at Ranak, and the Waris Pantai at Sikamat. Each collected his own dues. The Linggi dues were divided into three parts, one went to the Dtao’ Klana, one to the Dato’ Bandar, one to the Dato’ Muda and his Waris. The share of the latter was obtained because it was the duty of Dato’ Muda to collect all the Linggi taxes. The poll tax of $1 a year on all Chinese went to the Klana only, while the taxes on all boats went to the Dato’ Ban- dar only; the tax was $3 on each boat. The Panglima Besar levied taxes on the road to Lukut, 15 centsa man. The Waris (di Darat and di Ayer) had a right to taxes on the produce of their respective lands. This information relative to Sungei Ujong has been collected for me by Haji Bakar, whose title is Dato’ Maraja, a Lembaga -66 ATURAN SUNGEI UJONG. of the Waris di Ayer, by order of the Penghulu Haji Abdulrah- * man, Penghulu in the District of Labu. iis No IBGE ID, Officer in charge at Kwala Pilah in the Negri Sembilan. -March, 1895. THE DATO’ MUDA OF LINGGI. 67 The Dato’ Muda of Linggi. A little has hitherto been stated about the Dato’ Muda of Linggi. I add the following note* :— The lower part of the Linggi seems to have been left mostly to the “Orang Rayat” or Jakun, under their Batin, till towards the close of the last century. About the year 1783 a colony of Buggis from Rhio settled there under five headmen, during the war between the Raja Muda of Rhio (Raja Haji) and the Dutch. Their kampong was Permatang Pasir, about ten miles from the mouth of the River, some four or five miles above Sempang Linggi. One of the five headmen, Inche Ahman, was appointed by the Klanaas Ketua’an Kampong, and afterwards received the title of Dato’ Linggi. The Dato’ of Rembau had nothing to do with this Settlement. The settlement of Langat reople at Kuala Linggi did rot take place till much later—about 1833. A Rembau man named Che Mohamed Katas, married one of the Lato’ of Linggi’s davghters, and settled in Ling gi, at Penekalan Kundong above Pengkalan Pasir, with one Haji Mohamed. AbLout 1824 Dato’ Ahman died, and Che Mohamed Katas was appointed Dato’ Muda Linggi by the Klana—probably with the consent of the Penghulu of Kembau. There has been since no Dato’ of Ling gi other than the Lato’ Muda. There aie two branches of the W aris—the Waris Uluand the Waris Solok— from which the Dato’ Muda may be elected. ° a . Adat Sungei Ujong. The followirg is the order of ceren:onies to Le observed by the Waris di Darat and the Waris di Ayer of Sungei Ujong at the Hari Raya. * Taken chiefly from NrEwBoup. 68 ADAT SUNGEI UJONG. As regards the Waris di Darat :— On the 30th day of Ramathan, the Lembaga, and the Dato’ - and the Waris, and the Orang Dagang (Foreign Malays) living at Pantai, if they desire to slaughter a buffalo, shall bring the same to the Klana’s house, and, having slaughtered it, shall present a portion (ramik-ramik daging bertundok) to the Dato’ Klana and some of the steak to the Chiefs and Lembagas present without requiring payment. This having been done, the butfalo meat may be sold. On the 30th of Ramathan, at two or three o’clock in the afternoon, the Dato’ Klana shall fire the five guns allowed to him as insignia of his rank in order to warn all inhabitants of the country that the next day will be Hari Raya. When these signal guns have been fired by the Dato’ Klana, the Dato’ Men- dika shall fire three guns, and then all the other Dato’ shall reply. At five o’clock next morning five guns shall be fired, as a signal that that the Dato’ Klana is going to bathe, accompanied by the Laksamana and the officers of his retinue (juhak) bearing the two benderong, the two swords, the two long krises, the two um- brellas, the two tunggul, the two pajar machin, and the two ular-ular. When the Klana has bathed, five more guns shall be fired, and then the Klana shall return and all his chiefs and officers shall pay their respects to him. On the 1st of Shawal, at 7 or 8 in the morning the Dato’ Klana goes to offer up the “ sunat” prayers at the mosque. Five guns are fired and he is accompanied by the Laksamana and all his officers carrying the State insignia. When the prayers are over five more guns are fired and the Dato’ Klana returns and pro- ceeds to read Kotubah at the Telaga (well). ‘his Telaga is at Inche Zeinab’s house, and he is aecompanied by the Lembaga, and all the chiefs and elders and his ofticers bearing the insignia of State. When he arrives at the house where the Telaga is, he is greeted with five guns, and invited to sit and read the Kotubah. When that has been done, five more guns are fired, and the Dato’ Klana returns to his house, and the people who are with him separate. On the 3rd of Shawal, the Dato’ Mendika, the Dato’ Mentri, the Dato’ Raja di Muda, Dato’ Johan, Dato’ Leilah and the Dato, Dagang bring their people, men and women, (to pay their res- pects). The Dato’ Mendika carries one benderong (spear with ADAT SUNGEI UJONG. 69 tuft) as his insignia, and the Dato’ Johan one benderong, so also the Dato’ Leilah. The other Dato’s have no insignia. They march in procession with guns, and when they approach the Klana’s house, the Klana’s officers, bearing a spear (benderong) come out to meet them and salute the insignia borne by the Dato’ visiting the Klana. Five guns are fired, and all are invited to come up into the Klana’s house. The Laksamana enters to pay his respects, and is invited to take a seat near the Klana on the raised dais. The officers stand on the right and left of the Klana, holding the swords and long krises and spears unsheathed. The Dato’ Mendika first approaches the Dato’ Klana to do reverence in the ceremonial manner. He squats in the manner known as ‘“‘bersila” and also on his knees (telimpoh) raising his hands joined together to the level of his nose and doing. obei- sance with them five times towards his front, and five times turn- ing backwards. When the Dato Mendika has performed this ceremony, the other Dato’s rise and go throuch it in turn, inen the Waris and any of the men present who desire to pay their respects. When all the men have finished, the Laksamana invites the Klana to the inner room where he takes his seat on a raised pile of mats and cushions (kabesaran) and all the women present pay their respects to him in the same way as the men. When all is over the Klana comes down from his raised seat and five guns are fired as a sign that the Klana has held his levee. Food is provided for everyone, and wken the eating is over, five more guns are fired and everyone prepares to leave. When this has been done, people are free to pay ceremonial visits to their relations for a space of seven days. Between the 4th and 7th days, the Dato’ Akir of Rantau, the Dato’ Dagang of Parui, the Dato’ Datar of Setul, and the Dato’ Tagang (Lenggong) come to pay their respects to the Klana, bringing their pecple, men and women, with them. Sometimes they all come on the same day scmetimes on different days, but they must always come between tlhe 4th and 7th Shawal. The Dato’ Akir of Rantau is the only Lato’ who is allowed to bring his insignia consisting of one spear ‘‘benderong.” This Dato’ is received in the same way as the others (as above) with one spear “ benderong,” and a salute of five guns. The other Dato’s carry guns only. They are received with five guns, and 70 ADAT SUNGEI UJONG. invited to enter the Klana’s house. They pay their respects in the same way, and are entertained and saluted with five guns in the same way. Once in three years the Dato’ Bandar goes to the Klana’s house, and the proper ceremonial for him to observe is stated hereunder in dealing with the Waris di Ayer. From the Ist to 7th days of Shawal five guns must be fired at 6 o'clock in the morn-ng as a signal for placing the State insignia in the open space (halaman) before the Klana’s house, and at six in the even- ing five guns are fired as a signal for taking them up again, Ceremonies of the Waris di Ayer. These are much the same as in the case of the ‘“ Waris di Darat,” and may be briefly stated as follows :— 1.—Waris slaughtering buffaloes on 30th Ramathan near the Dato’ Klana’s kampong must send certain portions to the Dato’ Bandar, and to the Dato’ Raja. 2.—On that day also people must assist to hang the langit- langit (canopy) cloths in the verandah of the Dato’ Bandar’s house and arrange the ‘“‘kabesaran” (insignia and State mats and pillows.) 3.—As soon as the Dato’ Klana has fired the first five signal guns on the 30th Ramathan, the Dato’ Bandar may fire five guns, then the Dato’ Raja three guns, and the other Lembagas entitled to, three guns. 4,—On 1st Shawal five guns are fired at 5 a.m. as a signal that the Dato’ Bandar is going to bathe. He is accompanied by the Panglima Besar and his officers bearing the Bandar’s insignia the two spears, ‘‘ benderong,,” two swords, two long krisses, two umbrellas, two “ tunggal,” two “ pajar machin,” two small flags. \When the Dato’ has bathed five more guns are fired. 5.—At six o’clock, the insignia are displayed in the “halaman,” or enclosure round the house. At 7 or 8 a.m., the Dato’ Bandar with his officers goes to the mosque; five guns are fired when he sets out and five on his return. On this day the Bandar entertains his officers. 6.—On the 2nd Shawal, the Waris and elders and whoever wishes to do so, go to the house of Dato’ Paduka Raja in pro- cession. They are received with three guns, and the Dato’ enter- tains the people with food. 7.—On the 3rd Shawal, the Dato’ Paduka Raja goes in pro- cession to the house of the Dato’ Raja and is saluted with three euns. The Dato’ Raja sits in State in the verandah of his house with his officers bearing the spears and swords on his right and left. The Dato’ Paduka Raja pays his respects first, squat- ting on his knees, raising his hands towards his chin three times to his front and three times turning backwards. He is followed by all the men present. The Dato’ Raja then goes inside the house and all the women present approach him in the same way, one after the other. The people are afterwards entertained, and three guns are fired as a signal for them to take leave. 72 CEREMONIES OF WARIS DI AYER. 8.—On the 4th Shawal, the Dato’ Raja, with Paduka Raja and the Waris, and their people, men and women, pay their respects to the Dato’ Bandar. They come in procession, each Dato’ bring- ing one spear, kris panjang, sword, etc,, etc. The insignia of the Dato’ Bandar are sent out to meet them, a salute of five guns is fired, and the people are invited to come into the verandah of the house. The Panglima Besar brings the Dato’ Bandar to sit in State, and the spear and sword bearers stand in order on the right and left. The Vato’ Raja does reverence, raising his hands five times forwards and backwards to the level of his nose. He is followed by the Dato Si Ma’raja and the Mentri Penghulu (Ampangan) and by the other chiefs and Waris in order. When all the men have presented themselves the Dato’ Bandar goes within the house and receives the women in like manner. When this ceremony is over, five guns are fired, then food is served, and five more guns fired before the people depart. 9.—Once in three years the Dato’ Bandar goes to the Klana’s house accompanied by the Dato’ Raja, and To’ Paduka Raja, and To Si Ma’raja, and the Mentri Penghulu and his people generally. The insignia are brought in procession, two spears, swords, krises, &c. The Klana’s insignia go out to meet them, and a salute of five guns is fired. The Laksamana brings the Klana to his seat under the canopy, together with the Dato’ Bandar, the Klana sitting on the right, the Dato’ Bandar on the left. The Dato’ Raja pays his respects first (in the usual manner) to the Dato’ Klana, and then to the Dato’ Bandar; then Dato’ Paduka Raja and the rest in order. After the men, the women perform the same cere- mony inside the house. Aftera salute of five guns, food 1s served, the Klana and the Dato’ Bandar being served from the same tray (bertudong handong’). A final salute of five guns is fired and the people are free to depart. 10.—From 1st to 7th of Shawal, five guns are fired (by the Dato’ Bandar) at five o'clock, morning and evening, when his insignia are taken out and brought back into the house. THE CROCODILES AND LIZARDS OF BORNEO. tS THE CROCODILES AND LIZARDS OF BORNEO IN THE SARAWAK MUSEUM, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF SUPPOSED NEW SPECIES, AND THE VARIATION OF COLOURS IN THE SEVERAL SPECIES DURING LIFE. By EDWARD BARTLETT, CURATOR OF THE SARAWAK MUSEUM. APRIL, 1894. Lizards at all times are lively, harmless and interesting rep- tiles, their movements are graceful and smooth, in some genera, while others are rather uncouth, but all have that cunning quick attractive eye which calls one’s attention to them at once. There is no doubt that a large proportion of the lizards are more or less chameleon-like as regards the habit of changing: colour, but at the same time there are many whose colours are permanent or attained during the breeding season; and these permanent colours are assumed by gradual development and age. If ornithologists are justified in making three species of Halcyon torquatus, H. fortesi, and H. molimbicus, on such slender variations,* I consider that where we find a considerable number of different constant (permanent) colours in these lizards we are equally entitled to treat them as separate species. * To quote another instance of species differing in colour only—and that to a trivial extent—it becomes a question in my mind whether it is age or sex that causes the distinction between LHurystomus orientalis and E. calonyx, the two species being fouud together. 74 THE ‘CROCODILES AND LIZARDS OF BORNEO. The number of species of lizards found in Borneo, is not very great considering the size of the island, viz.:— 1 Crocodile. 1 Gavial. 61 Lizards, two of which are doubtful Bornean species, viz., Larentola Delalandii, and Mabuia Delalandii. To facilitate quick reference, I have retained Mr. Boulenger’s nomenclature of the species; each species will be found with a reference to the pages of the three volumes: Catalogue of Chelonians, 1889. Catalogue of Lizards, 1885-7 Those marked 5. M. are in the Sarawak Museum. Nominal. List of the Crocodiles and Lizards of Borneo. 1. Crocodilus porosus, Miill. 2. Tomistoma Schlegel, Miill. 3. (Gymnodactylus marmoratus, Kuhl. 4, consobrinus, Ptrs. 5. Gonatodes Kendalli ii, Gray. 6. 5 ornatus, Bedd. 7. Qélurosaurus felinus, Gthr. 8. 53 dorsalis, Ptrs. 9. Hemidactylus frenatus, D. & B. 10. bs Brookei, Gray. 11. “A platyurus, Schn. 12. Gehyra mutilata, Wiegm. 13. Lepidodactylus aurantiacus, Bedd. 14, Gecko verticillatus, Laur. 15. me stentor, Cant. - 16. ee SAMVOMaGeitiss Laceby 17. Ptychozoon homalocephalum, Crev. 18. : Horsfieldii, Gray. 19. ‘Tarentola Delalandii, D. & B. 20. Draco volans, Linn. DAG » cornutus, Gthr. 22. 3 ALIMIS,n. Sp: 23: », rostratus, Gthr: THE CROCODHLES AND LIZARDS OF BORNEO. @5 24, Draco fimbriatus, Kuhl. Dy, » cristatellus, Gthr. 26. , hematopogan, Gray. Dili ,, teniopterus, Gthr. 28. 5 Quinquetfasciatus, Gray. 29. i maximus, Blox, 30. » microlepis, Blegr. dl. 5 mgriappendiculatus, n. sp. 32. orandis, n. sp. 30. Aphaniotis fusca, Ptrs. 34. Gonyocephalus dori ize, Ptrs. 35. a liogastor, Gthr. 36. "i uiotympanum, Gthr. BI “a borneensis, Schleg. 38. Fe orandis, Gray. 39. Japalura migrilabris, Ptrs. 40. Calotes eristatellus, Kuhl. 41. Lanthanotus borneensis, Stdchr. 42. Varanus Dumeritil, Schleg. 45. es heteropholis, Blgr. 44, Ss rudicollis, Gray. 45. ot salvator, Laur. 46. Tachydromus sexlineatus, Daub. 47. Mabuia Delalandil, D. & B. 48. $3 rugifera, Stol. 49, 3 rubricoliis, n. sp. DO, ‘ multifasciata, Kull. 51. #3 rudis, Bler. o2. me kuchingensis, 1. sp. D0. FF Lewisi, 1. sp. 5A. 35 saravacensis ll. sp. 5d. Lygosoma variegatum, Ptrs. D6. sa kinabaluensis, 1. sp. af. ae olivaceum, Gray. Dd. : vittatuim, Hdel. oD * nitens, Ptrs. 60. parietale, Ptrs. 61, Lygosoma (Kiopa) Bampfyldei, n. sp. 62. Tropidophorus Beccari, Ptrs. 63. ‘3 Brookei, Gray, 76 THE CROCODILES AND LIZARDS OF BORNEO. 1.—Crocodilus porosus, Boulen. Cat. Chelon., p. 284, 1889. Schneider’s crocodile. Buaia of the Malays. 8. M. The crocodile is plentiful along the sea coast, and in all the rivers of Borneo. It attains a great length in this country, and also becomes very robust. One specimen in this Museum from the Baram river, obtained by Mr. C. Hose measures over 17 feet. Sarawak river (l. Burtiett); Baram River (C. [osc). Another species is reported to exist in some parts of the country, which I presume must be Crocodilus palustris, by the description of it, viz..— “that the head is much longer and narrower, but up to the present moment I have not discovered any difference in the series we have in the Museum. Many instances of its ferocious habits are reported from time to time; it generally catches bathers who are unaware of its presence. One curious rescue of three little children occurred some time ago; it appears that they were bathing together when a crocodile seized one of them; one got hold of its legs while the other, a little girl, got on top of its head and gouged its eyes until the brute released the other; they were all saved. 2.—Tomistoma Schlegelii, Boulen., Cat. Chelon., p. 276, 1889. Schlegel’s Gavial. Buaia sniulong of the Malays. 5. M. This gavial is, from all I can gather, restricted to the estuary and Sadong river. The two specimens in the Museum were brought down alive, having been caught by the Malays with the ah-lir cross bar. Length 11 feet. Skull of the largest 2 feet 64 in., width across base 145 inches. Sadong estuary and river (/. Bartlett and Phillips); Mulla (G. Barlow). 8,— Gymnodactylus marmoratus, Boulen., Cat. Lizards, vol. 1, p. 44, 1880. A single example is im the collection. Sarawak (Doria and Beccari); Mount Dulit (C. Hose); Renehin O(. astlett). 4.— Gymnodactylus consobrinus, Poulen., Cat. tical rol. i, p. 47, 1887. S. M. THE CROCODILES AND LIZARDS OF BORNEO. lk A single example is in the collection. Sarawak (Doria and Becemi); Belaga river, Rejang (C. A. LBampfylde). I.—Gonatodes Nendalli, Boulen., Cat. Lizards, vol. 1, Ps Goer TeSore on Nl. Lately obtained near here. Matang, Sarawak (G. A. Boulenyer). Sarawak (//. Low), Kuching (2. Bartlett). 6.—Gonotodes ornatus, Boulen., Cat. Lizards, vol. 1, be 1885) SMe General colour above grass-green marbled all over with brown ; a black line from hind corner of eyes to occiput, but not confluent; a black oblong spot occupies the centre; three black spots in front of the shoulder and three behind ; six black dorsal spots or streaks; under-parts yellowish green; with a pale purple patch on the throat and another on the middle of the belly. 7.—UQlurosaurus felinus, Boulen., Cat. Lizards, vol. 1, p- Tas estoy S. M. Borneo (1 Wailace). Penkalan Ampat, Sarawak (Dr. G. D. Hartland). §.—CHlurosaurus dorsalis, Boulen., Cat. Lizards, vol. 1, p. 74, 1885. Sarawak (Doria and Beccarz) 9.—Hemidactylus frenatus, Bowlen., Cat. Lizards, vol. 4, pe 1201885, 52 ME. Not common; frequents houses. Borneo (£. Belcher); Kuching, Sarawak (72. Bartiett). 10.—Hemidactylus Brooke’, Boulen., Cat. Lizards, vol. 1, pe 1281885255 Me Probably introduced years ago. Borneo (£. Belcher); Sarawak (//. Low); Kuching (4. Bart ett). ; 78 THE CROCODILES AND LIZARDS OF BORNEO. 11.—Henndactylus platyurus, Boulen,, Cat. Lizards,vol. i, p. 143, 1885. S. M. Not often met with; frequents houses. Borneo (1. Belcher and Cantor); Savawak (Doria and Beceari); Kuching, Sarawak (2. Bartlett); Sarawak (7. Low). 12—Gehyra mutilata, Boulen., Cat. Lizards, vol. i, p. 148, 1885. S. M. Not uncommon in houses. Kuching and Banting (2. Bartlett). 13.—Lepidodactylus aurantiacus,(?) Boulen., Cat. Lizards, vol. i, p. 164, 1885. S. M. Very rare. Sautubong (l. Bart/elt). L4.—Gecko verticillatus, Boulen., Cat. Lizards, vol. 1, p. 183, 1885. 5. M. Very scarce. ._ Rejang River, Sarawak (C. A. Bamp/fylde). L5.—Gecko stentor, Boulen., Cat. Lizards, vol. i, p. 184. 5. M. singed with pale green all over; eye bright grass green. This gecko is not abundant, it inhabits hollows in old trees and houses, it is a great annoyance at night on account of the horrible sepulchral noise it makes. Banjermassing (Blecher); Labuan (Collingwood); Kuching, Sarawak (#. Bartlett); Mount Dulit (C’ Hose); Kejane river (C. A. Bampfylde and Leys); Undup (W. Howell). 16.—Gecko monarchus, Boulen., Cat. Lizards, vol. 1, p. 187, 1885. 5. M. Chichak of the Malays. Very abundant throughout all the places which I have visited ; in every house and bungalow, also on the barks of trees which are exposed ; but not a jungle gecko. The colour varies from dark dirty brown to almost pure white; the black mark- ines or marbling is very intense in some individuals, while in others it is very faint. THE CROCODILES AND LIZARDS OF BORNEO. 79 Borneo (EF. Belcher, Cantor, and Dillwyn); Matang (i Bartlett and Boulenyer); Sarawak (Doria and Beccari); Undup (IW. Howell); Kuching, Sarawak (EH. ‘Bartlett and G. D. Haviland); Mount Dulit (C. Hose). 17.—Prtychozoon homalocephalum, Boulen., Cat. Lizards, vol. i. p. 190, 1885. 5. M. Comparatively rare in the Kuching district. Borneo (ZL. L. Dillwyn); Sarawak (Doria and Beccari) ; Barang, Sarawak (G. D. Haviland); Kuching, Sarawak (E. Bartlett). 18.—Ptychozoon Horsfieldii, Boulen., P. J. 8., 1892, p. 505. I have not seen this species yet, which is no doubt rare. Mount Dulit (C. Hose). 19.—Tarentola Delalandii, Boulen., Cat. Lizards, vol. i, p. 199, 1885. Tarentola borneensis, Gray, Cat., p. 165. A doubtful Bornean species. Borneo ( EL. Belcher); Sarawak (JI. Low). I find in Mr. Boulenger’s catalogue an entry “‘r—s. Ad. Sir. E. Belcher (P.), (Types of Zarentola borneensis ) 3’ and Mr. H. Low, also gives this species in his list of Lizards in the appendix (p. 112) to his ‘Sarawak; its Inhabitants and !roduc- tions,’ 1848. It is highly probable that Sir E. Belcher procured his specimens from the same source, when he visited Borneo; at the same tine Mr. H. Low gave specimens to the British Museum, which are not mentioned in the catalague. gy ic 20.—Draco volans, Boulen., Cat. Lizards, vol. 1, p. 256, 1885. 5. M. Adult male-—Above greyish white marbled and freckled with black; crown of head and orbits bluish-green; wing- menbranes above marbled with brick-red and yellowish green; under surface pale blue; gular appendage bright yellow, very long. Adult female.-—Gular appendage short and dull blue. Sarawak (Doria and Beccari); Borneo (E. Belcher, Cantor, and R, T. Lowe); Kuching, Sarawak (EE. Bart!ett). SO THE CROCODILES AND LIZARDS OF BORNEO Very abundant on the trunks of trees on the roadsides throughont the district of Kuchmne ; on very hot days they can be seen darting from tree to tree, with lightning-like rapidity. 21.—Druco cornutus, Boulen., Cat. Lizards, vol. ii. p. 258, 1885. 8S. M. Tarang burong of the Malays. 1. Adult male.—Upper surface of body bright grass green, varied with black, the green forming five distinct bands across the back; interorbital spot, black enclosed in a pale green circle ; nuchal spot, another on lower part of neck and one on each side of it, before the shoulder, black ; wing-membrane deep red, spotted and streaked with black, margins black, tinged with green and grey ; sides of lower jaw and chin with three or four irregular pale green bands; chest under surface of limbs and belly greyish blue; under surface of wing-membranes brick-red tinged with blue, spotted and streaked with black, these black markings are opposed to those on the upper surface: gular appendage yel- lowish orange, base bluish. 2. Adu/t male-—Whole of back variegated with bright grass green; wing-membranes black; under parts blue; gular appen- dage bright | salmon-red, edges paler, base bluish. This ver y beautiful winged lizard is not a common species in this district. I procured a fine male on Matang at 800 ft. It is the brightest coloured of all the species found here. Borneo (#. Belcher); Kuching and Matang (7, Bart/ett). 22.—Draco affinis, n. sp., S. M. Similar to D. cornutus, but without the large spine-like scale above the eye. Gular appendage very small; in the female it is almost absent. Male.—Back dull brown, tinged with green; three distinct ereyish white transverse bands on the back; wing membranes above, bright brick red spotted with black, with broad black outer margins, a pale bluish grey Ime down the centre of the belly; under side of wing membrane dull brick red tinged with blue, and spotted with blackish brown, margined with blotches of black and greyish white. Adult female—Back grey mottled with dark brown and tinged with green; wing-membranes bronze green spotted with THE CROCODILES AND LIZARDS OF BORNEO. 81 black, with a broad black band on the outer margin; gular appendage small, yellowish green; chest blue; a line down the centre of belly and under part of hind limbs pale blue, sides of body greyish white mottled with black, underside of wing- membrane yellowish green, outer margin blue. 23.—Draco rostratus, Boulen., Cat. Lizards, vol. i, p. 261, 1885. Borneo (E. Belcher). 24.—Draco fimbriatus, Boulen. Cat. Lizards, vol. i, p. 265, 18a5+ 5. M. Very rare in this district. Sarawak (EZ. Bartlett). 25.—Draco cristatellus, Boulen., Cat. Lizards, vol. 1, p. 266, 1385. 3S. M. Maie.—Above grey tinged with brown and black dotted all over; a black interorbital spot; nuchal crest reddish brown; wing-membranes blackish-brown, with a series of longitudinal streaks of yellowish scales; chin grey tinged with green and dotted; gular appendage nearly white; beneath lateral wattles bright buttercup yellow, with a black hind margin to same; belly pale green; under surface of wing-membranes pale blue tinged with yellow. Not abundant here. Kuching, Sarawak (£. Bartlett). 26.—Draco hematopogan, Boulen., Cat. Lizards, vol. 1, p. 267, 1885. S. M. Kuching, Sarawak (E. Bartlett). 27.—Draco teniopterus, Boulen. Cat. Lizards, vol. i, p- 269, 1885. S. M. I found this scarce species on Matang at 800 to 900 ft., in June, 1893. Sarawak (Doria and Beccari); Matang, Sarawak (E£. Bartlett). SoZ THE CROCODILES AND LIZARDS OF BORNEO. 28.— Draco qunquefasciatus, Boulen., Cat. Lizards, vol. 1, On PAs sist ten. Ikils Male.—General colour above reddish or dirty brown dotted all. over, and tinged with bright grass-green over the other colours, it also extends round the margin of the wing-membranes and on all the longitudinal curved lines and ribs, forming rows of green scales ; five broad dark brown bands extend across the body and wing-membranes, the broad interspaces are brick-red ; _ a single brown band across the shoulders; under surface of wing-membranes dull yellowish green, crossed by three narrow black bands; body greyish flesh colour; chin greenish; gular and lateral appendages bright yellow, striated with bluish tee base black ; iris golden. Iemale.—Resemties the male in ali the markings, which are paler and broader, the light grass-green scales are intermixed with scattered white ones, especially on the sides of the head, neck, wing-membranes, and base of tail; a double brown band on the shoulders ; under surface hke the male; gular and lateral appendages blackish grey faintly striated with greenish white, a yeliow spot in the centre of the latter and a blackish stripe on its base. Rather plentiful about the jungle near Ku_hing. Sarawak (Doria and Beccari); Kuching, Sarawak (Hh. Bartlett); Mount Dulit (C. Lose). 29.—Draco maximus, Boulen., P. Z. 5., 1898, p. 522. Mount Dulit (C. Lose). 30,— Draco microlepis, Boulen., P.Z.5., 1898, p. 523. Merabah, North Borneo (A. Everett). $1.—Draco nigriappendicu’atus, n. sp, 8S. M. Habit slender; much more so than PD. volans; head very small, snout short; nostrils vertical directed upwards; tym- panum naked, ery small; all the scales above nearly equal, round, and very small; six elongated keeled scales between the nostrils in a line directed backwards; two series of small elongated scales on crown of head forming two stars; a few sharp edged scales in-front of the eye; six sets of enlarged scales, three on each side THE CROCODILES AND LIZARDS OF BORNEO. S3 of body; gular appendage long and narrow covered with large flat scales; scales on under parts all keeled and sharp pointed; a few sharp pointed scales along sides of base of tail: tail covered with keeled scales with many fine points. Male.—Above reddish-buff, marbled with pale brown, and tinged all over with grass green; a small interorbital black spot ; three sharp pointed white lateral scales on the sides near the hind lees; wing-membranes nearly black, spotted all over with orange-yellow ; ribs covered with yellowish green scales forming five longitudinal streaks on each side; chin finely vermaculated with greyish brown; gular appendage very long and jet black. which extends across on to the front portion of the lateral wattles, the hinder half of which is pure white; belly and under parts dirty white, brown dotted; under side of wing-membranes dull brown tinged with yellowish green, the orange spots of upper surface being conspicuous. _ Total length 9 inches. Female.—Like the male; but the gular appendage is short, and black with white base. Not uncommon in the neighbourhood of Kuching. Total length 84 inches. Kuching, Sarawak (2. Bartlett). 82.—Draco grandis, N. Sp. 8. M. Habit, robust; head, large; limbs, short and thick; nostrils, directed outwards, tympanum large and naked; two large keeled scales directed backwards, on the top of the snout; two behind the eye; a series of round edged scales on each side of the mouth above the upper labials; scales of limbs, feeble keeled except along the hind edges; scales of belly, all keeled and sharp pointed ; gular appendage, nearly as long as the head, covered with minute elongated scales, lateral wattles large. Total length 104 inches. Bright reddish brown above, variegated with dark brown and greyish lines and marbling of black; interorbital space grey, behind which is a black W.; two elongated nuchal black blotches; wing-membraxes greyish brown, witb a series of longi- tudinal yellowish scales on the ribs, and three very faint bands across each; gular appendage, greyish white speckled with dirty brown; under parts, grey spotted and mottled with biack; under 84 THE CROCODILES AND LIZARDS OF BORNEO. surface of wing-membranes, blueish white spotted with black. Sarawak, Matane 800 feet (#. Bartlett). 33.—Aphaniotis fusca, Boulen. Cat. Lizards, vol. i, p. 274, 1885. I have not observed this species yet. Sarawak (Doria and Beccari); Borneo (Boulenger). 34.—Gonyocephalus doriv, Boulen. Cat. Lizards, vol. i, p. 284, 1885. Rare. Sarawak (Doria and Beccar’); Sarawak (A, Everett). 85.— Gonyocephalus liogaster, Boulen, Cat. Lizards, vol. i, p. 286, 1885. 5S. M. Rare. Borneo (Doria, Bleeker and Wallace); Kuching, Sarawak (E. Bartlett). 86.—Gonyocephalus miotympanum, Boulen. Cat. Lizards, vol. i, p. 287, 1885. Borneo (Giinther) ; Labuan (Dillwyn). 37.—Gonyocephalus borneensis, Boulen. Cat. Lizards, vol. i, =: 288, 1885. Borneo (Schlegel) ; Sarawak ( Doria and Beccari). 38.—Gonyocephalus grandis, Boulen. Cat. Lizards, vol. i, p. 298, 1885. S. M. Matang, Sarawak (Boulenger); Mount Dulit (C. Hose) Pen- kalan Ampat, Sarawak (G. D. Haviland). 89.—Japalura nigrilabris, Boulen. Cat. Lizards, vol. i, p. 311, 1885. 5S. M. Upper surface, reddish-brown tinged with green, variegated with yellowish white; a broad Y between the orbits black, in front and behind it deep chestnut; five blackish-brown wavy bands across the back with light spots in the centre of each, which gives them the appearance of W’s, these band are much blacker on the sides; interspaces pale yellowish green varied with whitish scales, the first band is in front of the shoulder; lees marbled with brown; tail with broad brown bands; on the base of tail and loins there is a spear-shaped fold, the barb and THE CROCODILES AND LIZARDS OF BORNEO. $5 shaft black, edged with yellowish buff; gular appendage strait- ed with yellowish white, brown, and pinkish-red; lower part of throat and chest deep brick-red tinged with pink; belly and under-part of limbs yellowish white spotted and streaked with brown. Eye pale brown, pupil round and black with a gold ring. Rare. Sarawak (Doria and Beccari); Matang (Boulenger) ; Kuching (E. Bartlett). 40,—Calotes cristatellus, Boulen. Cat. Lizards, vol. i, p. 316, £3952 ~o. The colours in this species are very variable; some are bright grass green without dark markings; another is tinged with blue with dark brown markings, while another greenish brown with darker marblings. Not uncommon on hedges and in gardens; it is easily caught with the hand. Borneo (E. Belcher and Dillwyn); Kina Balu (G. D. Havi- land); Kuching (2. Bartlett). 41.—Lanthanotus borneensis, Boulen. Cat. Lizards, vol. x), p:. 502, 1385. S. M. Very rare. Sarawak ( Boulenger); Rejang River, Sarawak (C. A. Bamp- Sylde). 42.—Varanus Dumerilii, Boulen. Cat. Lizards, vol. xi, p. 312, 1885. §.M. Beyawak, Malays. Not uncommon in gardens and jungle. The largest in the collection is three feet. Sarawak (H. Low, Doria and Beccari); Penkalan Ampat (G. D. Haviland) ; Baram and Mount Dulit (C. Hose); Kuching (£, Bartlett). -48.—Varanus heteropholis, Boulen. . P. J. S., 1892., p. 506. Rare. Mount Dulit (C. Hose). 44.— Varanus rudicollis, Boulen. Cat. Lizards, vol. xi, p. 313, 1885, 5S. M. Not common in the Kuching district. 86 THE CROCODILES AND LIZARDS OF BORNEO. One specimen measures three feet nine inches. Sarawak (Boulenger); Baram River (C. Hose); Penkalan Ampat (G@. D. Haviland).; Kuching and Matang (. Bartlett). 4§.—Varaaus salvator, Boulen. Cat. Lizards, vol. ul, p. 314, 1885. .S. M. 3 Not very common in the Kuching district. 1 have not met with very large specimens here; the largest we have are from Baram. Length 6 feet 8 inches; is the largest in the collec- tion. Borneo (Dillwyn); Sarawak (H. Low, Doria and Beccar) ; Sadong (G. D. Haviland); Baram (C. Hose); Mount Dulit (C. Hose); Kuching and Santubong (#. Bartlett). 46.—Tachydromus sexlineatus, Boulen. Cat. Lizards, vol. iii, p. 4, 1887. 5. M. This extraordinary and beautiful lizard is rather abundant in and about Kuching, frequenting grassy lanes and fields, or grassy gardens. It attains a length of 14 inches, the tail being more than 5 times the length of the body. Sarawak (Doria, Beccari and H. Low) ; Borneo (E. Belcher) ; Matang (Boulenger); Matang and Kuching (£. Bartlett). On the variation of the colours in the genera Mabuia and Lygosoma, with descriptions of new species. During my residence here, I have had an opportunity of examining a very large series of nearly all the species of lizards found in Borneo, but Mabuia and Lygosoma being the most abun- dant, I am able to give more details of them, than of the other genera at present. To make sure that my observations on the species are correct with regard to the markings and coloration, I have examined the various individnals for the purpose of determining the sex, and I think that these are most important points in as- certaining which assume the various colours during the breeding time (which appears very precarious) and in doing so I have found a variety of intermediate stages of markings and colours which THE CROCODILES AND LIZARDS OF BORNEO. S7 are very deceptive, and liable to mislead one with regard to a species or even the sex, but having a large series of both sexes before me, it was much easier to settle. In drawing up the descriptions I have selected some of the largest and most adult specimens of both sexes, and by the following short diagnosis of each sex they can be distinguished at once. I may remark that all the characteristic beautiful colours of each species are lost in spirit specimens. 1. Mabuia Rugifera. Male.—Tail, carinated to tip. Nearly black above; imma- culate above and below. Throat, cobalt blue. Female.—Above, blackish-brown; with pale brown longitu- dinal striations. Throat, green, black spotted. 2. Mabuia rubricollis, n. sp. Male,—Tail, cariuated to tip. Similar to J/. rugifera. Throat, brick-red. Female.—Similar to M. rugifera. Throat, vermilion. 3. Mabuia multifasiata. Male adult.—Not polished above (dull); tail, perfectly smooth for half its length; not spotted on the sides of the body ; a few rectangular white black sided spots on the sides of the base of the tail. Throat, chrome yellow. Female adu‘t—Highly polished above; sides of body closely covered with white black sided rectangular spots from corner of mouth to base of tail. Throat, greyish white. 4. Mabuia rudis. Male.—Not polished above (dull); tail, tri-bi-and unicari- nated from base to tip; no white spots on the sides; a few yellow edged scales on the sides of the base of tail. Throat, blue. Female.—Dull above; a yellowish white line from corner of mouth, which passes the shoulder and ends in yellowish white tipped scales in front of the hind leg. Throat, greenish-brown. lod 5. Mabuia Lewisi. n. sp. Male adult.—Not polished above (dull); Tail, tri-bi-and unicarnated to the tip; no spots of white on the sides, a few 88 THE CROCODILES AND LIZARDS OF BORNEO. white-tipped scales on the sides of the base of tail. Throat, orange red. Similar to 47. rudis, but larger. Female.—Like M. riudis, with line and spots, white not yellow. Throat, white. ee, 47,.—Euprepis belcheri, H. Low, Sarawak; Inh. and Prod. Appen. p. 411, 1848. Mabuia Delalandi, Boulen. Cat. Lizards, vol. ili, p. 158, 1887. A doubtful Bornean species. The species is given in Low’s list |. c., but it must be an error. The types in the British Museum are without a locality and presented by Sir H. Belcher ; is it probable that these speci- mens were collected by H. Low and given to him? 48.—Mabuia rugifera, Boulen. Cat. Lizards, vol. i, p. 184, 1882) >, ME Male.—Upper part of head, sides of neck, dark bronze- green ; rest of upper surface bright red-brown, finely vermacula- ted with black; chin and throat, pale cobalt blue with scattered yellow spots; chest, lemon yellow; rest of under parts deep vermilion red. Mabuia rugifera. Male.—Throat, pale cobalt blue, tinged with green on the chest and fore-limbs; belly, under-side of hind legs and tail, sal- mon pink. Mabuia rugifera. Male.—Above, blackish-brown, immaculate ; chin and throat, bright grass-green; belly bent and under-side of tail, salmon- red. Obtained June, 1893, near Kuching. Mabuia rugifera. Male.—Above, blackish-brown, immaculate; eye-lids, upper and lower lips, chin, throat and upper part of chest, lemon yellow; 7 belly and under part of tail, salmon red. Two males procured N ov., 1893, are marked and the colours are exactly alike. THE CROCODILES AND LIZARDS OF BORNEO. Mabuia rugifera. Female.—Above dark brown, streaked with yellowish brown, from superciliary line and corner of mouth to base of tail; lips, chin and throat, pale blue, tinged with green; nearly all the scales have a black terminal band, these black bands are irregu- lar and give the throat a variegated appearance; chest, yellowish green; belly and under part of tail, pinkish salmon. Obtained October 13, 1893. Mabuia rugifera. Female.—Chin and throat, yellowish green, spotted with black; belly, under-side of hind-limbs, reddish salmon tinged with greenish blue; under side of tail, reddish salmon. Obtained September, 1893. This beautiful little species is rather abundant near Kuching. I have had an opportunity of examining a very fine series of males and females; in the adults the colours are very brilliant. They inhabit the sandy paths in the jungle. All the species of Mabuia and Yygosoma, are called by the Malays Bénkarong. Matang, Borneo (Boulenger); Sarawak ( Doria and Beccarz) Kuching, Sarawak ( £. Bartlett). 49.—Mabuia rubricollis, n. sp. S. M. Male.—Similar to M. rugifera. Above, blackish brown; upper and lower lips. orange-red fading off on the sides of the neck ; chin and throat, lemon yellow; chest and rest of under parts, tinged with salmon pink. Mabuia rubricollis, n. sp. Male.—Above blackish-brown ; lips, chin and throat vermi- lion red ; rest of under parts, salmon pink. Obtained October 27, 1893. Mabuia rubricollis, n. sp. Female.—Above, dark brown, or blackish, streaked and spotted with bright red-brown; lips, chin, throat and chest, brick-red, brightest on the chin; rest of under parts, salmon pink. Mabuia rubricollis, n. sp. Female.—Superciliary streak, lips chin and throat, bright vermilion red; belly, pinkish ting ed with green; under parts of tail, pale salmon pink. sie) 20 THE CROCODILES AND LIZAKDS OF BORNEO. Have separated this form from J/. :vgifera on account of its brilhant red throat, whereas in WW. rugifera in the adult it is pale cobalt blue, otherwise the two lizards are similar, but at the same time we obtain males and females of the two species constantly in the same district, therefore, we may consider it a local race or a ‘istrict species, esyecially when we look at the three species of Halcyon given by Mr. R. B. Sharpe in the British Museum Catalague. This lizard is certainly not so abundant as J/. rugifera, al- though it inhabits the same sandy lanes and jungle paths about Kuching, and the district. I have examined the sexes of a large series. Kuching, Sarawak (4. Bartiett.) 50.—Mabuia muitifasciata, Boulen. Cat. Lizards, vol. i, Pp. 186.1887) Se . Male.—Sides, unspotted ; ae and lower lips, brick red; chin and throat, chrome yellow; belly, dark grey tinged with green; under part of tail, pale brown. Obtained October, 1893. This iy an adult male in breeding colours, and many tine the sides of the neck brick-red. Mabuia multifasciata. Male.—Vorso-lateral band, bright-red ; upper and lower lips, brick-red ; chin and throat, ereyish- white speckled with yellow ; belly, pale yellowish- -brown. A young male assuming the yellow throat. Mabuia multifasciata. Mule.—Above, dark brown; dorsolateral line, pale brown- ish-butf ; sides, dark- brown, unspotted ; chin and throat, grey ; lips, tinged with brick red ; ‘chest and belly, dull green; under part of tail, silvery white. | A young male. Mabuia multifasciata. Atove, dark-brown, with five longitudinal black linies; dorso-lateral streak, pale brown; sides, blackish-brown ; a series of yellowish white spots from the ear along the sides to the base’ of tail; chin and throat, silvery white; chest belly and underside of tail, yellowish-b:own. Old female in breeding colours. Female. THE CROCODILES AND LIZARDS OF BORNEO. 9] Mabuia multifasciata. Female.—Above, dark-brown, and iridescent; sides below the dorso-lateral streak, brown tinged with bright vermilion-red, and spotted with yellowish-white; throat, greyish-white; belly, yellowish brown. Obtained September 21, 1893. Young female. The average length of this species is from 10 to 12 inches. This is the most abundant species in Sarawak; it is found on the trunks of felled trees and on the ground in every road and path throughout the country. I have carefully examined hun- dreds of them and find a great variety of colours in the males, some with metallic green and red bands on the sides of the neck, while others are brilliant, brick-red on the sides of the neck, and above the shoulders; atthe same time they are easily distinguish- ed from all the other males by the smooth terminal half or two- thirds of the tail. Sarawak, (H. Low, Doriaand Beccart); Kuching Sarawak, (E. Bartlett), Borneo, (Cantor). 51.—Mabuia rudis, Boulen., Cat. Lizards, vol. ii, p. 188. 188705. MM. Male.—Above, dark greenish-brown with four longitudinal rows of blackish spots; dorso-lateral streak, pale greenish-brown ; sides, red-brown variegated with black from ear to base of tail; upper surface of legs, red-brown; chin, throat, and sides of neck, bright cobalt blue; chest, belly and under-parts, grass-green; scales of vent and under part of tail, silvery-white. Mabuia rudis. Maile.—Above, rich red-brown; dorso-lateral streak, yellow- ish brown; sides, rich brown tinged with vermilion, each scale edged with black ; upper surface of legs, like the back; a bright green stripe from the ear to the shoulder, which is gradually lost on the sides of the body; chin, throat and chest, greenish blue variously speckled with orange-yellow; belly, sides of same, and under part of fore limbs, pale vermilion-red tinged with green, the latter colour brightest on the abdomen and hind-legs; scales of vent and underpart of tail, silvery-white. Obtained Sept. 19. 1893. 92 THE CROCODILES AND LIZARDS OF BORNEO Mabuia rudis. Male.—Sides, unspotted; upper and lower lips, chin, throat, and fore part of chest, pale blue, much speckled with black; chest and belly, grass-green; under part of hind limbs and tail brown. Obtained November 2, 1893. Mabuia rudis. Male.—Sides, unspotted; chin and throat, cobalt blue with > afew scattered orange-yellow and black spots; chest and rest of under parts, grass-green. Obtained October 26, 1893. Mabuia rudis. Female.—Above, chocolate-brown, with four longitudinal rows of black spots, some confluent; a well defined light dorso- lateral streak; sides, blackish; a yellow line from the corner of the mouth passes over the shoulder and terminates in blackish yellow-edged spots on the sides of the tail; fore limbs, brown with black yellow-edged spots on the hinder surface; throat and belly, greenish- brown. Obtained August 30, 1893. Mabuia, rudis. Female.—Above, brown; sides, nearly black; streak from corner of mouth to beyond the shoulder, greenish yellow; chin, throat, and chest, pale grass-green ; belly and under parts, light- brown faintly tinged with green. Sept. 21, 1893. Mabuia rudis Female.—Above, red-brown, with five distinct black longitu- dina! dorsal streaks; dorso-lateral line, pale-brown; sides, blackish brown; from the corner of the mouth a bright yellow streak which passes over the fore arm and ends in yellow spots in front of the hind leg, also a few yellowish spots on the sides of the base of the tail; chin, throat, and belly, dark greenish-brown. Mabuia rudis. Female.—Sides, yellow spotted from the cheeks to hind legs, with a few chrome yellow spots on the neck, on a line with the ear; without the usual white line from corner of mouth; chin und throat, greyish white; chest and rest of underparts, dull- brown tinged with yellow. Obtained October 26, 1893. THE CROCODILES AND LIZARDS OF BORNEO. 93 _ The average length of adults of this species is from eight to ten inches. Plentiful, but not so common as MW. multifasciata. I have described the colours of several individuals which are very brilliant when alive. This lizard is easily distinguished from all the others, being very robust in habit, the tail is carina- ted to the tip, and very dark-brown, almost black above. Matang and Kuching, Sarawak. (H. Bart/eit). 52.—Mabuia rudis, var. Kuchingensis, n. sp. S. M. ' Female.—Above, dark brown; dorso-lateral. band, nearly black; sides of neck and body to base of tail, closely barred with bright chrome yellow-edged black spots ; chin and throat, greyish white ; chest and rest of under parts, dull brown tinged with yellow. This specimen is so distinctly marked and readily distinguish- ed from the true J/. rudis. 1 considered it worth separating for the present. Almost appears like a hybrid. Kuching (£. Bartlett). 58.—Mabuia Lewisi, n. sp. S. M. Male.—Habit, robust. Above, dark brown; dorso-lateral streak, pale brown ; sides, dark-green unspotted ; upper and lower lips, chin, throat, chest, and sides of neck, rich orange red ; under part of fore arms, and belly, bright lemon-yellow; scales of vent and under part of tail, pure silvery-white. Mabuia Lewisi n. sp. Female.-—Above, brown paler than the male; dorso-lateral stripe, pale brown; sides of body, dark brown; a buff coloured streak from the corner of the mouth to hind limb; chin and throat, white; belly, yellowish-green; under sides of limbs and tail, pale ereenish-brown. Similar to Maduia rudis, but the carinaticns are not so bold, and the points do not overlap like those of 3/7. rudis. It is with- out the four or five longitudinal rows of small black specks on the back, which is always present in Af. rviiis; and easily dis- tinguished when alive by its bright-red throat and other colours. This fine species I procured on Santubong at about 200ft., others near Kuching. I have much pleasure in naming it after M, J. E. A. Lewis, who always takes much interest, and does a 94. THE CROCODILES AND LIZARDS OF BORNEU, great deal towards increasing the collection, besides rendering me valuable assistance respecting the particulars of the Sec mens. 54.—Mabuia saravacensis, n. sp. §. M. Habit, robust; head, broad behind; scales, twenty-eight round the body; back, nearly the whole length of tail and upper surface of fore limbs, tricarinate: hind limbs above, bi- and tri- carinate; under par ts, smooth. Above, pale dull- brown, with irregular transverse bars of black yellow and white-edged spots, which pass over on to the sides of the belly; two distinct round black spots on the parietals; eyelids, yellow; whole of underparts, bright grass-green. Rare in this locality. Santubong and Kuching (#. Bartlett). 55.—Lygosoma variegatum, Boulen. Cat. Lizards, iti, p. 246, 1887. S. M. Male.—Above, dull brown; marbled, and with two longitu- dinal rows of unequal sized spots down the back; chin, throat, and breast, deep cobalt blue; paler blue on the chest and belly; under sides of fore arms, vent and hind legs, dirty yellow ; under surface of tail, french grey, or bluish grey. Lygosoma variegatum. Female.—Above, like the male; chin, and throat, whitish; whole of under parts including limbs, bright yellow; under side of tail, bluish-grey. She is the most beautiful of all the lizards found here. In old males, the cobalt blue of the throat is very brilliant. It is not v eee abundant. Borneo (L. L. “Diliwyn) Kuching, Sarawak (FZ. Bartleit) 56.—Lygosoma kinabaluensis, n. sp. S. M. Male.—Similar to ZL. variegatum, but the back is mottled and without striations, and without a distinct dorsolateral band. This small species is quite distinct, therefore, I name it to distinguish it from the others at present, until I can procure more specimens. Being a spirit specimen, Iam unable to give the decided colours. Kina Balu, N. Borneo (G. D. Haviland.) THE CROCODILES AND LIZaAhDS OF BORNEO. 95 57,.—Lygosoma oiivaceum, Boulen., Cat. Lizards, vol. i, p. 251, 1387. 5. M. Back buff, with nine pale interrupted bands across the back ; hind legs, barred like the back; a buff band above the hind leg; chin and throat, yellowish green; rest of under parts, grass- green, tinged with blue. This appears to be a very scarce species in the district, having only procured two specimens. Borneo (A. &. Wallace); Sarawak (A. Everet); Kuching. (E. Bartlett ). 58.—Lygosoma vittatum, Boulen., Cat. Lizards, vol. iii, p. 252, 1887. The Verandah Lizard, S. M. Male and Female.—Above, black, variegated with buff speckles ; a greenish white streak between the eyes ; a greenish white superciliary streak which extends beyond the shoulder and fades away on the back; another greenish white-streak from tip of snout passes under the eye and fades away beyond the shoulder ; lower lips, green black-spotted ; chin, throat, and belly, bright grass-green, tinged with blue on the throat. Sexes alike. This very pretty and active lizard is to be found in nearly all the jungle houses and especially about the verandahs, picking up ants, and various insects which are always numerous in these places. Borneo (L. L. Dillwyn); Sarawak (Doria und Beecari); Rejang River (C. A. Bumpfylde) ; Santubong and Kuching, (LE. Bartlett). 59.—Lygosoma nitens, Boulen., Cat. Lizards, vol. iii, De 202.91 086. 4. 9. NI. Very rare in this district. Sarawak (Doria and Beccari); Kuching (£. Bartlett). 60.—Lygosoma parietale, Boulen., Cat. Lizards, vol. iii, p. 299, 1887. S. M. Male and Female.—Above, grey tinged with green; under parts, pale yellowish buff. I cannot detect any variation in the colour of the sexes of this species. It is tolerably common on the sea shore. Sarawak (Doria and Beccari); Santubong and Kuching (E. Bartlett). 96 THE CROCODILES AND LIZARDS OF BORNEO. 61.—Lygosoma (Riopa) Bampfyldei, nu. sp. 5. M. Eabit, stout; limbs, short and thick; scales, all smooth ; six upper and six lower labials; ten small preanals. Pale brown, above and below, immaculate; with a dark brown patch on the front part of the head, another on the crown and hind neck, divided from the former by a pale band from eye to eye; upper surface of limbs and tail dusky brown. Rejang River, Sarawak (C. A. Bampfylde). 62.—Tropidophorus Beccari, Boulen., Cat. Lizards, vol. iii, p. 8360, 1887. Beccari’s Lizard. Sarawak (Doria and Beccari) ; Matang (G. A. Boulenger). 68.—Tropdophorus Brookti, Boulen., Cat. Lizards, vol. in, p. 361, 1887. The Raja’s Lizard, 5. M. Upper and lower lips, red-brown; under parts, white, Sarawak (Hf. Low) ; Sarawak (7. Belcher); Santubong and Kuching (/. Bart/eit). On a New Species of ‘‘Philentoma.”’ By EDWARD BARTLETT, Curator of the Sarawak Museum. L.—Philentoma velatum, Blyth. Adult male.—General colour, bright greyish blue; face and yart of the throat, black; lower part of throat and breast, maroon. 2.—Philentoma pyrrhopterum., Blyth. Adult male-—Head, neck, mantle, lesser wing-coverts, chin, throat, and sides of breast, greyish-blue; greater wing-coverts, secondaries and tail chestnut; primaries, dusky brown; under-parts, dirty white; thighs, blue. 3.—Philentoma Maxwelli, n. sp. Adult male-—Similar to P. pyrrhopterum, but with a dark | chestnut patch on the middle of the breast; the blue of the head and neck much brighter; the chestnut of the wing-coverts’ THE CROCODILES AND LIZARDS OF BORNEO. 97 secondaries and tail, much darker and richer; some of the outer webs of the inner primaries also chestnut; under-parts much purer white; thighs buff, not blue like those of P. pyrrhopterum. This species was obtained in the jungle not far from Kuching. In describing this new bird, I considered it advisable to give a short diagnosis of the two older and well known forms, of which this museum contains a fine series. In referring to Mr. Sharpe’s description of P. pyrrhopterum, (vol. iv., p. 365), I find that he says the “ wings and tail, chestnut” in the young male, but at page 366, he states that “the quills and tail-feathers are dusky blackish on the inner web, greyish blue externally ”! I have examined all our specimens carefully and cannot find a trace of the latter colours on the tail-feathers ; and certainly no greyish blue on the primaries. I have much pleasure in naming this new species after the Hon’ble F. R. O. Maxwell, Resident of Sarawak. ae are OCCASIONAL NOTES. ae INDONESIAN “NUMERALS. In a pamphlet* recently presented to the Straits Asiatic Society, Dr. T. H. PARDO DE TAVERA, of Manila, discusses the origin of the names of the numerals in the Tagal and (incidentally) in the other Indonesian languages. The following short table will illustrate the wide area over which these or kindred numerals are used :— Malay. Maori. Tagal. Malagasy. Formosa. Fiji. fc a Tahi Isa Iray Sha E-dua 2 aabivey Rua Dalaua eiNoa Lua H-rua Bar liga Toru Tatlo Telo Telu _E-tolu 4 Ampat Wha Apat F-fatra Pat E-va 5 Lima Rima Lima Dimi Rimi E-lima 6 Anam Ono Anim Enina Num _ E-ono 7 Layo Whitu —_Pito Tito Pitu E-vitu 8 Delapan Waru Walo Valo Waro E-vala g Sembilan’ Iwa Sly amy) Sv Iwa E-siwa 10 ©6Sapuloh Ngahuru Sangpulo Tolo Pulu Datei The origin of these numerals is also discussed by the Rev. D. MACDONALD, of Efate, New Hebrides, in the Journal of the Polynesian Society for June, 1893. Dr. PARDO DE TAVERA points out that the Indonesian numerals were originally substantives, such as ‘‘a couple,’ Pemigie, 0 a dozen). rather than numerals in the ordinary sense of the word. In the languages of Timor Laut and Fiji the article is still used before these numerals. In the Pampango language (Philippines) it survives in a-dua, a-tlo, a-pat, a-nim, a-pulu. In Malay it is still used in sa-puloh and * “ Consideraciones sobre el origen del nombre de los numeros en Tagalog” — Manila. 1oo OCCASIONAL NOTES. probably survives in ampat anda-nam. In some languages a second article has even been added when the first has become incorporated in the numerals. Dr. DE TAVERA also draws attention to the quinary system upon which the original numbers were based doubtless owing to: the convenience of using the hand in enumeration. The word lima or rima still means “hand” in many of the dialects: of Formosa, the Malay Archipelago and Polynesia. The inhabitants of Triton Bay in New Guinea, of Santo, Efate and Ambrym in the New Hebrides, of the Island of Engano near Sumatra, and some of the wild tribes of Formosa still use quinary systems. The Malay delapan (8), derived by RIGG. from dua-lepan (two turned down), takes us back also to a time when the fingers were used in counting. Sa-lepan, Sem-. bilan (sa-ambtlan), and the Achinese Sa-kurang (g) are all extensions of the same idea. The etymologies suggested by Dr. DE TAVERA for the Philippine (and Oceanic) numerals are as follows :— Lua, dua, or rua (2) froma root signifying a double or copy, as in the Philippine ka-/u-lua, a ghost. Telo, tolu, toru (3) from a root signifying triple conmiccuad with ¢a/z a rope (triple strand). Pat ya ha (4 ) a a Polynesian root signifying “a com-- plete set,’ “a company.” The Javanese sa-kawan,. Hawaii sa- aii has these meanings. These were the oldest numerals. For higher quantities the hand was used in enumeration. Lima, rima (5) the hand. A-nam, ono, ne (6). The root appears to be me, but the meaning cannot be traced. TALL ECL IE oop (7). strom) am scold Polynesian root fia, me ihren” and the root ¢z “to shorten” (tua, to shorten, Tahiti). Walco, varo (8) from the Polynesian wa “a space,’ and. rua or lua “two” ; two spaces, e., dua-lepan. Siam, stwa, twa (a), the ‘“s” and “m” being accretions, from wa ‘‘a space,” and the article “i.” Pulo, fulu, hulu (10) from a root meaning totality” (pulus, all, Tagal.) OCCASIONAL NOTES. IO! The Abbé FAvRE in his Dictionary is guilty of two errors in assuming sa “one,” to be acontracted form of swatu, and dua, “two,” to be derived from the Sanscrit dw. Suatu, he subsequently admitted to be a corruption of sa-batu, as the Javanese sa-wz72 or sz7z is a corruption of sa-bz77. The Rev. D. MACDONALD of Efate, New Hebrides, going further than Dr. PARDO DE TAVERA, suggests a Semitic origin for the Oceanic numerals. The theory is a very daring one, for the Oceanic languages with their simple constructions and soft syllables are utterly unlike the Semitic languages with their harsh consonants, elaborate grammar,* and comphi- cated vowel inflexions, and no ethnologists would be likely to support a theory that the Dyaks, for instance, are the lost ten tribes of Israel. The points also to which Dr. DE TAVERA has drawn attention combat this theory, for the Arabic nume- rals are not collective nouns, nor do they show any connection with quinary system. ihe resemblances traced by Mr. MACDONALD between Oceanic and Semitic forms are not so clear as to necessitate his opponents explaining them away by any theory of coinci- dences. The following table shows the “original forms” suggested by him, together with the nearest existing forms in the Semitic and Oceanic languages respectively :— Original form. Nearest Semitic form. Nearest Oceanic ferm. I Kel Ihda (Arab) Aida (Timor) 2 r Tarawah (Socotra) Roa (Maori) 3 feb T’laa (Syriac) Telo (Malagasy) 4 obit Arbaat (Arab, Bate (Efate) 5 k’m’ Khams (Arab) Ikma (Aneit) 6 Ue Sitt (Arab) Butanga (Gilolo) 7 b’t’ Sabat (Arab) Mbut (Malicolo) 8 lp’n TYman (Arab) Delapan (Malay) 9 s’m E’sro (Syriac) Siyam ‘Tagal) ro sn’ Eseru (Amharic) Sarone (Timbora) These resemblances hardly carry conviction. In fact the * “ There are thirty-three ordinary methods of forming the plural.”—Socin's Arabie Grammar. 102 OCCASIONAL NOTES. attempt to connect auam with sztt by means of the word butanga is apt to recall the sarcasm of VOLTAIRE “ pour Messieurs les etymologistes les voyelles n’y sont pour rien et les consonnes pour trés peu de chose.’ The selection of the Malay “1’p’n”’ as an original root is singularly unfortunate in view of the well-known derivation of delapan from dua lepan. A reference to a table of Indonesian numerals will show that the forms selected are, in several cases, the, exception rather than the rule: As” fopithe = seumere numerals Mr. MACDONALD has been in one or two cases misled by the transliteration. The ‘t’” in #/aa@ is not “ft (ces) but “th” (<>) and generally Cormupts toms san other languages as hari thalatha, for instance, becomes harz selasa; Othman corrupts to Osman. The “k” also in Khamis is not the Indonesian “k”’ in /kma. The Malay language contains some of the Semitic numerals in the names of the days of the week, but they do not corrupt to the forms suggested by Mr. MACDONALD. It would be unsafe to base any arguments as to the origin or movements of the Indonesian races upon the resemblances between the numerals alone. The numerals, however, illustrate very fairly the theory of Polynesian migrations expounded by M. DE QUATREFAGES,* in that they are used by the Melane- sian tribes who lie along the routes which the migrating tribes from Ceram and Bourou are believed to have followed on their way to the South Seas. Mr. A. R. WALLACE, while unwilling to admit the common origin of the Indonesian and Polynesian races, fully recognised the remarkable similarity in language, a similarity, as he points out, of “ words’ not mere roots, and which he explains by USB coune that Malay traders must have visited the South Sea Islands. Of this, however, there is no historical evidence, and the primitive condition of the Polynesians when first visited by Kuropeans militates against the theory that they had commercial dealings with the com- paratively civilised Malays. The resemblance in language cannot be a mere coincidence. Attempts Have been made to minimize its extent and importance by writers who argue in favour of the Oceanic races being the relics of the autocthonous * «Les Polynesiens ét leurs migrations’’—by M. A. DE QUATREFAGES. OCCASIONAL NOTES. 103 inhabitants of an old Pacific continent; but the connection between the Indonesian and Polynesian languages is now becoming more generally recognised. The numerals furnish perhaps the best illustration of this relationship. * Ree We *The Indonesian numerals can be found in the following works, most of which are in the Society’s Library :— Sumatra, fava,and Adjacent Islands.—FAvRE’s Javanese Grammar gives the numerals in Javanese, Kawi, Sundanese, Batak, Lampong, Madurese, and Balinese. The Nias Island numerals may be foundin J,S.B.R.A.S., June 1880 ; and those for the Isle of Engano in Mr. MAcDONALD’s paper. Boyneo.—The numerals in 11 languages of Borneo are given in J.S.B. R.A. S., June, 1880. Celebes, the Moluccas, &c.—The numeralsin Bugis are givenin FAvRE’s Ja- vanese Grammar. CRAWFURD gives the numerals in the languages of Manatoto, Timor, Rotti, Savu, Ende and Mangarai (Flores); while WALLACE (Malay Archipelago) gives them in 31 other languages of these parts. _ Philippines and Formosa.—Prof, TERRIEN DE LA COUPERIE gives the numerals in 32 languages of Formosa and 7 of the Philippines. (Formosa Notes, J.R.A.S. 1886). To these may be added the numerals in the Tag-benua language (J.S.B.R.A.S., 1880). Micronesia and Melanesia.—CRAWFURD (Malay Grammar) gives the nume- rals in 3 Micronesian languages, Mr. McDonatp gives them in 4 languages of the New Hebrides, and Dr. DE TAVERA in one language of New Guinea andin the language of Timor Laut, Polynesia, Madagascar and Fiji.—T he numerals in g Polynesian languages, in Fijian and in Malagasy are given in TreGear’s ‘‘ Maori Comparative Dictionary.” Total-—including Malay—11g languages, , 4 = \ ’ 2 zu r ha ’ ‘ 3 c bee : sia ze La a ¥ ie Lad ) ay ee ‘paneer Fe _ JOURNAL OF THE » = 2 ——_— JULY, 1896. - SINGAPORE: ’ ky ~ 5 Printed at THE GovernMENT Printine Orrick — ~. . NGexts oF rik Society: London and America, ... Tripnex & Co. ~ Paris, -.... Ernest Leroux & Cie. -_ Germany, ~... Orro Harrassowitz. Leipziz-— . ‘ ot ‘ 4 ee - ? “4 y . i t i » 5 ' I = * aie) ; ‘ ' z - | ¥ , : / F ire a ‘ i= a ‘ = ‘ ‘ ss re = 7 be i ‘ ‘ ’ a » A : * ; ; ' 4 ‘ 7, f & f Ry f _~ - ‘ re rn 5 ’ ‘ ou : 7 ; " : of ~ hs a ‘ Me y s (No. 29.] JOURNAL eeiAlIS BRANCH ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY. a JULY, 1896. SINGAPORE: PRintTED aT THE GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE AGENTS OF THE SOCIETY: London and America. ... TRUBNER & Co. Paris, ... Ernest Leroux & CI. Germany, ... Orro Harrassowrrz, Leipzig. eee: OF CONTENTS. Council for 1895, Annual Report of Council for 1895, Treasurer’s Account for 1895, Notes on the Folk-lore and Popular Religion of the Malays—by C. O. Blagden, bee ch A Vocabulary of the Besisi Dialect—by W. W. Skeat, A Bibliography of Malaya from July, i893 to June, 1894— C. Davies Sherborn, F.G.8., F.Z.S., ie Vili 13 30 THE SrRAtTTS BRANCH OF THE ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY. foUNCIL FOR 1895. The Right Rev. Bishop Hoss, President. The Rev. G. M. Rein, Vice-President, Singapore. D. Logan, Esquire, Vice-President, Penang. R. J. Witxtyson, Esquire, Honorary Secretary. J. O. Anruontsz, Esquire, Honorary Treasurer. G. T. Harz, Es quire, \ Dr. W. N. Bort, | A. H. Lemon, Esquire, Councillors. H. H. Hunpsovy, Esquire, \ Y; A. Kyteut, Esquire, v1 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE COUNCHE OF THE 5. RALTS | 2:R ANG GrEs ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY, FOR THE YEAR 1895. The Council are happy to state that the affairs of the Society continue to be in a satisfactory condition. The following new members have been elected at or since the last general meeting :— The Hon’ble J. A. SWET- Dr. R. HANITSCH. TENHAM, C.M.G. Dr. H. L. E. LUERING. Mr. J. R. HAMILTON. Mr. C. J. SAUNDERS. Mr. S. R. GROOM. Mr. E. ROSTADOS. Mr. J. R. DUNN. During the year, Nos. 28 and 29 of the Society’s journal have been printed. In addition to these regular journals, the Council of the Society under Rule 24 have sanctioned the separate publication of four works—-a Monograph on Wai- seng Lotteries by Mr. G. T. HARE; a Malay tale, edited by Mr. HUGH CLIFFORD; a translation of the same tale by Mr. ~ CLIFFORD; and a Life of Sir Stamford Raffles by the Rev. G.°M. REITH. ‘the three first have been already published; the fourth will, it is hoped, appear in the course of the next two months. ANNUAL REPORT. Vil A proposal was made during the year by the Government of Perak that the Native States Governments should undertake the work of preparing the map of the Malay Peninsula. To this the Council agreed, offering to place all the material now in possession of the Society at the disposal of the Survey Offices of the Native States. The scheme was, however, recently abandoned by the Government owing to its cost. The Council are unanimously of opinion that the following be substituted for Rule 6 :— ‘No member shall receive a copy of the Journal or other publication of the Society until his subscription for the cur- rent year has been paid.” The Council also unanimously recommend that members be allowed to compound for life membership of the Society on payment of $50. ‘AOANSDONT, hDLOUO TT ‘ZSINOHINV ‘O ‘£ Vill Le B6r'l LG G6P'T Z6 1Sh | °° mined g[YWUvoIET, UL oourleq “ Py coe | are een) eourreq “ Oc >. ‘yoog enboyg “ OS 69 ee ee iio -40ry ,, SUS 1¥AA ,, UO dodvd od Ay ut SU1}108 TOF ‘OoUF() SUIJUILG yWourUIa 91 9 a ‘soouv]eg qseg uo ysouoqyuy “ “0p ‘sLoyisodmoy 0} worjeiounmoery ‘ 117 OT “ “(eT THF) Junoov surpurysyno Jo GZ cs ‘“roded oy Ssolg “ uvep] MoX Yoy,, “ pious tes ul wniwenbyuy : elqyooy “ 0€ SII |” “8g ‘ON Teuano er 00 1% “‘sdeyq a Buyuud OF SSoIgq UO, UvotIoMy “ (09 TZ ‘sABeS Ty euly()-Opuy i s LE 88S “OL ogg ‘edvyep jo Aydvasorpqig 00 68 Sjeuano [Bf SOET | Ope I a uy NUOPUAHY SHIAVG ‘JP OF FF¥Iq “ [QO g " ‘9681 of 08 Ig ‘suoryeorqnd sutpuig “ |oo OTE ‘S68I es 60 LT os ‘sosuodxe Arpuns 8,y410[9 00 08 F681 a ae pue s[euinor pue s10qj0] Uo oseasog ‘‘ |00 0G ‘EG8T 1OF suondrosqng oY 00 9 os ‘DUYOoTT [Vlouey suisyteapy “ |Gg e Saeen L oe Yt OU OT 3 TO}D9][O9) OF WOTSETOIDIOD “186 96¢ ‘yuvg o[YUeo.1E;, U1 00 OL ‘GEST ‘ToqueAO Ny 04 Te e719 | ‘yuvgq poreyaeyyg Ut “PEST ‘19q039Q WoT yIOTQ Jo Aavjeg Ag —: cggq ‘Arenuve 4s] WO soURTeg OF, 9 ¢ ‘9 ¢ "GEST Jequiedeg YSTE 04 Arenuer 4ST WOT, YUNODDW Ysvy s.commsvory, Are10 Moy] ‘ALAIOOS OLLVISV TVAOU AHL JO HONVU SLIVULS ‘19 "Iq NOTES ON THE FOLK-LORE AND POPULAR RELIGION QF THE MALAYS. [ Read before the Straits Philosophical Society. ] HE folk-lore and the popular religious beliefs and practices of any race form a wide subject which it is hardly possible to compress within the limits of a short paper. I do not propose here to give a complete survey of the subject, but merely to offer a few notes illustrating the general character of Malay ideas and customs under this head so far as they have come within my own personal observation. A good deal has been written on these matters, and amongst other papers I would refer particularly to that by Mr. W. E. MAXWELL, which appeared inthe seventh number of the Journal of the Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, in 1881. The chief point made in that paper is the thoroughly non-Muhammadan character of many of the common Malay beliefs and practices. That characteristic is also perhaps the only one that I can claim to illustrate. Malays in the country districts are in fact only superficially Muhammadan. It is true they often carry out all the ritual precepts of that religion: many of them pray the required number of times daily, most attend the Mosque with decent regularity on Fridays, and a fair proportion (but by no means all) keep the fast of Ramadhan. But to their Muhammadan observances they superadda good many practices which, from the Muhammadan point of view, are at least unorthodox, in fact almost pagan, and which can often be traced to a heathen origin. For instance, although officially the religious centre of the village community is the Mosque, there is usually in every 2 FOLK-LORE AND POPULAR RELIGION OF THE MALAYS. small district a holy place known as a kramat, at which vows are paid on special occasions, and which is invested with a very high degree of reverence and sanctity. These kramats abound in Malacca territory ; there is hardly a village but can boast some two or three in its immediate neighbourhood, and they are perfectly well known to all the inhabitants. | Theoretically, kramats are supposed to be the graves of deceased holy men, the early apostles of the Muhammadan faith, the first founders of the village who cleared the primeval jungle, or other persons of local notoriety in a former age; and there is no doubt that many of them are that and nothing more. But even so the reverence paid to them and the ceremonies that are performed at them savour a good deal too much of ancestor-worship to be attributable to an orthodox Muhammadan origin. it is certain, however, that many of these kramats are not graves at all: many of them are in the jungle, on hills and in groves, like the high places of the Old Testament idolatries ; they contain no trace of a grave (while those that are found in villages usually have grave-stones) and they appear to be really ancient sites of a primitive nature-worship or the adoration of the spirits of natural objects. Malays, when asked to account for them, often have recourse to the explanation that they are £7amat jin, that is, ‘‘spirit”- places; and if a Malay is pressed on the point and thinks that the orthodoxy of these practices is being impugned, he will sometimes add that the 7zz in question is a jzm ¢slam, a Muhammadan and quite orthodox spirit! | Thus on Bukit Nyalas, near the Johol frontier, there is a kramat consisting of a group of granite boulders on a ledge of rock overhanging a sheer descent of a good many feet; bamboo clumps grow on the place, and there were traces of religious rites having been performed there, but no grave whatever. This place was explained to me to be the kramat of one Nakhoda HussIN described as a 77m (of the orthodox variety) who presides over the water, rain and streams. People occasionally burned incense there to avert drought FOLK-LORE AND POPULAR RELIGION OF THE MALAYS. 3 and get enough water for irrigating their fields. There was another kramat of his lower down the hill, also consisting of rocks, one of which was shaped something like a boat. I was informed that this 7zz is attended by tigers which guard the hill and are very jealous of the intrusion of other tigers from the surrounding country. : He is believed to have revealed himself to the original Pawang of the village, the mythical founder of the kampong of Nyalas. In a case like this it seems probable that the name attached to this object of reverence is a later accretion and that under a thin disguise we have here a relic of the worship of the spirit of rivers and streams, a sort of elemental deity, localized in this particular place and still regarded as a proper object of worship and propitiation, in spite of the theoretically strict monotheism of the Muhammadan creed. Again, at another place, the kramat is nothing but a tree, of somewhat singular shape, having a large swelling some way up the trunk. It was explained to me that this tree was connected in a special way with the prospects of local agriculture, the size of the swelling increasing in good years and diminishing in bad seasons! Hence it was naturally regarded with considerable awe by the purely agricultural population of the neighbourhood. As may be imagined, it is exceedingly difficult to discover any authentic facts regarding the history of these numerous kramats: even where there is some evidence of the existence of a grave, the name of the departed saint is usually the one fact that is remembered, and often even that is forgotten. The most celebrated of the Malacca kramats, the one at Machap, is a representative type of the first class, that in which there really is a grave: itis the one place where a hardened liar respects the sanctity of an oath, and it is occa- sionally visited in connection with civil cases, when the one party challenges the other to take a particular oath: a man who thinks nothing of perjuring himself in the witness box and who might not much mind telling a lie even with the Koran on his head, will flinch before the ordeal of a falsehood in the presence of the ‘‘ Dato’ Machap.”’ The worship there, as with most other £ramats, consists of the burning of incense, the 4 FOLK-LORE AND POPULAR RELIGION OF THE MALAYS, offering of mzasz kunyet (yellow rice) and the killing of goats; but I also noticed a number of live pigeons there which illustrate the practice, common in Buddhist countries, of releasing an animal in order to gain “ merit”’ thereby. To return to the elemental spirits: it was explained to me by a Malay, with whom I discussed the subject at leisure, that apart from the spirits which are an object of reverence and which when treated with proper deference are usually bene- ficent, there are a variety of others. To begin with, spirits (the word used on this occasion was hantu ) are of at least two kinds—wild ones, whose normal habitat is the jungle, and those that are, so to say, domesticated. ‘The latter, which seem to correspond to what in Western magic are called ‘‘familiars,’ vary in character with their owners or the persons to whom they are attached. Thus in this particular village of Bukit Senggeh, a few years ago, there was a good deal of alarm on account of the arrival of two or three strangers believed to be of bad character, who were supposed to keep a familiar spirit of a particularly malignant disposition which was in the habit of attacking people in their sleep by throttling them. One or two cases of this kind occurred, and it was seriously suggested that I should make the matter the subject of a magisterial enquiry, which, however, I did not find it necessary to do. But familiar spirits are by no means necessarily evil: indeed the Pawang (a functionary of whom more will be said later on) keeps a familiar spirit, which in his case is a hantu pusdéka, that is, an hereditary spirit which runs in the family, in virtue of which he is able to deal sum- marily with the wild spirits of an obnoxious character. The chief point of importance is to keep these wild spirits in their proper place, viz. the jungle, and to prevent them taking up their abode in the villages. For this reason charms are hung up at the borders of the villages, and whenever a wild spirit breaks bounds and encroaches on human-habitations it is necessary to get him turned out. Some time ago, one of these objectionable “antus had settled down in a kérayong tree in the middle of this same village of Bukit Senggeh, and used to frighten people who passed that way in the dusk: so FOLK-LORE AND POPULAR RELIGION OF THE MALAYS. 5 the Pawang was duly called upon to exorcize it, and under his superintendence the tree was cut down, after which there was no more trouble. But it is certain that it would have been excessively dangerous for an ordinary layman to do so. This point may be illustrated by a case which was reported to me soon after it occurred and which again shows the intimate connection of spirits with trees. A Javanese coolie, on the main road near Ayer Panas, cut down a tree which was known to be occupied by a hantu. He was thereupon seized with what from the description appears to have been an epileptic fit and showed all the traditional symptoms of demoniac possession. He did not recover till his friends had carried out the directions of the spirit (speaking through the sufferer’s mouth, it seems), viz., to burn incense, offer rice and release a fowl. After which the hantzu left him. In many places there are trees which are pretty generally believed to be the abodes of spirits, and not one Malay in ten would venture to cut one down, while most people would hardly dare to go near one after dark. On one occasion an exceptionally intelligent Malay, with whom | was discussing the terms on which he proposed to take up a contract for clearing the banks of a river, made it an absolute condition that he should not be compelled to cut down a particular tree which overhung the stream, on the ground that it was a “‘spirit’’ tree. That tree had to be excluded from the contract. The accredited intermediary between men and spirits is the person who has already been referred to several times as the Pawang: the Pawang is a functionary of great and traditional importance in a Malay village, though in places near towns the office is falling into abeyance. In the inland districts, however, the Pawang is still a power, and is regarded as part of the constituted order of society, without whom no village community would be complete. It must be clearly understood that he has nothing whatever to do with the official Muham- madan religion of the Mosque: the village has its regular staff of elders—the /mam, Khatib and Szlal—for the Mosque service. But the Pawang is quite outside this system, and belongs to a different and much older order of ideas; he may 6 FOLK-LORE AND POPULAR RELIGION OF THE MALAYS. be regarded as the legitimate representative of the primitive ‘‘medicine-man”’ or ‘‘ village sorcerer” and his very existence in these days is an anomaly, though it does not strike Malays as such. Very often the office is hereditary, or at least the appoint- ment is practically confined to the members of one family. — Sometimes it is endowed with certain “ properties”? handed down from one Pawang to his successor, known as the kabésd- van, OY, aS~it were, regalia. On one occasion I was nearly called upon to decide whether these adjuncts—which consisted, in this particular case, of a peculiar kind of head-dress—were the personal property of the person then in possession of them (who had got them from his father, a deceased Pawang) or were to be regarded as official insignia descending with the office in the event of the natural heir declining to serve! Fortunately I was spared the difficult task of deciding this delicate point of law, as I managed to persuade the owner to take up the appointment. But quite apart from such external marks of dignity, the Pawang* is a person of very real significance. In all agri- cultural operations, such as sowing, reaping, irrigation works, and the clearing of jungle for planting, in fishing at sea, in prospecting for minerals, and in cases of sickness, his assist- ance is invoked. He is entitled by custom to certain small fees: thus, after a good harvest, he is allowed, in some villages, five gantangs of padi, one gantang of rice ( 6éras) and two chupaks of émping (a preparation of rice and coco-nut made into a sort of sweetmeat) from each householder. After re- covery from sickness, his remuneration is the very modest amount of tzga wang baharu, that is, 74 cents. It is generally believed that a good harvest can only be se- cured by complying with his instructions, which are of a peculiar and comprehensive character. They consist largely of prohibitions, which are known as pantang. ‘Vhus, for instance, it is pantang in some places to work in the rice-field on the 4th and 15th days of the lunar month; and this rule of enforced idleness being very congenial to the Malay character is, I believe, pretty strictly observed. FOLK-LORE AND POPULAR RELIGION OF THE MALAYS. 7 Again, in reaping, certain instruments are proscribed, and in the inland villages it is regarded as a great crime to use the sickle (sadz¢t) for cutting the padi: at the very least the first few ears should be cut with a ¢zaz, a peculiar small instrument consisting of a semi-circular blade set transversely on a piece of wood or bamboo, which is held between the fingers and which cuts only an ear or two at atime. Also the padi must not be threshed by hitting it against the inside of a box, a prac- tice known as danting pad. In this, as in one or two other cases, it may be supposed that the Pawang’s ordinances preserve the older forms of procedure and are opposed to innovations in agricultural methods. The same is true of tne pantang rule which prescribes a fixed rate of price at which padi may be sold in the village community to members of the same village. This system of customary prices is probably a very old relic of a time when the idea of asking a neighbour or a member of your own tribe to pay a competition price for an article was regarded as an infringement of communal rights. It applies to a few other articles of local produce* besides padi, and I was frequently assured that the neglect of this wholesome rule was the cause of bad harvests. | was accordingly sometimes pressed to fine transgressors, which would perhaps have been a somewhat difficult thing todo. The fact, however, that in many places these rules are generally observed is a tribute to the influence of the Pawang who lends his sanction to them. In agricultural operations the animistic ideas of the Malays are clearly apparent: thus, before the rice is cut, a sort of ritual is performed which is known as fuzz padz, and which is regarded apparently as a kind of propitiatory service, a sort of apology tothe padi for reaping it. The padi is usually *In Bukit Senggeh the articles subject to this custom are priced as follows :— Padi, nok igs 3 cents a gantang. ESELAS, owes nae 10 cents a gantang. Kabong sugar, ... 23 cents a ‘‘buku’” of two pieces and weighing a kati. Coco-uuts, ou I cent each. Hen’s eggs, ae og Cent each. Duck’s eggs, = 0% cent each. 8 FOLK-LORE AND POPULAR RELIGION OF THE MALAYS. sprinkled with ¢épong tdwar (flour mixed with water ) before the reaping is commenced, and the first lot cut is set apart for a ceremonial feast. At planting there are also ceremonies: as a rule the begin- ning of the planting season is ushered in bya visit of the whole body of villagers to the most highly revered kramat in the neighbourhood, where the usual offerings are made and prayers are said. Sometimes, however, there is a special ser- vice known as da@pud,* consisting of a sort of mock combat, in which the evil spirits are believed to be expelled from the rice- fields by the villagers: this is not done every year but once in three or four years. Another occasional service of a peculiar character which is not of very frequent occurrence is the ceremony which would perhaps be best described as the propitiation of the earth- spirit. Some years ago, I happened by chance to be present at a function of this kind, and as its details may be of some in- terest as illustrating the wide dispersion of certain points of ritual, I will end these notes by giving a full description of it, as noted down at the time. It was in the month of October, and I happened to be out shooting snipe in the padi-fields of the village of Sébatu on a Sunday morning, when I was met by the Penghulu, the headman of the village, who asked me to leave off shooting for an hour or so. As I was having fair sport, I naturally wanted to know the reason why, so he ex- plained that the noise of gunshots would irritate the hantu and render unavailing the propitiatory service which was then about to begin. Further enquiry elicited the statement that the Aantu in question was the one who presided over rice-lands and agricultural operations, and as I was told that there would be no objection to my attending the ceremony, I went there and then to the spot to watch the proceedings. The place was a square patch of grass-lawn a few yards wide, which had evidently for years been left untouched by the plough, though surrounded by many acres of rice-fields. On this patch a * Menangkabau and Naning pronunciation for béypuar. Puar is the name of a jungle plant, said to be akin to cardamum, the stem of which is used as a sort of javelin in this mock combat, FOLK-LORE AND POPULAR RELIGION OF THE MALAYS. 9Q small wooden altar had been built: it consisted simply of a small square platform of wood or bamboo raised about three or four feet above the ground, each corner being supported by a small sapling with the leaves and branches left on it and overshadowing the platform, the sides of which appeared to face accurately towards the four cardinal points. To the western side was attached a small bamboo ladder leading from the ground to the edge of the platform. At the four corners of the patch of grass were four larger saplings planted in the ground. On the branches of all these trees were hung a num- ber of £étupats, which are small squarish bags plaited of strips of the leaves of the screw-pine (méngkuang ) or some simi- lar plant, like the material of which native bags and mats are made. A larger £étupat hung over the centre of the altar, and all of them were filled with a preparation of boiled rice. On the altar were piled up various cooked foods laid on plantain leaves, including the flesh of a goat, cooked in the ordinary way, as well as rice and different kinds of condiments and sweetmeats. The Pawang was present as weil as a number of the villagers, and soon atter my arrival with the Penghulu the ceremony began by some of the villagers producing out of a bag the skin of a black male goat with the head and horns attached and containing the entrails (the flesh having been cooked and laid on the altar previously ). A large iron nail four or five inches long and thick in proportion was placed vertically in a hole about two feet deep which had been dug under the altar, and the remains of the goat were also buried in it with the head turned towards the east, the hole being then closed and the turf replaced. Some of the goat’s blood, in two coco-nut shells ( ¢émpurong ), was placed on the ground near the south side and south-west corner of the altar close to the ladder. The Pawang, aiter assisting at these preliminaries, then took his stand at the west side of the altar, looking east- wards: he covered his head, but not his face, with his sarong wrapped round it like a shawl, and proceeded to light a torch, the end of which was tipped with incense ( keménvan). W th 10 FOLK-LORE AND POPULAR RELIGION OF THE MALAYS. this he touched the bottom of the altar platform four times. He then took a cup of ¢épong t@war and dipped in it a small bundle of four kinds of leaves, with which he then sprinkled the north-west and south-east corners of the platform. He then coughed three times—whether this was part of the ritual, or a purely incidental occurrence, I am unable to say, as it was not practicable to stop the ceremony for the purpose of asking questions—and again applied the torch under the altar and sprinkled with ¢ésong tdwar all the corners of it, as well as the rungs of the ladder. At this stage of the proceedings four men stationed in the rice-field beyond the four corners of the patch of turf, each threw a kétupat diagonally across to one another, while the rest of the assembly, headed by the Penghulu, chanted the kalimah, or Muhammadan creed, three times. Then a man holding a large bowl started from a point in the rice-field just outside the north side of the patch of turf, and went round it (first in a westerly direction). As he walked, he put handfuls of the rice into his mouth and spat or vomited them out, with much noise as if to imitate violent nausea, into the field. He was followed closely by another who also held a bow! filled with pieces of raw tapioca root and béras bertih (rice roasted in a peculiar way) which he threw about into the field. Both of them went right round the grass-plot. The Pawang then took his cup of tépong téwar and §prinkled the anak padz, that is, the rice-shoots which were lying in bundles along the south and east sides of the altar, ready for planting. Having sprinkled them he cut off the ends, as is usually done; and after spitting to the right and to the left, he proceeded to plant them in the field. A number of others then followed his lead and planted the rest of the rice-plants, and then a sweetmeat made of coco-nut and sugar was handed round and Muhammadan prayers were said by some duly qualified person, an orang ‘alim or a lebet, and the ceremony was concluded. It was explained to me that the blood and the food were intended for the Aantu and the ladder up to the altar was for his convenience: in fact, the whole affair was a propitiatory FOLK-LORE AND POPULAR RELIGION OF THE MALAYS. II service, and offers curious analogies with the sacrificial cere- monials of some of the wild aboriginal tribes of Central India, who have not been converted to Hinduism or Islam. That it should exist in a Malay community within twenty miles of the town of Malacca, where Muhammadanism has _ been established for about six centuries, is certainly strange. Its obvious inconsistency with his professed religion does not strike the average Malay peasant atall. It is, however, the fact that these observances are not regarded with much favour by the more strictly Muhammadan Malays of the towns and especially by those that are partially of Arab des- cent. These latter have not very much influence in country ‘districts, but privately | have heard some of them express disapproval of such rites and even of the ceremonies perform- ed at kramats. According to them, the latter might be consistent with Muhammadan orthodoxy on the understand- ing that prayers were addressed solely to the Deity: but the invocation of spirits or deceased saints and their propitiation by offerings could not be regarded as otherwise than’ poly- theistic idolatry. Of course sucha delicate distinction—almost as subtle as that between du/za and /atria in the Christian worship of saintss—is entirely beyond the average Malay mind; and everything is sanctioned by immemorial custom, which in an agricultural population is more deeply rooted ‘than any book-learning; so these rites are likely to continue for some time and will only yield gradually to the spread of education. Such as they are, they seem to be interesting relics of an old-world superstition. I have mentioned only a few such points and only such as have been brought directly to my knowledge: there are hosts of other quaint notions, such as the theory of lucky and unlucky days and hours, on which whole treatises have been written, and which regulate every movement of those who believe in them ; the belief in amulets and charms for averting all manner of evils, supernatural and natural ; the practice during epidemics of sending out to sea small elaborately con- structed vessels which are supposed tc carry off the malig- nant spirits responsible for the disease (of which I remember 12 FOLK-LORE AND POPULAR RELIGION OF THE MALAYS. a case a few years ago in the village of Sempang, where the beneficial effect was most marked); the widespread belief in the power of ménuzu, that 1s, doing injury at a distance by magic, in which the Malays believe the wild junglemen especially to be adepts; the belief in the efficacy of forms of words as love-charms and as a protection against spirits and . wild beasts—in fact, an innumerable variety of superstitious. ideas exist among Malays, and, of course, it is quite impos-- sible even to refer to them all here. I must also leave to others the task of citing parallels from the folk-lore of other races and can only conclude this paper by expressing the hope that some of the facts I have mentioned, though in themselves trivial, may derive additional interest from such comparisons. C. OTTO BLAGDERM A ree CAB ULAR Y OF THE Seo roel = DIALECT BY WooW. SKEAT, Acting District Officer, Ulu Langat, Selangor. ABOVE (Atas) : Tih. ABSCESS or Boil (Bara): Tés. ACCUSTOMED (Biasa): Dasa, e. g.. dasa dalam meri. ZEOLIAN BAMBOO (buluh pe- rindu) : Ding dioi. AFTER, behind (Di-blakang): Chénib. ALL, the whole (Semua): Na- doyt— (Doyt=habis). ALIVE (Hidup) : Ris. ALONE (Sa‘orang) Mui kur mah: a single man. Two together: mai kur mah. Three together: ’mpé ’kur mah.t ALSO (Juga): Kla or Kl. ANGRY (Marah) : Kachi. ANT (Semut) : Pohs or Poys; The following are some of the varieties:—- 1. Poys maét. 2. Poys tush or his. 3. Poys podoi. A. . Poys podoi kiak. Poys podoi ta’ang. Poys podoi kintég. . Poys lilin (lilin). . Poys kinggak (koring- ga). . Poys anei (white ant). APE (Brok): kok. APPARENTLY (Rupa-nia): b6 or ba, e.g., Apparently near = Ming ba or ming bo. ARM (Lengan): Chembeh. ARMS (Senjata) : Hau krés, (kris.) . Hau p’dang, (pédang). Hau tohok. Hau badik (badik). Hau pahut (raut). Hau gdlok (golok). . Hau séwa (sewa) has a curved point. . Hau nunyk (chénang- kas). g. Hau_ katok pandak.) Cm NN co NAMB W YN (katok or * An aboriginal tribe of the Malay Peninsula. + Mai=mbar ’mar or ma’: in rapid speaking ma’ ikur mah (two tail of men ) turns into “ maikur mah.” N.B. The erdinary “Romanized”’ system is used with one or two exceptions in the case of new sounds, thus: bése, Af as in Spanish canon, &c. 6 is pronounced as in German i4 A VOCABULARY OF THE BESISI DIALECT. A.—Continued. 10. Hau katep (pisau lidah ayam lipat). 11. Hau bandak (pisau blanda). 12. Hau chandong (pisau chandong). 13. Hau kachip. Iau Kkemleney is (oi siau eemulle 15. Hau ali (pisau ali-ali). ARRIVE, from, to (Tiba): Ni- mul (or Tt A saluta- tion between friends is mani nimul hinong (Derimana tiba sekarang). Where do you arrive from? Tabek met or jaga met are also BACK (B’lakang):Chelon, e. g., back of a parang, chelofn hau. BACKBONE Ja’ang Kh’ong: to carry on the back=klék. Bap (Ta’ baik): Lem ngot or jehet. BamBoo (Buluh): Ding. BANANA ( Pisang): ’Ntor or h’ntor. Thevarietiesknown to the Sakais are as fol- lows :— Hntor ambun bakar brangan bulu bungak cheroi gading B. used by those who meet in a jungle-journey. ASSAULT, TO, (Pukol): Kapet. ATTACK, TO, to come. in col- lision with; langger or lander. Torush upon(terkam): nekam. ASSUREDLY ( Benar ): Nenek, é. g., (chelaka benar) =che- laka nenek: (jauh benar ) lop nenek. ASTRAY (Sesat): Yong or uyong, e. g., (sesat dalam hutan)=yong meri. AUNT (Mah-sudara): Gomoh. AWAIT (Menanti): Ded6i. Hntor habu 3) v pelomes a jengkak buaiak - (7. e. lower jaw of crocodile). ool) ait 5, klat (keddyt) hs kling 5 Minyak = nangkak i Pinang, a Af rindah ms royt 5, tok (wild plantain) an tuntong i tusu BANYENG: the Sakai name of a musical instrument con- A VOCABULARY OF THE BESISI DIALECT, 15 B,—-Continued, sisting of a bamboo with strings to it (=Kéranteng ?) BARK, of a tree (Kulit kayu) Lantok long, e. g., lantok tengkol ( bark of the kayu pulai); lantok banti (bark of the meranti). BARK, of a-dog (Salak) Jol e.¢., chau jol=the dog barks. BAT (Klawer): Hapét or Sapét, flying fox, (keluang) kuang. BATHE, To (Mandi): Ht’m or hi’m doh e. g. pigi hi’m, to go and bathe. BAWL To (Triak ): Témo’s. BEAR, To (Pikul) pikul. BEE (Lebah): Tebdl :— -Honey=gulak tebdl. BEG, To (Minta’): Hagek or hagek ’ndole. g., minta bras sedikit: hagek ’ndol bras muntek=ask for a little rice. BENT (Bengkok) : Blengkok. BETEL-LEAF (Sirih): Chambai. BiG (Besar): Kadui. BIND, To ( Ikat ): Kabok (Ka- bog). BIRD (Burong ): chhim. BIRDS, names of, 1. Klétéao or Klétéau a night bird (undescrib- ed). 2. Oyok=berik-berik. 3. Kung-kung (‘‘a burong rimba,” undescribed). Chim or Kochok, pigeon. Chim wéao or wéau: undescribed. Taték or tatés=eng- gang, hornbill. Chim janggong. Chim jangsi. Chim jang hui. Chim kalongkoit, des- cribed as the tiger’s jackal (anjing): the Sakais says if this bird sings “‘kalong ka- long kwom ”’ the tiger is at hand. bute i it Sings kon tot chonggok ” it is only a pig. It is said to sit upon the tiger’s back. BITE, To (Gigit) Kagéng. BLACK (Itam): Hiram; pos- sibly a misapplication of the Malay word hiram or heram—dquoted by Marsden as meaning many-coloured. BLIND (Buta): Buitas. BLoop (Darah): Mahame., g., maham mah (darah orang) : human blood. Maham ketur (darah babi) pigs’ blood. BLOW, To: a blow-gun, (Menyumpit): Lalah or naé BLOW-GUN, A, ( Sumpitan: ) Blau. BLUNT (Tumpul): Békdut or békunst. Oye on O© oom Lo | 16 A VOCABULARY OF THE BESISI DIALECT, B.— Continued. Bopy (Tuboh): Kret, e. g., Kadui Kret ; (badan besar), =big of body; and Kete or ketengk kret (badan kechil), =small of body. Bone (Tulang): Ja’ang. BRANCH A, (Dahan): Rhoh. BREAK TO, (Pechah): Péchak. BREAST-BONE (Tulang dada) Ja’ang gends. BREATH (Nafas): Hawak. BREATH, To, (Menafas): Raha’. BRUSH (Sapu): Tamp’hds or Tampois. BULLFROG: Bachel. BURN, To, (Bakar): tiht to burn aclearing: tuht rebak; ’ to burn (paper, wood, &c.) cho’ong; . to burn, -tmeur. (Dimakan api): Kachah(= chah) us or Wis; bia mam (Terbakar) Katit us or dis. Bury, To, (Tanam): Kém. BUTTERFLY Klobok kadui (Kupu-kupu, the large va- riety.) Klobok Kenin (ra- ma-rama, the small variety). eee C. CALL, To, (Triak): Temoh. Cat (Kuching) as in Malay. Cavity (Lobang), é. g., cave in rock (gua batu): Serong batuk. CENTIPEDE (Halipan): Kiit or Ke’ip. CHAMELEON (Sumpah-sum- pah) Senung poi. CHAWAT, (Loin-cloth): S61 or sul. CHILD (Anak): Kénon or ké- nin or budek. CHOPPER ( Parang): ’Hau or ’sau (pisau). CLAW, to stick out the claws (Menyorong kuku): Kwom. Cxiims (Panjat): Yal. Ex. yal long=to climb a tree. CLOTHES (Pakeian): H’ndi or k’ndi. COFFER, 27. é. atin with a lid to it: (tim) Kop COLD (Sejuk): Teket. COLOUR, the names of all colours are taken from Ma- lay, except ‘black’ and OS Mavites CoME (Mari): O-h6h and’ o-hok. Ex. “ohok siang’ =come at O niGiemm ane “Orang Treng’’ are report- ed to say “‘orsok.” c. p. mai ohok. (where mai=mari). CONFUSEDLY ( Lintang-pu- kang:) Lentang kalang. CONTEND WITH, To (Berkla- hi): Gnahek, e. g., gnaheh hang-ki keh=fight with him. | Cook, Jo (Masak): Chhi’n. CouGH, To (Bato’): Akon, (as a consumptive person). A VOCABULARY OF THE BESISI DIALECT. 17 C.—Continued. CrAWL, To—of a child (Mer- angkak): Berdabong. CrEEP, To—Glong hel=to move in spirals (as a snake). CREEPER, a (Akar) Chong. DAMMAR (Damar): Dian; Kati’t dian (pasang damar). DarT, of a blow-gun (anak sumpitan): domok. DarK (Glap): Hagam. Day (Siang): Chohoi. DEAD (Mati): Kébus. DEAF (Pekak): Pekang. DECAYED, 7. é., worn out (Bu- bok); Lek; ¢.¢., h’ndi lek (kain burok): worn out clothes. DEEP (Dalam): Jeréns. DEMAND, To, (Minta’):* S61 or nés6éi, é. g., sdi uis ha’ Gyn (minta’ api sama kita), asked us for a light. DESCEND, TO, (Turun) Chu- lui or chélui. Dic, To, ( Gali) Chom. DIRECTLY (Sa-kejap): Men- ték or muntek. DISAPPEAR TO, (Hilang): Seh. DISLOCATED, (Salah urat ): Kle’che’, e. g., kle’che’ jong. iG, fo, or make (Buat): Pi. or poi. DoGa (Anjing): Chau or choh, CROCODILE (Buaia): Bayak. Cryve oun Oo) (naka te: mong, CuT, To (Potong): Tét or ka- toyt. i. DOLLAR ringgét. Don’T (Jangan): Bék or édé. é. g., don’t give Bok jon. DRINK, To (Minum): Béng or cha’doh. DRIVE, To, (Halau): Hanchat; DuRIAN: Durian. When the fruit is ripe and one or two durians have fallen the fall- en fruit is cooked and ser- ved up in a jambar (recep- table of banana leaves) to- gether with any other fruits that are ripe at the same time. A space round the oldest tree is ornamentally railed off with serdang leaves and simple decora- tions anda feast is held (the feasters sitting inside it) af- ter the repetition of the usual charm: ‘“ Ha nahong timbul nenek moyang, jan- gan gohup pening bagai.”’ DwELL, To, (Tinggal): Ka- rak; e. g., mani hi karak ? (Dimana angkau tinggal). ime) A VOCABULARY OF THE BESISI DIALECT, Hi. EAR (Telinga): Teng or Tong. EARRING (Subang anting ): Subar anteng. EARTH (Bumi): Chok. FAT, To, (Makan): Chachar or nachar. EBB (Surut): Sarit. EGG ( Telor ): Képok. EIGHT (D’ lapan) asin Ma- lay. ELDER BROTHER (Abang): Meron yele ELDER SISTER (Kakak): Ga’i or gal’. ELEPHANT (Gajah): Mérat or m’rat. ENTER, To (Masok): Lép: Ex. lép dalam (masok ka-dalam) to enter within: lép baju (masok bajti): to put on a coat; to enter the house (naik ka-rumah): yal ha- dong or ’dong. EscaPE, To, (Lepas): Pésuit. EVENING (Petang): G@’uis. EXUDE (Menitek or Kluar): Koh. Ex. koh gétak. EYE (Mata): Met. A common salutation is jaga met take care of yourself or tabik met — by your leave. EYEBROW (Kening): Bialik mét. EYELASH (Bulu mata): Ken- ting mét. FE’. FACE (Muka): Mungkak or mikak. FALL, TO, (Jatoh ): Groyn or gron ; tegét to fall (of a tree béng and bedéng. FAR, distant, (Jauh): Lop. FATHER (Bapa): [kin. FATHOM, A (Depa): Dépa. FEATHER (Bulu): buluk. FELL, To, (Tebang ) Goh. FERN (Paku): Hélér. FEVERISH (Sakit demam ): Choéhh. FINGER (Jari): jarék. FINGERNAIL ( Kuku ): Kukuts tih. FINISHED (Habis): Doyt, e. g., the paper is all finished, doyt ketas ang ’song (habis kretas semua). FIRE (Api): ush or tis. FIsH (ikan) kah. FIVE (Lima): limak. | FLOODTIDE (Ayer pasang): doh yal, (lit. climbing or ascending water). PLY A (Walat) ior FLy To, (Terbang)) ie ae (tons). FLYING Lizard (Kubin): T6- long. Foot (Kaki): Jones aie names of the various parts A VOCABULARY OF THE BESISI DIALECT. of the foot are as lows :— leg : j6ng (=betis), Sole of the foot: tampar jong. Top of the foot: kulit jong. Great toe: géndek jong. Toes: jarék jong. Little toe: jarek kaleng keng jong. Toe nail koko™t jong. Instep : bukt jong. Heel: tumit. Ankle: baka 1alih. FORBID (Larang): Tégah. FOREHEAD (Dahi): Kéning. ico be 19 FOREST (Utan) : méri; Ex. Orang utan=mah mér is, 2. €., jungle-man. FOUR (Ampat) : ’Mpat. FROM (Deripada): Kén. FRONT IN (Di-depan): Chiang, e.g. chokleh chiang=jalan di-depan, walk in front. FRUIT (Buah): Pelek,e. ase durian=pelek durian. FULL satisfied or gorged with; food, (Kenyang); Lihth or bihth. FUNGUS (Sendawan): Petis, e.g.. Péti’ A a’=the fungus known as “susu harimau” or “‘tiger’s milk.” G. GAMES (Permainan) : Beranta balei, or (among the Sepang Sakais) main jo’oh, was the name of a highly convivial orgy now no longer in- dulged in, but which for- merly followed the padi- harvest. It must have been of a remarkable character as it concluded with a gene- ral exchanging of wives! GAPE To, (Nganga): Ang. GHARU WoOobD (Gharu): Long tabak the eagle wood of commerce. GuHosT (Hantu): Hantuk, e.g., hantu deguk, (haunting graves); hantutinggi, bajang buru-buru, pontianak, lang- weh, lanjing, hutén (the ghost of a monkey, ungka)? GIvE To (Bri): jin or jén, e.g, jon kih-keh=kasih samadia =give it to him. Go Woy (Beret): ‘Choke. 2, chok hani? or hamani? where are you going ? chok- a-kit, go there. Gop (Tuhan): Hallang (Allah) or Tthan. GOLD (Amas): Mas. GoopD (Baik): Lem. N.B. the treble superlative (chok) lém lém lém is said to be some- times used at parting, the meaning of course being— Take great care of yourself (lit: “ walk with the great- 20 A VOCABULARY OF THE BESISI DIALECT. G.—Continued. est possible care.’’) GRANDFATHER: Nenek. GRANDMOTHER: Gendoi. GRAVE (Kubor): Kemut or GREEN (Hijau): Birt (properly Caller GROW To, (Tumboh): Beléng. GROWL 10, of a dog,: Kamubyt. Neléhih. GRAVY (Kuah gulei): Jamak. Ee Hair) GRambut)s 4s, a kaon, lak tébél. chik. HOOK (Kail): Ka’yél. HAND (Tangan): Tih. HARD, of wood (Kras): Gehéng. HASTA, a measure of length: Seta or sta. HATE (Sakit hati): Greh gohup lit. sick at heart. HE or SHE: Hi. HEAD (Kapala): Koi. HEAR To, (Dengar): Piong. HERE (Sini): Tahoh, nahoh or nahors: HILy (Bukit): Chong. Hie BONE: Ja’ang tong keng. HONEY ( Manisan lebah ) Gi- it. I, (Sahya): Oyn. IGUANA (Geroyang):G iang, the large variety ; or jawak, Hot, HEAT (Panas)\iasn Malay. HOUSE ( Pondok or Rumah): D’ong or hadong. How Far To, (Brapa jauh): Bapak lép. How. To, of adog (Melo- long): Ma’é Ong. HurT To, (Buat sakit): Mem- pol gohup. HUSBAND (Laki): Hélék, e. g., mani haluk hélék hinong (mana _ pergi laki tadi) Where did your husband go just now? the smaller one (2. e. bia- wak), A VOCABULARY OF THE BESISI DIALECT, 21 K. Keep To, (Simpan): Ka’on e.9., naho® ka’of ( inisim- pan) = Keep this. KILL To, (Bunoh): Kaping, KINDLE (Pasang): Tut, e. g. tat ds or Ui’s, KNOT or joint of a bamboo, Ték- Malacca cane &c. ing. KNOow To, (Tahu): Sré, e. g., sré ngot (ta’tahu): I don’t know, SS ee Ey. LATELY (Tadi): Hinong, e. g., namah kabar hinong (apa khabar tadi): What news lately ? LAUGH (J ertawar): Glok. LEAF, Foliage (Daun kayu): ‘rok or rhok. LEAN-TO (Pondok pisang se- sikat): Do’ng sikat ’ntok or ntor. LEAP To, (Lompat): Hamtr. LEG (Betis): Kejdl. LITTLE, a, (Sadikit): Murtek, muntet or muntek. Lofty (Tinggi): Cherén or serong. LONG (Panjang) jiléng or je- long. Low (Rendah): gelek, dekis jelek. M. MALE (Jantan): lémo” or lé- mol. MarsH (Paya): Payak. MAT or Carpet (Tikar): Tékar. MATCHES (Tarek api): Guris ep. wis or “chuleh api.” MEASURE To, (Sukat): Ték. MEDICINE (Ubat): Ubat. Met To, (Jumpa): Chohth. MERTENG, A kind of wild dog said to hunt deer in packs of 20 or 30:— (1) Merak. (2) Hiram. MEw TO, of a cat (Mengiau): Ayau. The sound is called ’yau-’yau. MiDDAY (Tengah hari): Pé- dih. MILK (Susu) Tah. Mix To, (Kachau): haru=to stir, é. g., haru lempoh to stir up durian jam. MONKEY ( Munyiet ): Munyet. The species are :— io) — BLO besar: 26 hembo —Unika: @ Wrak— Kra. 22 A VOCABULARY OF THE BESISI DIALECT. M.—Continued. Ae Sika Chilcar 5. Lotong=Lotong. 6. Mungkar (unidenti- fied). MOON (Bulan): Bilan. More (Lagi): Alé6 or Ngol (nol) e. g., jon alé=kasih lagi. MORNING shohm, MORROW, To-morrow or the next day(besok, lusa): K1i- sohm, langsohm or ’isong, ‘angsong. (Raat) ae ems Mosquito (Nyamok): Kebék. MoruH= Kladok. MOTHER ( Mak): Gadek or eéndek. Mouse (Tikus): Ka’né’. MousE-DEER _ ( Pelandok ) : Kanchel (cf Jav. Kanchil). Moutu (Mulut): Pang. MOUTHPIECE (of a blowpipe) = hebome MUCH (Baniak);:’ Nohm or H’nom. MURDER, To (Bunoh): Péhng. eR reer | AE eT ey N. NAIL, of the Finger (Kuku): Koko?t. NAKED (Telanjang): or Kacho’. NAME (Nama): Gelar. NARROW (Simpit ): Simpit or *mpit. NEAR (Dekat): Paming or *ming. NENEK ENGKOH ( elsewhere given as jungkoh) : Engkoh is said to be the name of the ancestor of the Besisi _ tribe who fell from heaven. Siloyt NEPHEW (Anak sudara ): Kanon Suiclere? 9 ors IN| Gin Sudara’. Niemen allen )|2 = Ieiiele NEVER (Ta’prenah): Prenah *ngot. NEVER MIND Ngahi ngot. (nad sasoray NEW (Bahru): ’Mpai. New clothes, hndi ’mpai. NIGHT (Malam). Déi. Last night=nihi. NINE (Sambilan): Sambilan. NipA Palm leaf (for cigar- ettes) = Daun baehamn No, Not (Tidak ): Ngut or ngot. NOISE (Bunyi): Kyaéng, also ruh and hiok, e.g., liok budek ho'g=this boy is making a noise. | NORTH (Angin Utara,): Buah ‘ene | NosE (Hidong): Muh. NOTCH, 10: é. ¢.,) with aeae rang (tetak): Katokng. Nor YET (Belum): Web vor Woa (pronounce as in war). NOXIOUS (Bisa): Bisa’. A VOCABULARY OF THE BESISI DIALECT. 23 O. Oar (Dayong): Dayong. OATH (Sumpah): Sumpa’. OBey (Turut): Turut. OsscurRE, Dark, (Glap): Glap OpourR (Bau) Lo’om? OFFENCE (Dosa): Désa’. OFTEN (Selalu ): Ha’in, e. g., timbul ha’in (selalu datang) ‘always turning up”’. OiL (Minyak): Minyak, e. g., minyak’ long, wood oil; mi- nyak tek, kerosine. OLD (Tuah): Séré. OPEN, TO (Buka): Buka’. Oppose, (Lawan): lawan. ORCHID (Sakat): Téténg. ORDER (Hukum): Hukum. ORIGIN (Asal): Asal. ORPHAN (Budak ta’da bapa ta'da mak) Budék hap n’uyn hap gadék: lit. a child that has jno/ father” and n'o mother. The usual word for father is zkuz. OTHER, Another, 2. e., differ- ent, (Lain): Aseng. Omit (Lupa): Lupa.’ Our (Kita punya): Héh Gyier, zie, ofold (Zaman punya’. dahulu) Témai. Out, Outside, .<(Diluar): Luar. ONE (Satu): Mui. iP. PADI: Bé. PAIL (limba): Timba’ PAIN (Sakit): Gohup e. g., gré’ gohup (Hati Sakit) pained at heart, angry. PART, A, (Bhagian): Bagi PART, TO, cut in two (Bla Bla’. PARTITION ( Dinding): Ding or Dong. PAPER (Kertas): Kétas. PASS, To, (Lalu): Broyt. PAST, z. e., complete or done with (Sudah) used as an anxiliary ; verb Ndah or ‘dah e. g. dtit *’dah (Sudah Habis) completely finished. PASTRY, cakes, (Kueh): Ni- A an. hy: pang. Pay, To (Baier): Baiar. PEA (Kachang): Kachang. PEEL (Kupas): Kupés. PEN, European (Kalam): Kadam ; Malay pen, Héde*£t. PERFECT, Complete, (Genap): Genap. PERSPIRATION (Plih): Péloh. PEPPER (Wada -Pedas*@ltada Itam): Pedas Ching. Chong —€heeper, ‘alsomrattan. Pei rretik) eberci«, PIECE, of cloth (Sa-lei): Mui’ lat. PIERCE, to; (Masek):"Choh, e. g., the post will not enter the ground=‘lihang chéh ngdét hatéh’ PiG (Babi): Kétth or Kétir, 24 A VOCABULARY OF THE BESISI DIALECT. P.—Continued. e.g. Kétur Méri (Babi utan) wild pig. PIGEON ( Punei): Kochok (chim kochok, or wéyau); a Pergam=pégam or chhim pégam. PILLOW (Bantal): Bantal. PINEAPPLE (Nanas): Nénas. PIRATE (Perompak): Bajau also Mah Kompak. Pit] (Lubone)): Serene Cor rong, dalam teh’; lit. hole in the earth. PITCH, Rosin, (Damar): Dian. PITCHER, water jar, “CBiu- yong, Tempayan, etc.): Bu- yong, ’Payan, etc., as in Ma- lay. PLACE (Tempat): Témpat. ELACE (faroh): Gyn or on, e. g., to place food etc. rea- dy for eating. | PLACE, OF, IN, (Ganti): Gantt. PLAIN, A, (Padang) Teh Pa- dang. PLANT, To (Tanam): Météng or Péténg. PLANT, To, Padi (Berladang): Poi humak (buat huma). PLANT, To, astake etc., (Cha- chak): Kachék. PLATE (Pinggan): Pingan. PLay, [TO Games (Ber-main- main): Chok main, (pergi main )lit. to go and play. PLIANT, Flexible’ ( Lembut ): Lemboht or lembdét as in bought. PLUCK, RO, feathers etc. (Chabut bulusay amy Totoyt. PLuMP or Fat (Lemak): Be- chi’. Mal. GGmék=Gemik or “miuk. | PLUNGE, TO, in, Dive (Selam): Selam hadoh, lit. to dive into water. POCK-MARKED: Jawat. Poem (Pantun): Pantun. POINT, of land ( Tanjong): Tanjong. Puppy (Anak anjing): Kenon chau. POINT, of a weapon: Chhen, e.g., chhen gulong=point of tumbok lada. POISON: RAachin. POISONOUS (Bisa): BisAk. POPULOUS (Ramei): Ramai. PorRK (Daging babi): Daging ketur. PORTRAIT (Gambar): Gambar. POSITIVE, certain (Tentu ): Sentur Post, A (Tiang): Tihang. Pot (Priok): Piok. also blanga=banga’. but kuali=piok-banga’. POTATOES (Ubi Benggala): Ubi Negala. Pour, Jo ( Tuang payee Telegk doh. POWERFUL, Muscular: Kuat. PRACTICE, Learn, To, (Blajar, Biasa=bisah. : PRAHU (Prahu): Pahéh. Naik prahu=yal pahoh. A VOCABULARY OF THE BESISI DIALECT. 25 P.—Continued. PRAWN, Shrimp (Udang): Udang bubo (small) udang gagau &c. Pray, To (Sembahyang): PREVIOUS (Kelmarin): Peha- mal. PRESENT, TO, give (Kasih): Jioy or Jon. PRICE, Rate: Hergak. PROFIT (Untong): tnténg. Feormisit« lO ( Larang ): Larang. PROMISE, To (Berjanji): Janji. PROTECT, To, bring up, (Pe- fehera)= Prt. PROVIDE, (10, (get ready, (Siap-kan): Siap. PROVISIONS (Makanan): Nachar. Proxy (Wakil): Wakil. BUEE Sto Charlee: lrek, PUMPKIN (Labu): Tukal. BURR, lO; ef a cat:- Sendoh or bersendoh. PURCHASE, To, (Bli): Bélik. EURSUE, Tow(Kejer): Hala. EEE) OUT 0,7 extinguish, (Padam): Plét ds or Uis. eee er Se Q. QUAKE, of the earth, To: Teh QUESTION (Bertanya): Hérdh. gempar. me QUARREL, fight, To, (Berklahi): Nahi. QuiET (Diam). Sengoyt or Kohm. QUIVER, for blowgun dart: 16k. ae ee R. RAGE (Anger): Kachih. RAGE, to grow fierce (Ganas) : Singah; described as the name of the season in which tigers are dangerous (when they are said to come down from Gunong Ledang), said to be during the prevalence of north winds. RAIL, AT, TO, abuse (Maki): Kachih. ‘RAIN (Ujan): Gémah or gé- mar; drizzle, gémah banchi. RAINBOW (Plangi): Plangi. RAIsE, To, Lift, (Angkat): Angkit. RAT (Tikus): Kaneh, or kané’. RATTAN (Rotan): Ching or chong. The following are the chief varieties known in the neighbourhood, Chong kémbong :— Pe Sl auto) oe a okonak. » + tongeal. Pee howell »chenchen. » segak. 5, segak badak. 26 A VOCABULARY OF THE BESISI DIALECT. R—Continued. Chong segak bras. acral Fa ACGUUKGIG Fes ee lila, pte oie OF REO S) okra none: 3. hudane. 7 sabut. 7, . Kaneme, hudang tikus. » Manan. kretong. lelang. mea tembini kedol). oi baka. *mambuk. getah (=dian) jenang (jer- nang ). Prutay aim (elim): tapat. sabut. dahan dol). lebun (unknown). peledasi sengkelah ,, chichir ‘A oe seoel Senenyes (5, dini (?bin1) ,, i eapeidas ‘ REAP, To, (Menue): e.g., Netdk beh. (or (chu- NeHk REMAIN BEHIND, To, (Ting- gal): Karak. REMOVE, To, (Pindah): Gi- leh: (a corruption of grlzr)? REPEATEOLY, Ju | eteoeee (= Balik-balik). REQUIRE, TO, ask for, (Min- ta’): Kasoi é. g., ask him for it= Kasoi hangkih. RESIDE, To, (Tinggal): Karak, é.g., live in the jamie lees karak meri. RETAIN, keep (Simpan): Of or oyn. RETURN, To, (Pulang-kan): Yut or tyut, e.g., pulang-kan sama dia=tyut hangkikeh. RICE (Padi): Bevonubene RIGHT (Tangan kanan ): Tih kanan, lit. right hand. RIGOROUS, Severe: Géheng. RIPE, of fruit: Ndum. RisE, To, from a sitting pos- ture: lek jong (lek=bang- kit, }6ng=berdim); to) es up from sleep=lek. RIVER: (ayer sungei); Doh géndek not doh gadeh. Ga- deh and géndek both=ibu. A brook is Kenon doh. RIVER-TURTLE ( Labi-labi): Yok, yobh or yohh rabi, tur- tle-eggs: kepoh yobh. Roar, To, (Mengaung)= Ru, e.g., the tiger roars, a’a’ ru’. ROLL OF HAIR (Sanggul): Jébol. A VOCABULARY OF THE BESISI DIALECT. 27 R.—Coxntinued. Root (Akar): Jangkar. ROTTEN (Busok); Su’ut or chu’ut. SAIL (Layer): Layar. SARONG: (Lep) baju. SAUCER (Piring): Péréng. SCENTED (Harum): Ro’uhm. SCORPION ( Kalajingking ): Kala or kalajengkeng. SCRATCH (Garis): Kawait. To scratch (garu) = Kakaht. SEA (Laut): Bawau. (pr. as in dow-wow). SEA-SICK (Mabok laut): Bul bau-wau or kuh; sick e. ¢., from eating poisonous fruit, bul pele’. SEE, To (Nampak): Kai. Kai dinalép (nampak jauh-jauh). SEE, TO, consider, (Tengo’), let me see: kom jeliau (kom=dapat?): also kom cheliau. SEED (Biji): Bejek. SEEK, 10: Telong. SEIZE, TO, to hold (Pegang): Pegong. SET, 0, food for a meal, (Ta- roh pinggan): Off or oyn. SEVEN: (Tujoh) as in Malay. Siw, To, (Jait): Jahit. SHALLOW (Tohor): Jepek. SHAKE, TO, (Goyang): Ho’go’. SHARK ([kan yu): Kah ‘yok. SHAVE, To, (Chukor): Chikd. RUBBISH (Sampah): Cha’aingt. Run, To, (Lari): Dok or duh. eee S. SHELL: Siput putar (spiral shell) =siput klel: siput pu- ting biong=siput puting bliong (bliok"s). SHINE, Fo, Alerzt: SHORT (Pendek): Gelek or jelek. SHOT, ball, bullet, &c.(Peluru): Paru. SHUT, TO, (Tutop): Tidéng. Sick, Uh (Salat)"Gohup: SILVER (Perak): as in Malay. SIT, To: Khehm (pr. nearly as khawm). Six (Anam); “Nam. SKIN. (ulit):), Kolit: Kret + of fore-arm: Chembeh. SLAP, bo, (lem piling): Sepak. SLEEP, To, (Tidor): Getek. SLIPPERY; to slip ( Lichin, tergalinchir): Sliyu™® or seliyu. SLOWLY (Perlahan-perlahan): Pépoi. SMA*L (Kechil): Tétak or Ké- nen. SMALL-POX (Sakit chachar): Sakit nachar. SMELL, To, (Men-chium): Ka- hon". SMOKE (Asap): Jelok. 28 A VOCABULARY OF THE BESISI DIALECT. S,—Continued. SMOKE, CIGARETTES to: Na- char mudut. SNAKE (Ular): Tijau or Tijoh The following are some of the species :— Tijau=snake. a Gobi: 20 ol kempes: Bok, temic e- 4, i tedons. 5a ol lene kuke On PS bulane 7.2) Eblerane: 8. T.’kuanjing (said to live inthe ground). 9. Ti -dasun- fore 43 dian: 11. T. sawak. 12-7 4.) movang. 13. T. sendokng. 14. T.sampa’. 15. Ee hiram: 16:2 [e bakau (described as ““prato’ prato’)”’. SOON fSalkcjan lagi ): Mui kejap al6; or kidim. SPEAR (Lembang): To’ho’ or Tohok. SPIDER (Laba-laba): Bong. SPOOR (Jijak, bekas): Ti’l, é: er sUNeSe aLew asta eines tracks, Hoh tiliaas. SQUEEZE, lo ( Pichit): must. SQUIRRELS (Tupel) : (i) l. gendut. (2) I. menggas. (3) I sbelans: (4) IT. munchong. Ché (5) IT. daoit. (6) T. dalet. (7) T.«chong “(Said aie burrow into the earth and travel under-ground, coming out further on). (8) T. kinchang. (9) T. chameng. STAND ON END To, as of hair, bristles, - &c. «(strange = =Keteng. STAND UPRIGHT, To,(Berdiri): Jong. STAR: (Bintang) as in Malay. Src (Prut): U’ut. STORM (Ribut ): Sheltihh or luk e. g., there is a storm= ari’ shelthh. » STRANGLE, TO, Choke, (Che- kek): Ték6m (ték6? m). STRIKE, 10, ( Pukol) Kapet or pet. STRING, Rope (Tali): Chong. STROKE, TO, (Urut): Pusoi, e. g., stroke a cat=pusoli kuching. SUGAR-CANE (Tebu): Bois. SuMMON, TO, (Panggil): Te- mohrs. Sun: (Matahari) : Mét arék. SWALLow, 10, (Telan): Geloyt. SWEET (Manis): Nit or ny?'t. SWEET POTATO (Kledei): Hi- lakes SwiFT (Chepat): Bégas. A VOCABULARY OF THE BESISI DIALECT. 2G TAKE To (Ambil) : Gil. ‘TAME (Jinak): Légf. Tap, TO, with astick (Sakal): Tongkngk. TADPOLE: Budi’. TAPIR (Tenok) Terno’. TEAR, TO (Koyah-kan): Siat : (Trans), Raht (Intrans.) TEETH (Gigi): Lémoi. TEN: (Sapuloh) as in Malay. THAT (Itu): Naké’. THATCH (Atap) : Plong, plong nipak=—nipah thatch, plong kerpau=serdang thatch. THERE; at adistance, (Sana): ae =. ma tii (orang sana )=people over there. THIGH (Paha): Bélih or Bélé. THIN (Kurus): Jit or Jét. Tus (Ini): Na-héh. THITHER (Kasana): Hiki’ or HOoki, e. g., Chok mani-hi? Where are you going? Chok huki (pointing with the finger), “going that way !” THREE (Tiga): ’Mpe’. THROAT: Kangkong. THROW AWAY to (Buang): Ka- win, é. g., Kawin lema’t= Buang sampah. THUMB (Ibu jari): Gendé’ jarik. The rest of the fingers are called by their Malay names. TIGER (Harimau): Tuéh or A’&’ or Manu. TIRED (Penat): Lengéd’. yi Fo-pay {(Iniyhanm): Are k imong. TO-MORROW (Esok) : Nisom, Iséng or Eséng. Day after to-morrow=arek Angsong or Lansom (z. e. Langsong). TO-NIGHT (Malam ini): Doi kedim. TONGUE (Lidah): Lida. TREE (Pokok): ’Long or D’long. The following are a few specimens of Sakai tree names. :— Perepat=Kurak (its suc- kers are called longkong, M. tunjang). Pulat=tingku. Upth=bangko’. Brangan babt=long bréh (brés). Kurau=long sampan. Pagar anak=Long penan- chang. TREMBLE, [0,.08 Shi vés (Menggleter): kruk. TRICKLE, to (Menitek) Téao or téau. TROUBLE, IN (Susah): Grés. (gréh) gohup. TRUMPET, TO, of an elephant Kreke™t, z. e., the noise made by an elephant when about to charge; the cry with which he calls his companions Is described as Uh-uh-kang. TRUNK of a tree (Pangkal): Tékoh. 30 A VOCABULARY OF THE BESISI DIALECT. T ,— Continued. TUBE or hollow of a sumpit- an from end to end: Séréng: The stem of a sumpitan= Tago. TURTLE (Tuntong): Yok. | Twi, A (Ranting) = Ranteng. Two (Dua): H’mbar, M’bar or Nan ee ee U. UNCLE (Bapa Saudara): Ibah. UNDERSTAND, To, (Herti): Seho’ of Séro; 2: g., Sere ng6t (ta’tahu) I don’t under- stand. UNGKA, a’ kind of monkey the Wah-wah: Téhmék. | UNWELL (Merasa_ Sakit) > Méh dap. Upas (Ipoh): Ché’ or Chés a EE WG o Very (Sakali): Nénéh, e. g., H’nom nénéh, e. g., Very much. Vomit, To, (Muntah): Kik. W. WADDING: Nal; the woolly stopping or wad, used by Sakais to fill up the orifice of the sumpitan when they It is collect- ed from a tree called fukas wish to shoot. (rabok tukas). Wait, To, (Nanti): Dudui. Want, !o, (Handak): Gagar or Kagar. WANTING, z.e., lacking (Ta’- da): Hap. WATER (Ayer): Déh or Doh (pr. D6-6dh). WE (Kita): Hé papék or Hé’ ’mpé (kita-bertiga); kita berdua=Hé babar or Hé *mbar. WEAVE: (Pintal): Hidas, e.g., Hidas chong to weave rattan. WEEP (Menangis): Yam. WET (Basah): ‘ékonns. WHat (Apa): Nama. ~ WHINE, To, of a dog, sé"8’-it. WHITE ( Puteh), or whitish, as a person covered with dust, sawdust, etc., Beku™s] A VOCABULARY OF THE BESISI DIALECT 31 W — Continued. or beko #1. White (of hair only): biok. WHO (Siapa): Hu’mah or st mah e.g., si mah nake’ (Sia- pa orang itu) who is that man ? Wuy? (Apa sebab)? Nama sebab pon. Y, Yam (Kladi): Yét. YAWN Menguah): Wohi. Ye (Angkau-orang Hi?k or H?’. Yes (Yah): WIFE (Bini): Kéd6é or Kédér. WINDPIPE: Kalengkong. WOMAN: Kedor, Kedo’ or Ke- dur Woop or Timber ‘Long, or D’long. WowunD (Luka): ris or prés. WRITE, TO, (Menulis): Sdrat. (Kayu): (Naleh probably= N&h-lah). YESTERDAY: Nibit. You (Angkau): Hik. Naleh or Nah YOUNG (Muda): Nyém. 4 ‘ i Mi Aas Ke 7 ’ ra ‘eet? 4 ham ty be HELE , Von ee ieee aed ‘ we ‘ $ F Pee ey a ke Ee 4 , a, 2 airs i -y Ny i 2 2 edd ree he Gem 2 ere "> we . : ‘ ; i eat ee ae ee hal Aes hae ty i. eat a = Pa CUPS TES, y j ‘ ¥ F ; °F as : , , j » ahd Ci i > ee 4 2a ae oe Mr ts ; ‘ ret ‘ : ped des Gal vst Te A Hie : : ; - s " Me et j : i a 2 a ‘ = , ¢ al ' Pee bed f my eh , tthe 5 I a ee ye ob a 5 ] ; \ i z ‘ * t Pa ee Oe Hi i é ety - PY aig! a a7 Was: iad Re Bie zi f J Vee ’ f - a : 5, ad eh , a . eh . ' 44 f Fo an) . \ 3 ’ c r a a ee = 4 ' ri 5 <, arays ; i 0 oe % ” f Ld = f % r Mer I i c . : as = ny 5 é {i= : eee ay > ‘aes v ian f ’ is Dt: eae Z hd n , Po | . “a chs > a] aT oe rok « ¥ > d f = hy he Te 6 cy = 7 ‘2 wie Mee tur a y ow . 2 ee (iy F ‘ r - * j “~ ‘i - Pi 2 ~ <5 ; _ x: ai Ne ere Rick j Rep th ¢ 2.) nth i ‘i vy | is : S 5 pal hs y - a / 7 ' ae 98 “% Dols A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA.* From Jury, 1893, to June, 1894. C. DAVIES SHERBORN, F.a.s., F.z.s. :0:0: In compiling this Bibliography, all sources of information have been utilized. In inserting, therefore, every publication that has come under his notice, the compiler hopes that the entries will prove of considerable assistance ; but as a large proportion of the literature of this district, either never reaches England at all, or else arrives so long after as tv be too late for examination for this purpose, he begs the reader’s indulgence for any error that may be present. His thanks are due to M. Martinus Nijhoff of The Hague for information as to some of the more recent books. COOH @9/C5 &AM D~ > A.—De exploitatie van gronding en bevolking in de Kedjawen- desa’s der Vorstenlanden. Ind. Gids, 1893 p. 1881-1789. ABD-ES-SAMAD EL GAwt EL- ParimpAnt.—Hidajetes-sailikin (Malayan Commentary on Gizili’s bidajet el-hidaja). 4to. Bildg, 13810, 4, 141 pp. Asput Harira stn Menamep Yapue-r.—Al Durat-al-Muziyat. 8vo. Macassar, 1893, 107 pp. ABDOELLAH BIN ABDELKADIR Mornss1.—Kesah Pelajaran dari Singapoera sampai ka negri Kalantan. 8vo. Leiden, 1893, 156 pp. * By “Malaya” is here meant that part of the Archipelago enclosed ina line drawn round the North of Siam and the Philippines, through Macassar Strait, between Lombok and Bali, round the outlying islands of Java and Su- matra and to the Hast of the Nicobar and Andaman Islands. 34 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. AsEnpanon, J. H.—De Nederlandsch-Indische rechtspraak van, 1881-1891. 8vo. Batavia, 1898, iv, 349, pp. Apam, Mapame—y, Curzon. Ag@assts, F.—Un voyage A Bornéo. Bull. Soc. Geogr. Lyon, vol. xi 1893, pp. 543-563. Aauinar, F. N.—Colonizacion de Filipinas. Estudios practicos acerca de la colonizacion, en elementos peninsulares, de nues- tras posesiones oceanicas. Resefia geogr.-geologico-mineralo- gica. 4to Madrid, 1893, xii, 417 pp. map. ALmawacn.—Soendaneesche Almanak. 1893. 8vo. Cheribon, 1893, 126 & 112 pp. : Regeerings-Almanak voor Nederlandsch-Indié 1893, Part I. Grondgebied en bevolking, inrichting van het bess tuur van Nederlandsch-Indié en bijlagen. Part II Kalender en personalia. 2 vols. 8vo. Batavia, 1893, xvi, 1251 & xxviii, 862 pp. _ Ayon.—The Chronicle and Directory for China, Corea, Japan, the. Philippines, Indo-China, Straits Settlements, Borneo, Malay States. ete. Svo. Hongkong, 1893. --Consumptie van wijn uit Griekenland in Ned.-Indié. Ind. Gids, 1898, p. 1684. 3 --Invoer van Sumatra-tabak in Amerika. Ind. Gids, 1898, p. 1683. —— --Petroleum-verbruik in Ned.-Indié. Ind. Gids, 1893, p. 1685. --Sumatra-petroleum te Penang. Ind.-Gids, 1893, p. 1682. --Handel: van Penang met Atjeh. Jnd. Gids, 1898, p. 1679-1682. ——-Handel van Ned -Indié met Marseille. Ind. Gids, 1893, p. 1679. De politiek die men tegenwoordig in Atjeh volgt. Ind. Gids 1893, p. 1633-L638 ——-Uitbreiding van kiesrecht en behartiging van koloniale belang- en. Ind. Gids, 1893, p. 1632, 1688. ——-De spaarbanken in Ned.-Indié. Ind. Gids, 1893, p. 1294, 1299. ——-Het getal pandhuizen in Ned.-Indié. Ind. Gids, 1898, p. 1292. -—---Fabrieken en in-en uitvoerhandel te Manilla. Ind. Gids, 1893, ZO | A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. 35 Axow.—Hoe men in 1881 een woel geest op de Aroe-eilanden tot rede bracht. Ind. Gids. 18938, p. 1247-1249. —De productie van Solo in Djokja voor de Huropeesche Markt. Ind. Gids. 1893, p. 1297. -—Uitbreiding van het Nederlandsch Indische Oita home. Ind. Gids. 1893, p. 1521, 1522. -De Spaarbank voor inlanders te Modjowarno in het jaar 1892. Ind. Gids. 1893, p. 1519-1521. —Handel van Ned. Indié met Bombay. Ind. Gids. 1893, p. 1516, 1517. —lets over den priesterraad te Batavia. Ind. Gids. 1893, p. 1153-1159. —-Nord-Borneo. Om. vol. xix, 1893, pp. 85-87. —De kolonie Poespo. Ind. Gids. 1893 p. 1785-1787. Troebelen over de benoeming van een regent te Bandoeng Ind. Gids. 1893, p. 1783, 1784. —De diepte van de zee in den Indischen Oceaan en oats Ind. Gids. 1893, p. 1869. —_——Het spoorwegnet van Voor-Indié op 31 Maart, 1893. Ind Gids. 1893, p. 1867, 1868. —Ken stoomvaart-lijn tusschen Java en de Perzische Golf. Ind. Gids. 1893, p. 1860-1865. —De werking van Opium op het menschelijk organisme. ind. Gids. 1893, p. 2005-2011. —De koloniale reserve. Ind. Gids. 1893, p. 2004. — _Zwitsers bij het Indische leger. Jnd. Gids. 1893, p. 2008, 2004. —-Handel van Ned.-Indié met Bremen. Jnd. Gids. 1893, p. 2002. —Is het irrigeeren van velden op Java reeds lang gebruike- lyk? Ind. Gids. 1893, p. 2002. —Een en ander uit de Indische begrooting voor — Ind. Gids. 1893, p. 1931-1944. —De Europeesche ambtenaren en de inlandsche hoofden. Ind. Gids. 1893, p. 1928-1930. —De comptabiliteitswet en de verzekering van Indische baten. Ind. Gids. 18938, p. 1890-1904. 36 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. Anon.—Die Insel Bangay. Ausland, 1893, No. 16. ———--—Ter gedachtenis van Mr. H. L. Humme. Jnd. Gids. 1893, p. 2202-2206. ———-Ter gedachtenis van Mr. A. W. P. Verkerk Pistorius. Ind. 1893, p. 2206-2210. —Het eerste jaarverslag der Semarangsche ambachts school. Ind. Gids. 1893, p. 2185-2187. -Ter gedachtenis van Mr. H. D. Levyssohn Norman. Ind. Gids. 1893, p. 2196-2201. ——-——(Opnemingen aangaande de verhouding van individueel tot communal grondbezit en aangaande de ambtsvelden der Dé- sahoofden. Ind. Gids. 1893, p. 2188-2195. —_—-—-De scheepvaartbeweging en het passagiers-verover in het Suez-kanaal. Ind. Gids. 1893, p. 2188, 2184. —De beschermde inlandsche staaten op het schiereiland Malakka. Ind. Gids, 1893, p. 2182-2183. --De koeli-immigratie en émigratie van de Straits Settle- ments. Ind. Gids, 1893, p. 2177-2182. --Singapore als Steenkolenmarkt. Ind. Gids, 1893, p. 2176- PALLETG --De Handel van Singapore met Ned.-Indié. Ind. Gids, 1893, p. 2174. 2176. ——~ .-Kofiecultuur-getob in den compagnie’s-tijd en later. Ind. Gids, 1898, p. 21381-2187. --Geen verminking van oeconomische overzichten. Ind. Gids. 1893, p. 2128-2131. ~———--Een wetsontwerp tot wijziging van de bestuursinrichting van Ned.-Indié. Ind. Gids, 1893, p. 2119-2128. --De proef met de opium regie. Ind. Gids, 1893, p. 2115- 2119. --Een bijdrage uit ’slands kas aan het weduwen-en weezen- fonds voor de officieren van het indische leger. Ind. Gids, 1893, p. 2110-2115. --Projektierte Expedition durch Borneo. Petermanns Mitth. vol. xxxix, 1893, pp. 94, 174, 222, 295. --Sacred Songs for School use 16mo. Singapore, 1893, 24 pp. -———--[ Gospel of St. Luke in Javanese]. 8vo. Singapore, 1893, 109 pp. A- BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. 20 Anon.—Reports on the Protected Malay States for 1892. Parl. Paper, London, 1893, [7228]. --Erweiterung der Machtsphire Frankreichs in Hinterindien Deutsche Kundschan Geogr, vol. xv, 1898, p. 575 --Trade and General Condition of the Philippine Islands for 1892. Parl. Paper, 8vo. London, 1893, [6855-175]. —- —--Straits Settlements Annual Report for 1892. Parl. Paper, 8vo. London, 1893 [ 6857-31 ]. ———--Trade of the District of Her Majesty’s Consulate-General at Bangkok for 1892. Parl. Paper, 8vo. London, 1893, (6855-154. | ———--Return of Most-favoured-Nation Clauses in existing Treaties of Commerce and Navigation between Great Britain and Foreign Powers. Parl. Paper, London, 1893 [7229]. --Die religidsen Anschauungen beiden Battak. Berl. Alig. Zeitung, No. 278, 1893, p. 7. --Verzoek der afdeeling Nederlandsch-Jndié van den Neder- landschen vrouwenbond tot verhooging van het zedelijk bewustzijn. 8vo.’s Hage, 1893, 24 pp. --Staatshlad van Nederlandsch-Indié van 1816-1892. Aanwijzing der veranderingen die door latere besluiten in vroegere verordeningen gebracht zijn. S8vo. Nijm., 18938, 4 and 86 pp. ---Cuitures in Nederlandsch Oost-Indié overgenomen en bijeenverzameld uit het Koloniaal verslag van 1892. Ams- terdam, 1893, 4 and 154 pp. [ Premie van “De Indische Mercuur” 1893 }. --Der botanische Garten ‘‘ s’ Lands Plantentuin” zu Buiten- zorg auf Java. Festzchrift Z. Feier s. 75 j..Bestehens (1817- 1892). 8vv. Leipzig, 1898, vi, 426 pp., 16 pls. ————--Archief voor de Java suikerindustrie, le Jaargang, 1893. Soerabaia, (24 parts per annum ). Part I, May. —— —--Memoranda of books registered in the “Catalogue of Books printed in the Straits Settlements” 4to Singapore, 1893, 4 pp. ———--Een onderzoekingstocht in Borneo. Tijdschr. Ned.-Indié, vol. xxi, 1893, p. 310 etc. ———--Die Insel Borneo. Deutsche Rundsch. Geogr. vol. xv, 1893. p. 179 ete. _ 48 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. Ayon—Spanische Wirthschaft in den Philippinen. Ostas. Lloy?, vol. vii, 1894, p. 570. -~-----Nog een Javaansch geheimschrift. Tijdschr. Ind. taal-land, vol. xxxvi, 1893, p. 419. ——--—Hbllandisch-Borneo. Ostos. Lioyd., vol. vii, 1893, p. 229. [from Cameron’s Travels in Sydney Morning Herald}. . ——-—Jagd und Fischfang bei den See-Dajaks: @lobus., vol. 1xiii. 1893, pp. 396-398. [After Brooke Low]. ——-——The Buddhist Orderin Siam. Journ. R. Astat. Soe. 1898, p. 400. ——-——Gods-dienst en onderwijs in de Minahassa. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind., vol. xxi 1893 pp. 390-395. ———-— Missions-Rundschau. Hinterindien und der Malaische Archipel. vangelisch Miss. Mag., July, 1898, pp. 295-300. ——-—Het ordeel van een Engelschman over Java. JLijdschr. Ned. Ind. vol. xxi, 1893, pp. 482-488. ——-—Die Insel Sumatra. Deutsche Rundschau Geogr. vol. xv. 1893, pp. 419-421, map. ——-—Die Handelsstatte der hollindisch-ostindischen Gesells- chaft. Aus allen Weltth. vol. xxv, 1893, p. 5-1. ——-—--Die Bibelverbreitung auf der Halbinsel Malaka (Hinterin- dien). Bibelblitter, 1893, pp. 17-26. ———-- Die Halbinsel Malakka. Deutsche Rundschau Geogr. vol xv, 1893, pp. 564-566, map --Native inhabitants of the Philippine Islands. Journ. Anthrop. Inst., vol. xxiii, 1893, p. 198 ete. ——-—lLe haut Mékong. La France et l’Angleterre en Indo- Chine. Correspondant, vol. 172, 1898, pp. 381-400. --Siam. Globus, vol. lxiv, 1893, pp. 278-280. -—_—_—--Le Pensez-y bien (Sach tu chung yén Ly). Giang vé bon su Sau. In Lan thu Hai. 8vo. Zan Dinh (Saigon), 1893, 152 pp. . = -- Die Ueberreste der Kmer Civilisation). Berl. Alig. Zeitung, 1893, No. 178, p. 7. ———--Hene kunstige Javaansche strophe. Zijdsehr. Ind. taal- land-volk. vol. xxxvi, 1898, p. 281. ———--Legons de lecture en francais et en annamite. S8vo. Tan Dinh. ( Saigon ), 1893, 85 pp. A BIBRIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. 39 Awon.—Drie Javaansche raadsels uit een Dasanama. Tijdschr. Ind. taal-land-volk., vol. xxxv, 1893, p. 480. ——-——KEenige foutieve eigennamen in de door Meinsma_uitgege- ven prozabeweking van den Babab tanah Jawi. Tijdschr. Ind. taal-land-volk., vol. xxxv, 1893, p. 127. ————Usi et costumi dei Siamesi. Arch. trad. pop. vol. xii, 1898, _ p. 487 ete. ————Chinese Law of Inheritance. Pall Mali Gaz. 28 July, 1893. ———— Het boek en het schrift in den Indischen Archipel. Zijd- schr. Ned.-Ind., vol. xxi, 1893, pp. 153-156. ———Eenige statistische gegevens betreffende de Indische. in- stelling te Delft. Ind. Gids, 1894, p. 188, 139. ————Hoe staat het met de koffiecultuur-plannen der regeering? Ind. Gids, 1894, p. 78-81. ————Het spoorwegplan voor Java. Ind. Gids, 1894, p. 77, 78. ——-——Het kadaster en het individueel grondbezit. Ind. Gids, 1894, p. 75, 76. ————Onderzoek van Areng-suiker. Ind. Gids, 1894, p. 139, 140. Een correspondentie over de Bandoengsche troebelen. Ind. Gids. 1894, p. 94, 95. ——-—Een ontwerp-verordening betreffende gewestelijke en plaatselijke raden en geldmiddelen. Ind. Gids, 1894, p. 244- 257. ——-——Lepra-lijders in Indié. Ind. Gids, 1894, p. 140, 141. —De tabakscultuur in Bezoeki. Ind. Gids, 1894, p. 264-275. ——-—--KEen wetsontwerp tot afschaffing van het uitvoerrecht van suiker, met een concept-ordonnantie tot regeling der suiker- belasting. Ind. Gids, 1894, p. 413-425. —— —--De wetsontwerpen betreffende gewestelijke en plaatselijke raden en geldmiddelen. Ind. Gids, 1854, p. 65-75., ———--De vrije suikercultuur in de residentie Bezoeki. Ind. Gids, 1894, p. 82-94; 257-264. ———--Een circulaire tot bevordering van individueel grondbezit Ind. Gids, 1894, p. 275-278. monn ontwikkeling van Serawak. Ind. Gids, 1894, p. 309, 0, 40 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. Anon.—Handel tusschen Ned.-Indié en Hamburg Ind. Gids, 1894, p. 308, 309. —— —--De Verklaring en akte van verbrand van den nieuwen Keizer van Solo. Ind. Gids, 1894, p. 425-431. —- -—--Een merkwaardige dag voor de Delftsche instelling. Ind. Gids. 1894, p. 318-315. ——-—--Ferbied voor de wet in Ned.-Indié. Ind. Gids, ‘1894, p. 431, 432. ———--Het zielental van de christelijke gemeenten in de Mina- hassa. Ind. Gids, 1894, p. 460, 161. --Handel tusschen Malakka en Sumatra’s Oostkust. Jnd. Gids, 1894, p. 459. ——--Een doodenfeest op Soemba. Ind. Gids, 1894, p. 461-463. --Iets over suikerfabricatie op Java weleer. Ind. Gids, 1894, p. 463-465. --Dr. Albricht over de behandeling van lepralijders. Ind. Gids, 1894, p. 465-467. --Overeenkomst met den Oeloebalang van Kerti en met den Sultan van Siak. Ind. Gids, 1894, p. 581-598. ——-—--De nieuwe heeren-diensten-regelingen en de practijk. Ind. Gids, 1894, p. 599. ————--Handel tusschen Nederlandsch—en Britisch-Indié. Ind. Gids, 1894, p. 640-642. —Beperking van de vrijheid om Suikerfabrieken op te richt- en. Ind. Gids, 1894, p. 899-901. ———-—Overeenkomsten met de bestuurders van Belomaroe, Sigi en Dolo Rindaoe. Ind. Gids, 1894, p. 761-763. —Statistiek betreffende het onderwijzers-personeel in Indié. Ind. Gids, 1894, P- 643. -—lets uit het nieuwe jaarsverslag aangaande ’s Lands Plan- tentuin. Ind. Gids, 1894, p. 468, 464. —De sterkte der Europeesche bevolking van Britisch-Indié in 1872, 1881, & 1891. Ind. Gids, 1894, p. 780. Een bezoek aan de landbouw kolonie Poespo. Ind. Gids, 1894, p. 646-650. —Een vreemdeling over de ontwikkeling van Borneo. Ind. Gids, 1894, p. 645, 646. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. ‘AI Awon.—De Europeesche landbouw op Sumatra’s westkust. Ind. Gids, 1894, p. 650, 651. ———-—Zout verkoop-pakhuis meesters en regeerings-argeloosheid. Ind. Gids, 1894, p. 898, 899. ——-Verbruik van Cardiff-steenkolen in N.-I. Ind. Gids, 1894, p. 785. ——-—Huropeesche landbouwondernemingen in Palembang. Ind. Gids, 1894, p. 788-791. —— -—Degeneratie van het suikerriet door het gebruik van de toppen als plantmateriaal en achteruitgang van het saccharose gehalte van gesneden riet. Ind. Gids, !894, p. 794, 795. —--———De opvoeding van Indische Kinderen in Holland. Ind. Gids. 1894, p. 797-806. ——-Zonneschermen als waardigsheidsteekenen van den Java- ansche adel. Ind. Gids, 1894, p. 818-828. —De gevolgen der herstemmingen. Ind. Gids, 1894, p. 901- 903. ° ——-~—Nederlandsch-Indische producten in Perzie. Ind. Gids. 1894, p. 931. —Handel tusschen Nederlandsch-Indie en Bombay. Ind. Gids, 1894, p. 930, --De omtslag van de landrente in de Desa. Ind. Gids, 1894, p. 934-938. ——— --De veroordeeling van de ‘Soerabaja Courant.’ Jud. Gids, 1894, p. 904-910. — ~—--De uitvoer van Manilla. Ind. Gids, 1894, p. 931. —De jongste verkiezingen en Indié. Ind. Gids, 1894, p. 763-764. ds Bae ———--Productiekosten van een bouw Sawah. Ind. Gids, 1894, p. 933, 934. ———---Higenaardige gebruiken omtrent de Kebajans in Koedoes. Ind. Gids, 1891, p. 939. ——-—.--Hazardspelen bij de Bataks. Ind. Gids, 1594, p. 938. —=——--Uitvoer van katoenen stukgoederen uit Engeland naar Ned.-Indié. Jnd. Gids, 1894, p. 779. -—_-Hene bijdrage tot vereenvouciging der lands-administratie. Ind. Gids, 1894, p. 689-70. 42 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. Awnon.—De Grondwet van het koninkrijk der Nederlanden van 1887 en het reglement op het beleid der regeering van Nederlandsch- Indie van 1854. 8vo. Delft, 1894, G1 pp. —De resultaten van de exploitatie der Ombilien-velden. Ind. Bids, 1894, p. 786-788. —Vrije kofficultuur van inlanders op de Buiten-bezittingen. Ind. Gids, 1894, p. 791-794. Het zielental der gewestelijke hoofplaatsen op Java en Madoera. Ind. Gids, 1594, p. 796. —Trade, &c., of the Island of Java for 1893. Parl. Paper 8vo. London, 1894 [7293-8]. ————First Report of the Royal Commission on Opium: with minutes of evidence, appendices, index, and analysis of evidence. Parl. Paper, London, 1894 [7318]. ~Trade of the Philippine Islands for 1893. Parl. Paper, London, 1894 [7293-61]. —Correspondence relative to proposed introduction of Con- tagious Diseases Regulations in Perak or other Protected Malay States. Porl, Paper, London, 1894 [146]. —~De Grondwet van het koninkrijk der Nederlanden van 1587 en het reglement op het beleid der regeering van Neder- landsch-Indie van 1854. 8vo. Delf¢, 1894, 61, pp. Naam-en ranglijst der officieren van het koninklijke leger der Nederlanden en van de Nederlandsche-Indien voor, 1894. 63 Jaarg. 8vo. Gorinch., 1894, 14 & 408, pp. —Lichtenlijst van het koninkrijk der Nederlanden en de kolonien. 4to ’s Hage, 1894, 92, pp. --Reglement op de exercitie met de kanonnen van 21 ¢.m., No. 2, in gesloten torens. (Dept. van Marine). 4to. ’s Hage 1894, 89, pp. ——-—-—Maandcijfers en andere periodieke opgaven betreffende Nederland en Nederlandsch Oost-Indié. No. 2, Benevens en- kele opgaven over de eerste Maander van 1894. 8vo. ’s Ha- ge, 1894, 8 & 70, pp. AvBertin, J. J.—Wanderingsand Wonderings: Singapore, Java, Siam, Manila, etc., S8vo. London, 1892, 446 pp., portrait. AymonterR, H.—Une mission en Indo-Chine. Bull. Soc. Geogr. Paris (7.) vol. xiii, 1898, pp. 216 & 339. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. 43 Ayrmonizr, E,—History of Tchampa (now Annam or Cochin-Chi. na.) Asiatic Quart. Rev., Oct. 1893. Baarpa, J. M. van.—lIle de Halmaheira, département Galélas Indes néerlandaises (Moluques). Bull. Soc. Anthrop. Paris 1893, pp. 533-568. Bapines, A. H. L.—Hollandsch-Maleische en Maleisch-Holland- sche samenspraken. Ed. 2, 8vo. ’s Hage, 1893, xxix, 290 pp. Baxuer, W. A. G.—Photographien von Tidore, Ambon und Neu Guinea. Verh. Berlin Ges. Anthrop., 1893, p. 305. Barpara, Pavut.—De Marseille en Annam. 8vo. Saint Nazare, 1892, 72 pp. BarrFus, E. V.—Kriegsfahrten eines alten Soldaten im fernen Os- ten. 8vo. Stuttgart, 1893, 289 pp. Barreton, P.—Saigon. Tour du Monde, 1898, pp. 225-256. Bartets, M.—Ueber eine Sammlung javanischer Spielsachen, Zeitsch. fiir Hthnol. vol. v, 1893, p. 386, ete. — Die Medizin der Naturvoélker. 8vo, Leipzig, 1893, 361, pp., 175 figures. Barty, A.—Les temples de Parambanan (Java), d’ aprés la publi- cation de |’ Institut royal de |’ Inde néerlandaise. Comptes Rendus, (4), vol. xxi, 1893, pp. 158-167. Bastian, A.—Indonesien oder die Inseln des Malayschen Archi- pels V. Java und Schluss. S#erlin, 1893. Batu Gantong {Cuan Kim Boon’.—Cherita dahulu-kala nama-nya “Sam Kok” atau ‘liga Négri berprang:—Siok Gwi sama Gor di jaman “Han Teow.” [Chinese Stories in romanised Malay |. 8vo. Singapore, 1893, vol. x, 152 pp.; xi, 174 pp.; xii 140 pp.; xill, 144 pp.; xiv, 146 pp. Bercxet, H. HE. van.—Kantteekeningen door en Roomschen Chris- ten op “Het Protestantisme in Nederl.-Iudié” van Granpré Moliére. 8vo. Leiden, 1898, 89 pp. Bergemann, P.—Der Malayische Archipel im Lichte des Zeit- alters der Entdeckungen.. * AITS BRANCH or THE. = siatic Socie |" JULY, 1897. - Agents of the Society: nd America ee Mer - Trouser & Co. $3 : se =. Ernest Leroux & Cre. ‘> =. O7To Harrassowirz, Leipzig. | SINGAPORE: — oi Ss [No. 30. ] JOURNAL OF THE STRAITS BRANCH OF THE Royal Asiatic Society JULY, 1897. Agents of the Society: London and America me ies ae ‘TRUBNER & Co. Paris oe = a .. ERNEST LERoUX & CIE. Germany ... ae .. Orro Hareassowitz, Leipzig. SINGAPORE: PRINTED AT THE AMERICAN Misston Press. TABLE OF CONTENTS. Rules of the Society Council for 1897 List of Members for 1897 Proceedings of Annual General Miectine In Memoriam —REINHOLD ERNST ROST ELON: Hi. O?BRIEN ..., HON. MARTIN LISTER H. VAUGHAN STEVENS Treasurers Cash accounts for 1896 A Vocabulary of the Dusun Dialect,— by the Rev. Dr. H. L. E. Luering List of Malay Plant Names by H. N. Ridley. An account of the Cultivation of Rice in Malacca, by Inche Muhammad Jafar, contributed by E. M. Merewether, with a translation by C. O. Blagden OCCASIONAL NOTES— Protective Charm EKarthquakes The South Names of Months Benzoin Batara Guru te Jalantke vestita Lindl. in Selangor Boriah The Society is still in possession of a considerable stock of the back numbers of its Journal. Members can be supplied with them at the rate of fifty cents a number to complete their sets. Application should be made to the Honorary Secretary. RULES OF THE STRAITS ASIATIC SOCIETY. a I.—Name and Objects. 1.—The name of the Society shall be “THE STRAITS ASIATIC SOCIETY.” 2.—The objects of the Society shall be— a, The investigation of subjects connected with the Straits of Malacca and the neighbouring Coun- tries. b. The publication of papers in a Journal. c. The formation of a Library of books bearing on the objects of the Society. II.—Membership. 3.—Members shall be classed as Ordinary and Honorary. 4,—Ordinary Members shall pay an annual subscription of $5, payable in advance on the Ist January of each year. Mem- bers shall be allowed to compound for life membership of the Society on payment of $50. 5.—Honorary Members shall pay no subscription. 6.—On or about the 30th June of every year, the Honor- ary Treasurer shall prepare a list of those Members whose sub- scriptions for the current year remain unpaid, and such persons shall be deemed to have resigned their Membership. But the operation of this rule, in any particular case, may be suspended by a vote of the Council of the Society. No member shall receive a copy of the Journal or other publications of the Society until his subscription for the current year has been paid. Vi. RULES. 7.—Candidates for admission as Members shall be propos- ed by one and seconded by another member of the Society, and if agreed to by a majority of the Council shall be deemed to be duly elected. 8.—Honorary Members must be proposed for election by the Council at a general meeting of the Society. III.—Officers. 9.—The Officers of the Society shall be :— A President ; Two Vice-Presidents, one of whom shall be selected from amongst the members resident in Penang ; An Honorary Secretary and Librarian ; An Honorary Treasurer; and Five Councillors. These Officers shall hold office until their successors are chosen. 10.—Vacancies in the above offices shall be filled for the current year by a vote of the remaining Officers. 3 IV .—Council. 11.—The Council of the Society shall be composed of the Officers for the current year, and its duties shall be :— a. To administer the affairs, property and trusts of the Society. b. To elect ordinary members and recommend Hon- orary members for election by the Society. c. To decide on the eligibility of papers to be read before general meetings. d. To select papers for publication in the Journal, and to supervise the printing and distribution of the said Journal. e. To select and purchase books for the Library. jf. To accept or decline donations on behalf of the Society. et 2 gy. To present to the Annual Meeting at the expira- tion of their term of office a Report of the proceedings and condition of the Society e RULES. Vii. 12.—The Council shall meet for the transaction of busi- ness once a month, or oftener if necessary. At Council meet- ings, three Officers shall constitute a quorum. 13.—The Council shall have authority, subject to con- firmation by a general meeting, to make and enforce such by-laws and regulations for the proper conduct of the Society’s affairs as may, from time to time, be expedient. V.—Meetings. 14,—The Annual General Meeting shall be held in January of each year. 15.—General Meetings shall be held, when practicable, once in every month, and oftener if expedient, at such hour as the Council may appoint. 16.—At Ordinary General Meetings of the Society seven and at the Annual General Meeting eleven members shall form a quorum for the transaction of business. 17.—At all Meetings, the Chairman shall, in case of an equality of votes, be entitled to a casting vote in addition to his own. 18.—At the Annual General Meeting, the Council shall pre- senta Report for the preceding year, and the Treasurer shall render an account of the financial condition of the Society. Officers for the current year shall also be chosen. 19.—The work of Ordinary General Meetings shall be the transaction of routine business, the reading of papers approv- ed by the Council, and the discussion of topics connected with the general objects of the Society. 20.—Notice of the subjects intended to be introduced for discussion by any member of the Society should be handed in to the Secretary before the Meeting. Visitors may be admitted to the Meetings of the Society. but no one who is not a member shall he allowed to address the Meeting, except by invitation or permission of the Chair- man. ViI.—Publications of the Society. 21.—A Journal shall be published, when practicable, every six months, under the supervision of the Council. It shall com- prise a selection of the papers read before the Society, the Viti. ~RULES. Report of the Council and Treasurer, and such other matter as the Council may deem it expedient to publish. 22.—Every member of the Society shall be entitled to one copy of the Journal, deliverable at the place of the publication. The Council shall have power to present copies to other Socie- ties and to distinguished individuals, and the remaining copies shall be sold at such prices as the Council shall, from time to time, direct. 23.—Twenty-four copies of each paper published in the Journal shall be placed at the disposal of the Author. 24.—The Council shall have power to sanction the pub- ~ lication, in a separate form, of papers or documents laid before the Society, if in their opinion practicable and expedient. VII.—Popular Lectures. 23.—Occasional Popular Lectures upon literary or scienti- fic subjects may be delivered, under the sanction of the Council on evenings other than those appointed for General Meetings of the Society. VIII.—Amendments. 26.—Amendments to these Rules must be proposed in writing to the Council, who shall, after notice given, lay them before a General Meeting of the Society. A Committee of Resident Members shall thereupon be appointed, in conjunction with the Council, to report on the proposed Amendments-to the General Meeting next ensuing, when a decision may be taken, provided that any amendment to the Rules which is to be pro- posed by such Committee to the General meeting shall be stated in the notice summoning the meeting, THE STRAITS BRANCH OF hogok utang (Mal.) tambang patai me-mihuak papas me-nandak mati mali asuk, asu (Ma/.-./Jav.) udange adaai binapanevin sibok nipik pakai (Val. ) menum ato6 utik bobau mimpi minum itek 14 VOCABULARY OF THE DUSUN LANGUAGE English, Dust Each Kar Har-plug Har-ring 200. Earth Kat, to Egg Hight HKighteen Kighty Elbow Kleven Kmpty End Enter, to Every 210 Hye Face Fall, to Fan Far Fast, swift Fast, to Fat Father Fault 220 Fear, to Dusun., ansik sufai-sufai talingo simbong’ anting (Mal.) po-mogun-an makan ( Mal.) antahlok, tahlok bahlu — ice hapod -am-bahlu bahlu-hapod siku (Mal) hapod-am-iso hoson untok semufang sufai-sufai mato puos atok kijup sadok sikapal puasa (Mal.-Sansk.) hlombon amak leka-salah 2) meg-asik Malay. telinga telor kosong mata kirap (7) salah VOCABULARY OF THE DUSUN LANGUAGE. 15 English. 230 240 Fence Fever Few Field Fill, to Find, to Finger Fire Fish Fish, to Flag Flame Flat Flesh Floor Flour Flower Fly Fog Food Foot For Fork Form Fort Four Fourteen Forty Fowl] Dusun. Malay. ansar segit-on akudik rannau apanoh penoh, pnoh m-anu (cf. accept) tuntoh apoe apl sadak men-jahlo bandera (Mal.- Port.) sumikit menjala moyad unsik, unsi sihliu dodék dedak bunga (Mua. ) langau (also bee) atufong me-mukad kakod (but see anklet) laja-iteh sang kap iad-ku (see alike) kota (Mai. ) apat ampat hapod-am-apat apat-hapod manuk 16 VOCABULARY OF THE DUSUN LANGUAGE. English. Fresh 250 Friend Frog Fry, to Full Gain Gate Gem Get, to Ghosts, (various sorts of) Girl 260 Give, to Glad Glass Gnat Go, to Go up hill, to Goat Gold Gone Good Grass Iw ~] Su Grave Great Green Grow, to Gum Gun Dusun. Malay. pagok (see: new.) kehuang kawan ufak-ufak me-randang rendang ha-panoh penoh, pnoh kiuntong untong bipapangon, binapangun manabok anu, m-anu, (see find) ambéfo, sau yoyon budak-sumandakan ma-nahak suka (Mal.) kacha (Val.) kassa namuk nyamok m-ugad, m-ogad mintakad mendaki ambing kambing amas (J/al) na-g-ogad-na wasik, fasik sakod hlobuong lobang, (hole) gajau ataumau sumonih. katol snapang (Mal.- Dutch) VOCABULARY OF THE DUSUN LANGUAGE. English. 300 Hair Half Hand Hang, to Hard Hat, sun-hat Hate, to He Hear, to Heart Heavy Hedge Help to Hen Here High Hill Hit, to Hog Hold, to Hole Home, at Hope, to Horn Horse Hot (panas) Hot (pedas) Dusun. abok s-taugah-tangah, man-tangah longon gipis-on kodau tang kolok amok-sagak son-ohlun hongau angkaufijau a-fagat ansar men-uhlung manuk-anduk hid-té safat nohlu nesuat bogok pusus-on hoak sahlom suhlab pichaya sangau kuda (Ma/.) hasok a-podos Malay. tengah cf. lengan, (arin) berat, brat tolong goa (*) 17 perchaya, (believe) pedas 18 VOCABULARY OF THE DUSUN LANGUAGE. English. Dusun. Malay. House suhlab How bengku Hundred hatus se-ratus Hurt, to, (wound) ne-ganit-an I jau If jau-no-poh (7) 310 Ill awau ‘ In sahlom Ink dawat (Ma/-Arab.) Invulnerable kobo! kebal Iron wast besi Jail tutup-on tutopan Joint per-sambong-an (Mail.) Jumb, to tumindak Keep, to tahu-on tarok Key anak-kunchi (Ma/.) 320 Kick, to mengatad | Kill, to pataj-on Kind, sort m-lad Kind, friendly kasihan (Mal. ) King raja po-mogun-an (see Earth) raja Knee otod lutut Knife pisau ( Jal.) Knock, to dunsol Know, to apandaio c/. pandai, clever Lad hlangai-hlangai cf. laki-laki 330 Lake hapitas VOCABULARY OF THE DUSUN LANGUAGE. English. 340 350 Lamb Lame — Lamp Land Large Late Laugh, to Law Lead (metal) Lead, to Leaf Learn, to Left (side) Leg (femur) Lend, to Lie down, to Lie (untruth) Lime (for betel- nut) ea vessel for same Lip Live, to Lock Long Look, to Lose, to Loud Mad Dysun.. Malay. anak-ambing na-kimpok pelita ( Mal.- Pers.) tindah cajau tanah apagon meng-iak hukum (Mal.-Arab.) sinampo potod-on iaun belajar (Wal.) daun gvadibang pook m-ohlos hlum-ufi mamulud apu poan puan numung mijau kunchi (.Wa/.-/Tind.) hanau mug-ontong, meg-antane. no-bihang hilang hlumufap (cf. to roar) muhlam anak-kambing 20 VOCABULARY OF THE DUSUN LANGUAGE. English. DSO Make, to Male Man Many Mast Mat Meat Mieht Milk Mix, to Money Monkey, black Month, moon More Most Moth Mouse Mouth Much Mud Mustache Nail (iron) (finger- ) Name Near Neck Nest Dusun. Malay. me-nandak kusai ; (of men) hlangai-hlangai uhlun, ohlun, uhlu orang ogumo tihang tiang ikam tikar 7 onsi kafasa kuasa faig-do-susu ayer-susu ihlot-on wang ( Mal.) sikok (Semnopithecus maurus ) fuhlan bulan hlabi kopijo lebeh kuli-mambang ikus tikus kabang ogumo ohlommi jengit paku (Mal.) senduhlu neain nama semok hhom yumun VOCABULARY OF THE DUSUN LANGUAGE. English. 390 400 New News Nice Night Nine Nineteen Ninety No Noise None Noon Nose Not Do not Now Oar Oath Obey Oil Old (tua) Old (lama) On Once One Only Open Or Other 410 Ought Dusun. Malay. fagu (cf: fresh) bharu habal khabar fasik, ogingol sodob sejam hapod-am-sejam sejam-hapod amok ogossok-maiemang okon tangah-adau adung: hidong amok adaai inu cumajong sumumpah sumpah semugud omau mohoing abufai safat insan iSO esa nopok sebon antawah sufal patut (.Vail.) atau, atawa Zh 22 VOCABULARY OF THE DUSUN LANGUAGF. English. Dusun. | Malay. Our -ja (as suffix) Path | alun-alun (Jav.) Pay, to mem-balai membalas Pepper hlado lada Piece, one nopodi : Pig, domestic bogok availa bakas Pigeon, green punai (J/al.) Place ijon-on 420 Plain (open ground ) tindah-on (see: land) Play, to (gamble) main, main pakau (J/a/.-Chin) Plough daduk Point untuk, untu Pole lumpo Poor misekin (Mal.-Arab.) Post teigi (ef: mast) tiang Pot balanga yaupoh-an belanga, blanga. Pour, to memubus Price horgo harga 430 Prince anak-da-raja - anak-raja Pull, to kodong-on Pull, a boat mibossi Pure hiung-an Pure (as clean water) aniting Push, to tukuhlon Put, to tahu-on taroh VOCABULARY OF THE DUSUN LANGUAGE. English. 440 450 460 Queen Quick Quiet Quit, to Race, to Rain Raise, to Rat Read, to Ready Real Red Reign, to Rest, to Rice, paddy Dusun. safo-da-raja sikapai per-Ingotas opung-on me-lomba yesam tidong’-on ikus bassa sedia (Ma/.) benar (Mal.} oigang prentah (Wal. ) sanang pahi Rice, unhusked fagas Rice, cooked Rich Ride, to Right Ring Ripe Rise, to Road Roar, to Roast, to Rob, to kauon kaya (Mai.) bo-kuda, be-kuda benar (Mal.) susuhlin ha-ansak kakat-on jahlan me-mangkis, hlumufap sahlah-on linampas Malay. bérlomba tikus bacha senang padi beras, bras berkuda masak jalan me-mengkis rampas 23 24 VOCABULARY OF THE DUSUN LANGUAGE English. Dusun. it aidy). Rock pampang Rod sukud Roe (fish-) tahlok-sadak Roll, to hlufid-on Roof taiib atap Room hlamin halamin 470 Root fakan Rope tahli tali ,, (made of rattan) eae Round tendugu Rub, to isu-on — Run, to meg-idu Sack kalung karong Sago-palm umbijau rumbiya Sail hlajak layar Same m-iad, mihaga 480 Sand ogis Save, to (money, ete. ) tahu-on — taroh Say, to bods School iskola (Eur.) Scour, to isu-on Scream, to me-mangkis memengkis Sea safa Seat ikoh-on See, to atang-an, ontong-on Seed hlinsan 490 Seek, to ihum-on 500 VOCABULARY OF THE DUSUN LANGUAGE English. Self Sell, to Send, to Sense Serve, to Set, to Sew, to Shake, to Shall Shame Shave, to Shelf Shell Shew, to Shine, to Ship Shirt Shoe Shoot, to Shop Shore Shot Shout, to Shove, to Shrewd Shriek, to Shrimp Shut, to Dusun. pususon tan-on patod-on ’akal (Mal.-Arab.) men-uhlong pe-tahu-on tambi-on guju-on andado amalo bugan papan (Jal.) tokoyon tolok-kan anafau kapal (Mal.) kalung (cf bag) kalus me-madil kadai tindah pilulu cumisak tukuhlon osikap me-mang¢kis sesanggau tambahlan Malay. tolong taroh goyang malu kuyong, tekuyong (a conch) kaus from bedil, gun kedei tanah peluru, bullet memengkis 25 26 530 040 VOCABULARY OF THE DUSUN LANGUAGE. Anglish. Shy Sick Side Silk Sin Sing, to Sink, to sir Sit, to Six Sixteen Sixty Size Skill Skin Skull Sky Slap, to Slay, to Sleep, to Slime Slow Small Smart, clever Smart, pain Smash, to- Smell, to Smoke Dusun. amalo, amalu sumakit sempaping sutra (Jal. ) e} dusa ber-pantun (Jal.) lama tuan (Mal.) mékau anam (Mal.) hapod-am-anam anam-hapod gajau osikap kuhlit tampohong ohlu afan pap-on pataj-on m-odop ohlomik okugui ninek, aninek osikap sumakit ababak simud-on klisun Malay. malu - sakit dosa kulit cf. tempurong awan, cloud sakit VOCABULARY OF THE DUSUN LANGUAGE. Qi. English. Smooth Snake Snare Snipe Snore, to So Soft Soil some Son Soon sore Sound Sour Sow Space Spade Spark Speak, to Spill, to Spoil, to Spoon Spring’, to Spy, to Stab, to Sun Swim, to Dusun. Malay. hlamau uhlanu, uhlanut ular ungkasip cf. kachip am tinggak bengkaa malus tanah (JMal.) okudi anak, kusai chekapai ganit-an jeohlu monsom bogok-onduk masam ijon-on sangkol cf. chang kol lisun bods obat be-karaja (lit. meddle with) susuduk temindak atahlane tebok-on adau be-kerja suduk kumaiing 28 VOCABULARY OF THE DUSUN LANGUAGE. English. Ten Three Thirteen Thirty Two Twelve Twenty Very Water We Wear, to Weak Weep, to Weigh, to Well, of water Well Wet When ¢ W here ¢ Which ? Whip, to White Who? Whole Why? Wide Wife Wild Will, to Dusun. hapod talo hapod-am-talo talo-hapod lufo hapod-am-lufo lufo-hapod kopijo faig, walg’ jiol pakai (Mal.) lamah mihad timbang-on terbong fasik, afasik nagajad sengiau hinombo juisai funduk-on apoak jisal ngafi-ngafi nunu-sabab bajau andok ossijau saga Malay. dua lemah timbang cf. sebab endok 600 610 VOCABULARY OF THE DUSUN LANGUAGE. English. Wind Wing Wire Wise Wish With Wood Wood (forest) Word Work Worm Worth Wound Wrong Yard Yell, to Yet, not- You, thou Dusun. ibut pahlapa kafod, kafot apandai suka (Mal.) kahuang kaju tahlun pe-basa-an pe-karaja-an gijok horgo ganit sahla sa-tangah depo memang kis mopanak jiau Malay. ribut kawat panda of. kawan kayu cf. bahasa pekerjaan harga salah s-tengah depa memengkis 29 Malay Plant Names. The Malay language is remarkably rich in names of plants, and hitherto these names have either been incorrectly determin- ed or not determined at all in the few dictionaries in which one might expect to find them. This is the more regrettable since these names often possess a considerable amount of interest, as they often occur in Malay writings and a very large number of names of places are based on names of plants, such for instance are Malacca, Pekan, Setul, Penang, Changi, Cape Rumenia, Tanjong Ru, Gunong Pulai. The importance of correctly cor- relating the native names of drugs, timbers and other economic products with the scientific ones needs no explanation. Dic- tionaries and Vocabularies, such as those of Marsden and Favre, contain indeed a number of plant names, many of which are derived from Pijnappel, Klinkert, and Horsfield, but a consider- able proportion of these appear to be Sumatran, and Javanese. Nor does Filet (Plantkundige Woordenboek) help much, for most of his Malay words are, as far as I have seen, not known in the Peninsula, or if they are in use are applied to a totally different plant from that which he gives. Thus the well-known plant Ampalas, the leaves of which are used for polishing wood, is given as signifying one or other of about ten kinds of fig trees, only one of which, as far as I know, is found in the Malay Peninsula, while the name is generally used here for a climber Tetracera belonging to quite a different order, viz: Dil- leniacee. Curiously, Filet does not appear to have made much use, if any, of Rumph’s Herbarium Amboinense, a work con- taining a very large number of native names. Rumph gives a good many Malay names for his plants, and some of these are decidedly nearer those in use in the Peninsula than Filet’s 32 MALAY PLANT NAMES. Malay words. I have not incorporated these however as there is no reason to think that they belong to the Malay of the Peninsula. A list of Malay plant names from Maingay’s manuscripts at Kew was published in the Kew Bulletin 1890 p. 112-134, but in many cases these names were miscopied so as to be un- identifiable andin some are evidently wrongly identified with the plants. In Jack’s descriptions of Malay plants (Malayan Miscellan- ies, Bencoolen 1820-22) reprinted in the miscellaneous papers of this Society, Series iI. Vol. II. pp. 209-295, several native names are given and these where they are given for Penang plants I have incorporated, adding Jack as authority, some of these being otherwise quite unknown to me and perhaps erron- eously applied. From this list | have excluded some Persian and Hindu words, which have been included in some Malay Dictionaries and Vocabularies, as the plants intended either do not occur here at all or if they do are known under some other name. Javanese words usually in use here for cultivated plants, are excluded unless often employed, or used for well-knownp lants, I have added a few words which are almost certainly Sakai, when I have been able to come across them. The list is very far from perfect, for not only have I been unable to procure many names from some of the Native States, but also a number of plants for which I have native names, are either as yet unidentified botanically or absolutely undes- cribed. Many of the timber trees and the rattans too have names only used for the trade product, and it is by no means easy in our present state of knowledge to identify accurately the prepared timber with the tree from which it came, which often has in the jungle an entirely different native name. . Most plants have more than one name, and many have a MALAY PLANT NAMES. 33 considerable number. This is sometimes due to dialectic vari- ation :—thus the horse-mango is called Bachang, Machang, Hembachang, Membachang, etc., according to locality. But often the local names have no connection with each other, being evidently derived from different roots. Again, a Malay may call a plant by different names according to the products or properties of it he may be thinking of: thus the Gelenggang, Cassia alata, is also known as Daun Kurap—the leaf for the cure of the disease Kurap. Again, sometimes one name is used for several trees with apparently no connection, as Resak, which includes one species or more of Shorea (Dipterocarper), an oak, and one or two unidentified plants, the name really being applied to the timber which in these trees is somewhat similar. It is probable that in all these cases the different Resaks will be found to have qualifying words to distinguish them apart, but these are known to but few Malays. While many of the names are remarkably opposite others are either apparently meaning- lessly obscene, or their signification is quite obscure. I have added translations of such as are translateable, but many of these are only tentative. In some cases the obscurity arises in the following way. A plant originally receives a suitable name, such as Ati-Ati (hearts) for the garden coleus, because of its heart-shaped leaves, but some resemblance is noticed between this plant and another (Sonerz/a) and though the leaves of this are not heart-shaped, it is called Ati-Ati hutan, that is to say really jungle coleus. The Malay has on the whole a very good eye for resemblance in plants and some of his identifications are really quite remarkable: thus Kerubut is applied to the Raflesca and a shrub known as Thottea, two utterly different looking plants to the eye of an ordinary observer, but which are con- sidered in botany to be allied. Again, he is seldom wrong when 34 MALAY PLANT NAMES. speaking of an orchid (Angerek) though I have more than once known educated Europeans sadly at fault. To all the names given in the list the word Pokok, tree or shrub, must be added, unless the plant is a climber, when Akar is used, or it is small and herbaceous when Rumput is added. There are several Malay words which appear to have special meanings when applied to plant-names. Jantan (male) appears usually to mean that the fruit is less abundant or conspicuous in the species than it is in some other which is qualified by the name Betina. Gajab (elephant) conveys the idea of large. Tikus or Tupai, (mouse or squirrel) small. Hantu (ghost) corresponds to our word ‘ false” as applied to plant names. Hutan signifies wild, as opposed to cultivated. Antan, a word sometimes used, I have been unable to get any meaning for, though there is a word spelt in the same way which signifies a pestle: as applied to plants it seems to bear the same mean- ing as “ false.” Till we know more of the Malay and allied languages it would be premature to form any deduction as to the origin of many of the plant-names, or their primitive meaning. Some itis true, like Nyur (cocoanut), Nanas (pine apple), Nona (cus- tard apple), have evidently accompanied the plants from afar and have been introduced with them, and in some cases may possibly throw light on the original home of some of the rather numerous cultivated plants not known to be wild anywhere, and whose origin is not yet known. Other names have eyvi- dent reference to the various properties or the appearance of the plant. This list must be considered only a preliminary one which, it may be hoped, will be considerably augmented as our know- ledge of things Malayan increases. MALAY PLANT NAMES. 35 ADAL-ADAL. (Javanese) The croton of gardens. Codiwum variegatun Bl. (Huphor- biaceae.) ADAS CHINA. ADAS MANIS. Aniseed. Jllictum anisatum. (Magnoliaceae). Used in medi- cine. Imported. Also anise (Anethum graveolens [..) according to Clifford, who also gives the variant adis. ADAP-ADAP. Mussenda variolosa Wall, and M. glabra Vahl. (Rubiaceae). Common climbing shrubs with yellow flowers and cons- picuous white bracts. AGALUMUT. (Pahang) Sphenodesma barbata Schauer. (Verbenaceae). A climbing shrub. AGAR-AGAR. Gracilaria lichenoides, J. Ag. A seaweed; collected and used for making jelly. AGAS-AGAS. Aporosa Maingayi. Hook. fil. (Huphorbiaceae.) A shrub. AHO-LUMOT. Alsodeia echinocarpa. Korth. (Violaceae). A shrub with mossy fruit, the seeds used as a purgative. AHTCHO. (Johor) Myristica Hookeriana \Wall. (Myristicaceae.) A large wild nutmeg’. AKAR. Any climbing plant. The word is always used before the name of a climber to distinguish it from a Pokok of the same name; e. @. Pokok asam jawa,—the tamarind; Akar asam,—Rourea fulgens, Wall. the leaves of which suggest those of a tamarind. The word also signifies the root of a plant. AKIT. Rhizophora conjugata 1. (Rhizophoreae.) One of the Man- grove trees (Bakau) used for firewood, and the bark for tanning nets. 36 MALAY PLANT NAMES. ALAT. Peltophorum dasyrrachis Kurz (Leguminosae.) A handsome tree with yellow flowers. Also known as Batai. ALAI BATU. Hydnocarpus castaneus Hook. fil. (Bizineae.) ALBAN also HALBAN. Vitec vestita. Wall. (Verbenaceae.) Perhaps a variant of Leban, which see. A common tree in secondary jungle which is used in native medicine. ALI. (Akar) Smilax myosotiflora Dec. (Liliaceae.) A climber in jungles. The word ali means a sling. The plant is used as an aphrodisiac. ALIYA see Halia. Zingiber officinalis L. (Zingiberaceae) The cultivated ginger. ALUMOT. Ficus Ribes Reinwdt. (U7ticaceae). ALWAH. (Persian) Aloes; used in medicine AMBACHANG. ; The horse-mango. Mangiferu foetida. (Anacardiaceae) More commonly Bachang, also Hambachang and Ma- chang. AMBARU. More commonly Baru, which see. Hibiscus tiliaceus, L- AMBELAN BUAH. Phyllanthus urinaria L. (Euphorbiaceae.) A common little weed in waste ground; used in native medicine. AMBELU. (Akar) Psychotria ovoidea Wall. (Rubiaceae). A climber with small greenish flowers aud white fruits. AMBIN BUAH. (Rumput) Phyllanthus urvinaria L. (Euphorbiaceae). Also Ambin Dukong anak, see Dukong anak. Mengambin, to. carry something slung on the back ; alluding to the fruits being MALAY PLANT ‘NAMES. 37 suspended at the back of the leaves. The plant is a common little weed ; used in native medicine as a diuretic. AMBIN JANTAN. Euphorbia pilulifera L. (Huphorbiaceae). A common little weed. AMBONG-AMBONG. Scaevola Koenigii Vahl. (Goodenoviae). Also ambun-ambun. A sea shore shrub with white flowers, and fruit. AMBONG-AMBONG LAUT. Premna cordifolia Roxb. (Verbenaceae). A shrub or small tree, with small white flowers in corymbs, leaves strongly scented. AMBONG-AMBONG PUTIH. Callicarpa arborea Roxb. (Verbenaceae). A tree with vio- let flowers. AMBONG BUKIT. Ebermaiera Griffithiana Anders. (Acanthaceae.) A small herb with white tubular flowers. Common in many jungle ravines. AMBUN AKAR. Lecananthus erubescens Jack. (Rubiaceae.) An epiphytic plant with white flowers in heads of purple bracts. AMBUN-AMBUN. Saevola Koenigii Vahl. (Goodenoviae.) see Ambong-ambong. AMIN-AMIN., Sebastiana chamelea Muell, (EKuphorbiaceae.) A small sea- side herb with narrow leaves and green flowers. Used in native medicine for fever. AMPADAL AYAM. Salacia grandiflora Kurz. (Rhamneae.) A shrub with eatable fruit. Lit. fowl’s gizzard. AMPALAM also AMPELAM. see MAMPELAM. Mangiferu indica L. (Anacardiaceae.) The mango. AMPALAS also AMPELAS. see MEMPELAS. Tetracera assa L. (Dilleniaceae.) 38 MALAY PLANT NAMES. AMPALAS GAJAH. AM?ALAS RIMAU. Tetracera macrophylla Hook. fil. (Dilleniaceae.) A climber with rough leaves. AMPALAS HARI also MAMPELAS HARI & PULASARI. Alyxia stellata Roem. and A. lucida Wall. (Apocynaceae.) The stems of these climbers are strongly scented like new mown hay and are used in native medicine. AMPALAS PUTIH also AMPALAS HARI BETiINA and AMPALAS TIKUS. Dehnia sarmentosa L. (Dilleniaceae). A climber with small white flowers in large bunches. AMPALAS WANGI. (Selangor) Alyxia pilosa Mig. (Apocynaceae). . MEDANG TANDOK. (Pahang) Micropora Curtisii Hook. fil. (Zaurineae). - MEDANG TANJONG., Elaeocarpus integra Wall. (Tiliaceae).. Also Kingstonia ner- vosa King. (Anonacae). MEDANG TARAH. Gironniera nervosa Planch. (Urticaceae). MEDANG TELOR. Eugenia Griffith Duth. (Myrtaceae). Also. applied to Actinodaphne sp. MEDANG KUNING. MEDANG TERUTAU. Alsodeia echinocarpa Korth. (Violaceae). MEDANG TIJO. Hlaeocarpus stupularis Bl. (Tiliaceae). MEDANG TULOH. Micropora Curtist Hook. fil. (Laurineae}. MEDANG TULOK. (Penang) Llex macrophylla Wall. (llicineae). A common tree. MEDANG WANGI. Erythroxylon burmanicum Griff. (Lineae). MEDANGKOK. An unidentified tree with a yellow timber often used; a very similar wood was given me as MBACHANG HUTAN in Selangor. MEDARAH. Ptychopyxis costata Mig. (Euphorbiaceae). MELADA. (Penang) Sarcocephalus Junghuhnit Miq. (fubiaceae). MELAMAN. Acronychia Portert Wall. (Rutaceae). MELATI. Also MELOR. Jasmines, (Jasminum). MALAY PLANT NAMES. 179 MELOR ANGIN. Alsodeia membranacea King. (Violaceae). A shrub. MELOR HUTAN. (Akar) Jasminum bifarium Wall. (Oleaceae). The common wild jessamine, MELOR HUTAN. (Poko) Eranthemum malaccense C. B. Clarke (Acanthaceae). A shrub with conspicuous violet flowers. BUNGA MELOR HUTAN. (Akar) | Coptosapelta Griffith Hook. fil. (Rubiaceae). A climber with white flowers like jessamine. MEMALI. See MAri-MAtti. MEMALI. (Akar) Sphenodesma triforu Wight. (Verbenaceae). MEMANIRAN PUTIH. Portulaca quadrifida L. (Portulacacae). bean with a tuberous root like a turnip, eaten by natives. . SENTADA. Also SETADA. Podocarpus neglectus Bl. (Coniferae). A tree like yew, com- mon near the sea. . aes : 244 MALAY PLANT NAMES. SENTOL. Sandoricum indicum L. (Meliaceae). A well known fruit- tree. SEPADAS BUNGA. Cratoxylon formosum Benth. (Hypericineae). According to Jack. SEPA PUTRI. SEPA PETRI. Pentace triptera Mast. (Tiliaceae). A big timber tree, with white flowers. Also Gonystylus Maingayt Hook. fil. in Malacca. SEPAN. (Malacca) Dialium patens Bak. (Leguminosae), A word used in Malacca for KRANJI. SEPANG. Sappan wood. Asalpinia Sappan. L. (Leguminosae). A thorny tree with yellow flowers. The wood gives a red dye. SEPIT. Vitex vestita Wall. (Verbenaceae). A tree with yellow flowers. SEPUIL. Arthrophylum diversifolium Bl. (Araliaceae). SEPUKU. Heptapleurum venulosum Seem. (Araliaceae). An epiphytic shrub. SEPUM. Mangifera Maingayi Hook. fil. (Anacardiaceae). A large wild mango with eatable fruits. SERAFAT. (Akar) Parameria polyneura Hook. fil. (Apocynaceae). A climbing rubber-vine with ;ink flowers, the bark used in native medicine. SERAPAT or SERAPIT is a name applied to several climbers chiefly Apocynaceae some of which are used in medicine. SERAPAT JANTAN. (Akar) ~ Ureeola malaccensis Hook. fil. (Apocynaceae). MALAY PLANT NAMES. 245 SERAPAT KUNING. Gymnema acuminatum Wall. (Asclepiadeae). A climber. SERAPOH. Daphniphyllum laurinum (Euphorbiaceae). A shrub or tree. SERAPOH. (Akar) Celastrus monosperma Roxb. (Celastrineae). A climbing shrub. SERAPU. Gironniera parvifolia Planch. (Urtieaceae). A shrub. SERAPU PUTIH. Tandera malaccensis Hook. fil. (Laurineae). A common shrub or small tree. SERAU. (Akar) Parameria glandulifera Hook. fil. (A pocynaceae). SERAU LIPIS. Pavetta indica LL. (Rubiaceae). A shrub with white flowers. SERAWAN. Eirycibe Sp. (Convolvulaceae). SERAWAN. (Akar) Also SURAWAN. Roucheria Grifithi Planch. (Lineae). SERAWAN KUBANG. Ebermacira setigera Nees. (Acanthaceae). A little white flowered herb, common in woods. SERAWAS. SERAWAS PAYA. Also SURUAS. Fagraea racemasa Jack. (Loganiaceae). Often known as Sapuli. SERAYAH. A name given to timber of several trees belonging to the genera Shorea, and Hopea ( Dipterocarpeae). SERDANG. Livistona cochinchinensis (Palmae). A tall fan palm. SERGA. : Lepidagathis longifolia Wight. (Acanthaceae). A tall herb with dull purple flowers inhabiting dense jungles, used as an abortient by natives. 246 MALAY PLANT NAMES. ERENAH LAUT. Saruney according to Favre. Wedelia bifora De C. ( Compo- sitae). A yellow flowered composite common near the sea. SERERAS. (Malacca) Pittosporum ferrugineum Ait. ( Pittosporeae). SEREY. Citronella grass. Andropogon Schoenanthus L. (Gramineae). SEREY BUKIT. . Gahnia javanica Zoll. (Cyperaceae). A tall sedge with black flower and spikes growing on mountains. SERI ENGGANG. Hyptis brevipes Poit. ( Labiatae). SERENGAN. Desmodium latifolium Dec. (Leguminosae). Also KAMANI BABI. SERINGAN. Uraria crinita Desv. (Leguminosae). The Malay Lupine. A small shrub with thick spikes of violet flowers. SERINGAN JANTAN. Flemingia congesta Roxb. (Leguminosae). SEROJA. ee The lotus. Nelwmbium speciosum Br. (Nympheaceae). SERTONG. (Malacca) Kopsia paucifora Hook. fil. (Apocynaceae). A shrub with white flowers. SERUNTU. Lepidagathis longifolia Wight. (Acanthaceae). SERUPAH BUKIT. ATE es Norrisia malaccensis Gardn. (Loganiaceae). Also SARAPOK. SESA WT. _ Mustard. Brassica nigra L. COrnpeiee): SESAWI PASIR. | Artanema sesamoides Benth. (Soropiatopicsey MALAY PLANT NAMES. 247 SESENDOK. Contraction for SENDOK-SENDOK. HEndospermum malaccense Muell. (Huphorbiaceae). SESEPIT. (Singapore) Sesuvium portulacastrun L. (Ficoideae). A creeping succu- lent plant with pink flowers common on tidal mud. SETAMBON. Also SENAMBUN. Baccaurea parvifolia Muell. (Euphorbiaceae). A small tree the wood of which is used for making sticks. It 1s very hard and yellow. SETAMBON BETINA. Baccaurea Wallichti Muell. (Huphor biaceae). SETAWBON LILIN. Baccaurea brevipes Muell. (Huphorbiaceae). SETAMPIN. (Selangor) Mallotus Griffithianus Hook. fil. SETAWA. Also SATAWA. Costus speciosus L. (Scitamineae) also Forrestia spp. (Com- melinaceae). Herbs, the creepine stem of which are used in medicine. Variants are TAWA-TAWA and TAWAGA. SETAWA GAJAH. SETAWA BETINA. _ Forrestia moltis Clarke. SETAWA JANTAN. SETAWA HUTAN. Forrestia Griffithit Clarke. SETEBAL. Fagrae racemosa Jack. (Loganiaceae). A variant of Stittbal. .SETEBAL. (Akar) Hoya coronaria Bl. (Apocynaceae). A wax flower with downy leaves and large waxy white star shaped flowers. SETU or SETUL. Enhalus acoroides Zoll. (Hydrocharideae). A marine plant, the fruits of which are eaten by children. SETUI. (Lankawi) A local variant for Sentol (Sandoricum indicum). 248 MALAY PLANT NAMES. SETUBAL. (Akar) Also SATUBAL. Henslowia Lobbiana De C. (Santalaceae). SETUBAL PAYA. Kibara coriacea Endl. (Moniniaceae). SETULANG. (Johore) Moesa ramentacea A. De C. (Myrsineae). SHINGHE. Microstemon velutina Engler. (Anacardiaceae). A big tree said to produce a dammar. | SIAK. (Akar) Physostelma Wallichii Wight. (Asclepiadeae). A slender climber with white flowers. The roots are sweetly scent- ed and are used in native medicine. SIAK-SIAK JANTAN. Dianella ensifolia Red. Liliaceae). SIAK-SIAK RIMBAH. Mapania humilis Naves. (Cyperaceae). SIAL MUNAHON. See MANAON. Pternandra coerulescens Jack. (Melastomaceae). A tree. SIAL MUNAHON. (Akar) Jasminum smilacifolium Griff. (Oleaceae). The three nerv- ed leaves suggest those of Pternandra whence the name. SIAMET (Rumput) Fimbristylis asperrima Vahl. (Cyperaceae). A common sedge. SIANGGIT. (Sungei Ujong) Ageratum conyzoides L. ound) The white weed. SIANGAN JANTAN. Diospyros sp. (Hbenaceae). SIANGUS. Croton Griffithii Hook. fil. (Huphorbiaceae). A common shrub. SIANTAN JANTAN. Also SIANTAN HUTAN. Ixora amoena Wall. (Rubiaceae). An orange red Ixora. MALAY PLANT NAMES. 249 SIANTAN HUTAN. Randia longiflora Lam. (Rubiaceae). SIBILEK. Alsodeia echinocarpa Korth. (Violaceae). A shrub with mossy fruit of which the seed is used in medicine as a purgative. Compare SEBILEK. SIBONGKOK BUKIT. Sarcocephalus Junghuhni Mig. (Rubiaceae). SIBU. (Rumput) Oldenlandia corymbosa LL. (Rubiaceae). A weed with small white flowers. SIBUEH API. (Akar) Gymnema acuminatum Wall. (A sclepiadeae). SIBUEH BATU. | Limnophila villosa Benth. (Scrophularineae). A little herb. SIBUEH JANTAN. (Rumput) Hedyotis glabra Br. (Rubiaceae). A common weed. SIBUEH. (Akar) Gouanta mcrocarpa De C. (Rhanneae). A climber. SIBURU. Gomphia Sumatrana Jack. (Ochnaceae). According to Jack. SIDIN. (Akar) Lygodium dichotomum (Filices). A common climbing fern. SIAGNOS BETINA. Parastemon urophyllum KE. (Rosaceae). 272 MALAY PLANT NAMES. TIMUN DENDANG LUNJUNG. Trichosanthes celebica Cogn. (Cucurbitaceae). A wild pump- kin with white flowers and scarlet fruits. vs TIMUN GAJAH. _ Trichosanthes Wallichianum Cogn. (Cucurbitaceae). TIMUN GAJAH MERAH. Modecca singaporeana Mast. (Passiflereae). TIMUN HUTAN. Passiflora quadrangularis L. (Passifloreae). The grenadilla. TIMUN PADANG. | Passiflora foetida 1. (Passeforeae). A passion flower with small white flowers and red fruit enclosed in a viscid ca- lyx, common in waste ground but not indigenous. TIMUN PAYA. Hfodecca singaporeana Mast. (Passzfloreae). TIMUN TIKUS. Mukia sp. (Cucurbitacee). A small wild pumpkin with fruits no bigger than peas. TINGAL BALAI. Aralidium pinnatifidum Mig. (Avraliaceae). TINGAO. Leptonychia glabra Turez. (Sterculiaceae) A shrub with small green flowers. TINGAR BELUKAR. Elaeocarpus paniculatus Wall. (Tiliaceae). TIRAK. Eurya acuminata De G. (Lernstroemiaceae). A small tree. TITIMAH. Contraction for TIMAH-TIMAH. Ilex cymosa Bl. (Llieineae). TITIMAH BETINA. (Malacca) Micromelum pubescens Bl. (Rutaceae). TIUP-TIUP. pee Adinandra dumosa Jack. (Ternstroemiaceae). A small tree common in secondary jungle; flowers white. MALAY PLANT NAMES. 273 TIYUNG. Cycas Rumphii (Cycadeae) according to Favre. It is more commonly known here as PAKU LAUT. TOI. Leea sp. (Ampelideae). TOIOH. (Singapore) Goniocaryum longiracemosum King. (Olacineae). A large shrub. TOKONG BULU. Hedyotis vestita Br. (Rubiaceae). A weed with small lilac flowers. TOL. Coscinium fenestratum Colebr. (Menispermaceae). On the authority of Prof. Vaughan-Stephens. Probably a Sakai word. A large climber used in native medicine. TOMBAK-TOMBAK. TOMBAK BUKIT. Vernonia cinerea Bl. (Compositae). The name is also applied to several other composites found in waste ground. See TAMBAK. TOMBAK-TOMBAK JANTAN. Ageratum conyzoides L. (Composttae ). TONGKAT ALI. (Poko) Grewia umbellata Roxb. ( Tiltaceae). TONGKAT ALI. (Rumput) Panicum sarmentosum Roxb. (Gramineae). A large grass common in woods. TONGKAT BAGINDA. (Penang) Eurycoma longifolia Jack. (Simaruceae), See BIDARA PAHIT. TONGKAT SETAU. Clinogyne grandis Benth. (Scitamineae). TONGKING. (Bunga) Pergularia minor Andr. (Asclepiadeaec). The well-known Tongkin Creeper. TONGMOGU. Cleistanthus hirsutulus Hook. fil. (Euphorbiaceae). 274 MALAY PLANT NAMES. TRALING. Tarrietia simplicifolia Mast. (Sterculiaceae). A gigantic tree. (Maingay’s list). Traling is a very good timber much in request. TRANGNOK. Pittosporum ferrugineum Ait. (Pittosporeae). TUAK-TUAK. Also TAWAK. Sideroxylon ferrugineum Hook. ( Sapotaceue). TUBA. Derris elliptica Benth. (Leguminosae). A climber with pink flowers. The roots used a fish poison. TUBA-TUBA. (Akar) Derris maingayana Hook. fil. (Leguminosae). TUBANG. Chasalia curviflora Thw. ( Rubiaceae). TUBO. Adinandra sp. (Ternstroemiaceae). TUBO BUAH. Cryptocarya Grifithiana Wight. (Laurineae). TUBO KELOL. Pollia sorzogonensis Endl. (Commelinaceae). TUDONG RUMAN. Clerodendron disparifolium Wall. (Verbenaceae). TUGOR PONTIANAK. (Akar) Chailletia deflexifolia Turcz. (Chailletiaceae). TUI. (Buah) Txonanthes icosandra Jack. (Lineae). TUI KARAS. Aquilarta malaccensis Lam. (Thymeleaceae). See also GA- HARU. This name is applied to the young plants of Gaharu. TUKAS. (Akar) Ventilago leiocarpa Benth. (itis TUKI. (Rumput) Kyllinga monocephala Vahl. (Cyperaceae). MALAY PLANT NAMES. 275 TOKO TAKAL. (Akar) Croton candatus Geisel. (Euphorbiaceae). A bush or climber with yellowish globular fruits. TUKO TAKAL. (Poko) Baccaurea wallichii Hook. fil. (Euphorbiaceae). A tree. TUKUL. Artocarpus n. sp. (Urticaceae). An undescribed species of Artocarpus with pinnate leaves common in Singapore. TUKUS. Caryota mitis Lour. (Palmeae). A common palm. TUKUS TIKUS. Peliosanthes albida Hook. fil. (Ophiopogoneae). A herb with broad leaves and white flowers found in woods. TULANG BETINA. Petunga sp. (Rubiaceae). A small tree. TULANG BUKIT. Derris thyrsifiora Benth. (Leguminosae). A scandent shrub with white flowers. TULANG DAENG. Millettia abupurpurea Benth. (Leguminosae). A big’ tree with deep purple flowers. TULANG HUTAN. Moesa ramentacea Vahl. (Myrsineae). A scandent shrub. TULANG PADANG. (Akar) Connarus gibbosus Wall. and C. grandis Jack. (Connaraceae) Climbing shrubs, TULANG-TULANG. Garcinia nigrolineata Planch. (Guttiferae). Commonly known as KANDIS. Also Psychotria malayana Jack. (Rubiaceae). Tulang-Tulang, literally Bones, seems to refer to the wood of the plants which is white and bony. I do not however see why it is applied to the second_of these, which is a small shrub. TULO BELALANG. (Rumput) Sporobolus diander L. (Gramineae). A common roadside grass. 276 MALAY PLANT NAMES. TULO BELANGKAS. Oldenlandia corymbosa Heyne. (Rubiaceae). A common little weed. TULOH BLJO. 7 Ficus globosa Bl. (Urticaceae). A shrub with green figs. TULO BUJAK. (Akar) : A gelaea vestita Hook. fil. (Connaraceae). A scandent shrub. TULO PUTIH. Callicarpa lanata Benth. (Verbenaceae). TULO SINTADOK. (Rumput) Paspalum scrobiculatum L. (Gramineae). A very common grass. SINTADOK is a caterpillar. The name refers to the spikes, which resemble them TUMBAH UTAN. Hetaeria obliqua Bl. (Orehideae). A little ground orchid. TUMBET KAYU. Allophyllus cobbe Bl. (Sapindaceae). A common shrub. TUMBO DAUN. Bryophyllum calycinum Salisb. (Arassulaceae). TUMBO DAUN BUKIT. Leea sambucina Willd. (Ampelideae). TUMIANG. (Akar) Lettsomia peguensis C. B, Clarke. ( Convolvulaceae). TUMILANG. Aglaia odoratissima (Meliaceae). TUMMU. Didymocarpus crinitus Jack, (Ayrtandraceae). TUMMU KECHIL. ' D. reptans Jack. Jack is the authority for these two. I never heard the name. , TUMPANG. Croton Griffithit Hook. fil. (Huphorbiaceae). TUMU. ae Bruguiera gyimnorhiza Lam. One of the mangrove trees, MALAY PLANT NAMES. 277 the wood used for firing, the bark for tanning, TUMURUANG. Maba cordata Hiern. (Hbenaceae). TUMURUS. Ardisia oxyphylla Wall. (Myrsineae). TUPAI. (Poko) Polyosma mutabilis Bl. (Saxifragaceae). J.it. Squirrel tree. TUPOI. (Penang) Zingiber spectabile Griff. (Scitamineae). TORI. | Agati grandiflora Desv. (Leguminosae). An ornamental tree with large white or pink flowers. TURI. (Rumput) Clitoria cajanfolia Benth. (Leguminosae). TURUBOL. Ixora grandifolia Zoll and Mor. (Rubiaceae). TURUKOP BUMI. Cassia nodosa Ham. ( Leguminosae). TUTOK. Aibiscus macrophyllus Roxb. (Malvaceae). A tree of which the bark is used for fibre. TUTUBO. (Akar) Gnetum funiculare Bl. ( Gnetaceae). TUTUMBA MERAH. Emilia sonchifolia De C. (Compositae). The pink groundsel A common weed. TUTUMBA is perhaps a contraction for TOMBAK-TOMBAK. TUTUP BUMI. Elephantopus scaber 11. (Compositae). Lit. Cover the ground a pink flowered weed common in grass plots. TUTUP BUMI PAYA. Blainvillea_latifolia De C. (Compositae). A small white flowered weed. TUTUP BUMI RIMBAH. Allomorphia Grifithii Hook. fil. (Melastomaceae). A herb in 278 MALAY PLANT NAMES. woods with large round leaves red beneath, and white flowers. UBAH. Various species of Glochidion (Euphorbiaceae). Some of which supply a first class timber. UBAH HITAM. Gl. desmocarpum Hook. fil. UBAH KECHIL. Glochidion leiostylum Hook. fil. UBAH MERAH. Glochidion brunneum Hook. fil. Also called UBAH PAYA. UBAH PAYA. Glochidion microbotrys Hook. fil. also G. brunneum. UBAI-UBAI. Pouzolzia pentandra Berm. (Urticaceae). A common weed. UBAK. Galearia phlebocarpa Br. (Huphorbiaceae). UBAN KAYU. (Akar) Car chospermum Halicacabum L. (Sapindaceae). The Uitoon: vine. iy ‘ tS ; Ve mn A eA A is F RY £ ‘ / ~~. “< ¥ * ‘ AO MMTROG 2 mat og, he ane ew - ie ® a thse ead a . ‘ ~ “ > see pe aR ae An account of THE CULTIVATION OF RICE IN MALACCA. The following account of the method of rice cultivation in the territory of Malacca was written in 1893, by Inche Mu- hammad Jafar, Malay Writer in the Resident Councillor’s Office, at the request of Mr. E. M. Merewether, who has contri- buted it to this Journal. For the translation the sole responsibility rests with me, but I am indebted for the interpretation of certain words and phrases to the kind assistance of Mr. H. T. Haughton and the author. The Notes (except such as are enclosed in square brackets) are part of the original, but to their English renderings the same remarks apply. C. 0. BLAGDEN. Derihal Pkerja’an bersawah di Malaka. Bahwa telah di-adatkan didalam negri Malaka pada tiap-tiap tahun sakali bertanam padi, maka kerap-kerap kali jatoh musim- nya itu di antara bulan Zilkaidah dengan Zilhijah ; tetapi apabila handak memulai pekerja’an menanam padi itu jikalau buleh di-sukai uleh orang bersama’an dengan katika musim angin barat bertiup, karana terkadang-kadang katika itu kerap kali hujan turun, jadilah lembut tanah sawah itu dan senanglah di-bajak, lagi-pun samemang-nya ’adat bertanam padi itu salalu mahu ber- ayer di-dalam sawah itu, sepaya baik tumboh-nya padi itu ; tetapi jikalau terlampau dalam ayer-nya itu neschaya matilah padi itu. Maka kerap kali di-perhatikan orang akan musim barat itu bersatujuan waktu-nya itu dengan bulan yang ka’ampat deri- pada bilangan bulan China, dan terkadang-kadang berbetulan juga dengan bulan Zilkaidah atau Zilhijah. 2. Ada pun peraturan pekerja’an bersawah pada zaman orang tua-tua itu adalah saperti tersebut di-bawah ini :— a. Mahulah bermuafakat orang tua-tua dengan Pawang. b. Mahulah di-tetapkan waktu-nya c. Mahulah di-mauludkan’ ibu beneh itu serta membakar kemenyan yang di-beri uleh pawang. d. Mahulah di-lengkapkan segala 'alat? pekerja’an bersawah itu saperti tersebut di-bawah ini. (1) Kerbau yang kuat (akan penarek bajak). (2) Bajak dengan perkakas-nya (akan pembaleieas tanah dan rumput yang pendek). (3) Sikat ene perkakas-nya (akan meratakan dan 1 Afaulud—Suatu kitab cherita derihal Nabi Muhammad di-peranak- kan di bacha dengan ber-lagu-lagu nyanyi ramai-ramai di mesjid. An account of the birth of the Prophet Muhammad which is intoned by a number of people in the Mosque. 2 Alat—Materials, appliances. DERIHAL PKERJA’AN BERSAWAH DI MALAKA 287 menghaluskan kahanchuran tanah). (4) Giling? dengan perkakas-nya (akan merebahkan rum- put yang panjang jikalau ada menderung di-sawah yang lama-lama tinggal). (5) Parang (akan membaiki apa-apa perkakas yang rosak katika membajak). (6) Changkul (akan membaiki batas-batas atau tanah tinggi akan di ratakan). (7) Tajak* (akan memutuskan akar-akar rumput yang panjang). (8) Pemechut’ (akan penhalaukan kerbau yang malas). 3.—Apabila sampailah musim-nya yang patut di-mulakan pekerja’an turun ka sawah itu dan telah safakat Fawang dengan orang tua-tua-nya, maka pada suatu hari Jema’at lapas deripada sembahyang di-dalam mesjid, maka Penghulu pun berserulah kapada sakalian orang-orang yang hathir di-situ mengatakan pada hari anu, sakian hari bulan mahulah tiap-tiap orang yang ada bersawah itu membawakan satengah chupak padi (ibu beneh) kadalam mesjid, sepaya di-bachakan maulud (katika itu di-per- buatkan, makanan, ketupat®, lepat’, bagi orang-orang “yang membacha maulud itu). 3 Giling—A roller. 4 Tajak—Macham parang tetapi bengkok hujong-nya dan hulu-nya di-beri bertangkai panjang lebeh kurang satengah depa. A kind of wood cutter’s knife. but curved at the end and furnished with a handle about a yard long. 5 Pemechut—A whip. 6 Ketupat—Di-rajut (anyam—to braid) dua helai puchok kalapa dan di-perbuatkan ampat penjuru, diberi berlubang kosong, di-isikan beras separoh kadalam-nya kemdian di-rebus hingga masak penohlah ia. Two strips of cocoanut leaf are braided into a square bag, hollow inside, which is half filled with rice and then boiled so that when cooked the rice fills the bag. 7 Lepat—Tepong yang di-gaul dengan gula dan santan kalapa dan di-masokkan kadalam dahun pisang sabesar dua jari lebeh kurang, lalu di-lipat, maka di-kukus (arti-nya di-masokkan kadalam suatu tong nama- -nya kukusan) dan di-letakkan dalam kuali yang berayer, di-jadikan api di-bawah-nya, maka masaklah ia dengan wap ayer itu sahaja. __ Flour is mixed with sugar and with the expressed juice of the pulp of the cocoanut, and put into a piece of plantain leaf about two fingers long, which is then folded and the whole is steamed, that is put into a pail known 288 DERIHAL PKERJA’AN BERSAWAH DI MALAKA Satelah selesai deripada maulud itu, maka masing-masing pun turunlah ka sawah (jikalau sempat pada hari itu atau esok- nya) memulakan membajak petak semaian (suatu petak yang hampir rumah-nya atau yang sudah di-biasakan tahun-tahun menyemaikan beneh di-situ). Tetapi jikalau terlalu banyak petak-petak itu, maka di-dahulukanlah membajak saparoh petak itu; maka di akhir-akhir bulan Zilhijah mahulah di-perbaiki akan petak semaian itu dengan semporna-nya didalam sapuloh hari lebeh kurang siaplah. Derihal Menyemai atu Menabur. 4.—Adapun perbuatan menyemai itu, mula-mula di-jemurkan padi-padi beneh itu dan ibu beneh pun, tetapi di-asingkan sepaya kering, kemdian direndamkan pada suatu bekas (tong atau pasu) lama-nya dua hari dua malam baharu di-angkat dan di-tiriskan® serta di-hamparkan rata-rata di-atas tikar sama-sama tebal-nya, maka di-tutup-nya dengan dahun-dahun yang hidup (yang ter- lebeh baik dengan dahun pinang), maka pada tiap-tiap petang di-renjiskan ayer rata-rata di-atas beneh itu, sepaya segera kaluar (pechah) mata-nya, barangkali didalam dua malam lebeh kurang. 5.—Didalam masa merendamkan beneh-beneh itu mahula di-sediakan baik-baik akan petak semaian itu, ia itu (1) di-bajak balik, (2) di-sikat, (3) di-ratakan, (4) di-balur’, (5) di-dudokkan”? tanah itu, (6) di-baiki batas-nya, (7) di-lechok” lichin-lichin. as kukusan which is placed in a large pan containing water, having a fire lighted under it so that contents of the kukusan are cooked by means of steam only. = 8 Tiriskan—To strain. 9 Balur—Falur (?2)—Di-perbuatkan parit di-dalam petak itu jarak sadepa di-tinggikan tanah-nya sapanjang petak itu, sepaya turun ayer ka parit-nya itu. DERIHAL PKERJA’AN BERSAWAH DI MALAKA 289 Maka apabila bertumbohlah mata beneh itu lalu di-bawalah kapada tempat petak semaian itu dan di-bakarkan kemanyan vang di-beri Pawang itu, serta di-renjis petak itu dengan tepong ta- war’, maka baharulah di-taburkan dahulu akan kapala beneh itu pada suatu penjuru petak semaian yang telah di-sediakan sabesar sadepa ampat persegi, kemdian baharulah di-taburkan beneh yang banyak itu pada sarata petak semaian itu (baik menabur katika petak berayer, sepaya samua-nya mata beneh itu terka’atas dan akar-nya kelak tiada panjang dan senanglah menchabut-nya) tetapi mahulah katika menyemai itu didalam masa bulan gelap, sepaya terplihera tanaman itu deripada di-ma- kan hulat-hulat. Shahadan lepas tiga hari beneh itu tersemai naiklah menjarum'* tumboh-nya; maka katika itu di-keringkan sakali ayer deripada petak petak itu; dan lepas tujoh hari mengekor pipit’* ; dan sampai sapuloh lima-blas hari memechah dahun ; maka katika ini di-masokkan kembali ayer itu sedikit- sedikit kadalam petak semaian itu sepaya gemok batang-nya beneh itu. Drains are made in the plot at intervals of a fathom, and the earth between them is raised throughout the length of the plot, so that the water may run into the drains. 10 Da-dudokkan tanah itu—Apabila selesai deripada di-bajak dan di- sikat yang berseh sakali, maka di-diamkanlah tanah itu terdudok barang dua tiga malam, sepaya sejuk, dan baiklah kelak jadi-nya beneh itu. When one has finished ploughing and made a thoroughly clean harrow- ing, the soil is allowed to remain undisturbed for two or three nights, so that it may be cool and the seed n.ay thrive. 11 Di-lechok—Di-sapu atau di-gosok-gosok dengan tangan, sepaya lichin. To sweep or rub with the hands in order to make it smooth. 12 Tepong tawar-—(1) Tepong chayer, (2) dahun ribu-ribu (melata), (3) gandarusa (pokok kechil), (4) senjuang, (5) sambar dara (rumput), (6) si- puleh (pokok kechil), (7) Sitawar (pokok kechil), dan (8) chakar bebek (pokok kechil), di-ikat serba sedikit dahun-dahun itu, maka di-chelupkan hujang-nya kadalam tepong chayer itu. Tepong tawar consists of (1) flour mixed with water. A bundle is made of the following leaves: (2) A creeper known as dahun ribu-ribu ; (3) gandarusa, a small shrub; (4) senjuang; (5) sambar dara, a weed; (6) stpuleh, a small shrub ; (7) s¢tawar,a small shrub and (8) chakar bebek, a small shrub. The end of this bundle is dipped into the tepong tawar, which is then sprinkled about. 290 DERIHAL PKERJA’AN BERSAWAH DI MALAKA Maka lama-nya beneh itu tersemai sa-kurang-kurang ampat yuloh- ampat'® hari chukuplah tinggi tumboh-nya itu, tetapi yang sabaik baik fimor-nya didalam petak!7 semaian itu hing ga tujoh puloh havi lebeh kurane, 6.—Maka samantara beneh itu tersemai berpindahlah mem- bajak kapada petak-petak yang lain, lepas suatu kapada suatu saberara banyak petak-petak itu hingealah habis ; inilah di nama- kan bajak bungaran’’ maka di-perbaikilah akan batas-batas itu di-pupok!® samula dengan tanah, sepaya jangan terkaluar ayer yang didalam sawah itu “dan jangan kakeringan. Satelah di-per- baiki batas-batas itu baharulah disikat di-mulai deripada petak yang mula-mula dibajak (lain deripada petak semaian) itu, karana disitu tanahnya sudah lembut dan rumput-nya sudah busok, beberapa hari sudah terendam, ia’itu saperti suatu baja juga, demikianlah di-perbuat satu-persatu-nya. Kemdian di-bajak lagi (bajak balas) sakali, dan di-sikat pun, karana sikat yang mula- mula itu memechahkan tanah sahaja, dan yang kadua kalinya itulah menghaluskan hanchur tanah itu dan mematikan rumput tetapi kabanyakkan apabila sudah di-sikat dengan pengikat besi itu di-balas lagi dengan pengikat kayu, sepaya lagi-lagi halus, dan suborlah kelak padi-nya itu lebeh baik deripada lain-lain sawah orang yang kurang rajin; karana pekerja’an bersawah itu di-kata orang “tunang harapan” (artinya akan pengisi prut). Maka pada tiap- tiap hari bekerja didalam petak-petak itu sama saperti aturan pekerja’an pada petak semaian yang tersebut di- dalam fasal yang kalima itu. 13 Menjarum—Tumboh-nya itu saperti sabatang jarum. The term denotes the stage when a single needle-like shoot appears. 14 Mengekor pipit—Berdahun dua helai. The stage when the shoot divides into two blades. 15 Memechah dahun—Berdahun ampat lima helai. When four or five blades have appeared. 16 Kurang kuat akar-nya, barangkali musim hujan lebat atau angin kendang lekas ia rebah. The roots are not very strong and in the case of heavy rain or strong wind the seedlings are liable to be beaten down. 17 Kuat akar-nya. At this stage the roots are strong. 18 Bungaran—Yang mula, permula’an. The beginning ; the first. DERIHAL PKERJA’AN BERSAWAH DI MALAKA. 291 Derihal Mengubah. 7.—Apabila chukuplah masa-nya beneh itu tersemai dan sawah pun sudah siap berseh akan mengubah?° (lebeh kurang di-dalam Safar, iaitu August), maka di-chabutlah beneh itu dan di-ikat-ikat dengan tali yang di-perbuat deripada dahun palas yang di-keringkan, sachekak?! besarnya (di-kata sa’unting) kem- dian jikalau panjang akar-nya dan dahun-nya bulehlah di-kerat sedikit-sedikit lalu di-chelupkan akar-nya itu kadalam baja (habu tulang kerbau yang sudah di-bakar dengan sekam, hangus- hangus, dan di-tumbok halus-halus dan di-ayak dan di-gaul pula dengan lumpor, ini-lah baja yang terlebeh baik bagi menanam padi, di-namakan ‘‘baja pangkal”; dan ada juga di-pakai baja itu di-taburkan salaja, saperti tatakala handak di-ubah itu di- keratlah hujong dahun veneh itu lalu di-tanamkan, kemdian apa kala di-lihat puleh ?? nampak-nya puchok-nya itu baharulah di- taburkan baja itu pada sa-rata-rata sawah itu, tetapi ada juga tempat-tempat yang tiada sakali-kali memakai baja itu, karana tempat itu memang gemok). Kemidian di-anginkan akan dia kira-kira dua malam; satelah itu di-bawalah kadalam sawah dan ditanamkan pada tiap-tiap sa’unting itu di-pechah-pechahkan sedikit-sedikit ampat lima batang sakali di-chuchokkan, lebeh kurang jarak-jarak sajengkal, sapanjang-panjang petak itu sa- hingga habis; barangkali banyak petak yang akan di-ubah itu buleh-lah di-panggilkan sapuloh lima-belas kuli-kuli perampuan menulong tanamkan (di-kata orang ‘“ berkuli mengubah”) dan demikian juga tatkala men-chabut beneh pun, maka upah-nya itu tiap-tiap saratus unting ampat cent. Derihal padi yang sudah di-ubah. 8.—Satelah siap terubah sakalian beneh itu, didalam sapuloh hari lagi nampaklah puleh padi itu; dan dalam tiga puloh bari 19 Pupok—li-tambah atau di-tampal dengan lumpor. To build up and repair an embankment with mud. 20 Mengubah—Tukar tempat ; pindahkan bertanam. To transplant. 21 Chekak—Di-pertemukan hujong telunjok dengan hujong ibu jari isi yang di-dalam-nya itu-lah sachekak. The space enclosed by the thumb and the index finger, when their ends meet, is called Chekak:. 292 DERIHAL PKERJA’AN BERSAWAH DI MALAKA. kaluarlah anak-nya; dan masok dua bulan merepaklah?’; dan masok katiga bulan rata-lah?+; maka di dalam tiga bulan satengah Umor-nya itu termenunglah 2°; dan masok ka’ampat bulan-nya bunting kechil?® maka katika ini batang-nya itu baharu lima ruas, dan deripada masa padi bunting kechil itu mahulah di- rabun?’ sa-hari-hari padi itu hingga terbit buat-nya. Maka sa-kira-kira hampir menjadi anam ruas batang-nya itu jadi-lah bunting besar; maka di-dalam ampat puloh hari lagi terbit-lah buah-nya tinjau-meninjau?*, dan dalam dua puloh hari lagi menghampar?°; maka pada katika ini mahulah di-kering- kan sakali ayer di-dalam sawah itu, sepaya segera masak- nya; dan didalam lima anam hari menghampar itu mendaporlah ; kemdian sedikit hari sahaja lagi ratalah masak-nya padi itu ; maka telah di-kira-kirakan lama-nya semenjak hari di-ubah itu hingga rata masak-nya itu adalah anam bula», lain deri-pada beberapa bari membajak dan menyemai itu, barangkali sabulan atu dua bulan, atan pun jikalau banyak-banyak petak-nya itu sampai tiga bulan baharulah selesai deripada membajak itu. 22. Puleh—Gemok, subor, segar. Great, not faded. 23. Merepak—Anak ber-anak lagi. To increase and multiply. 24, Rata—Samalah tinggi-nya samua-nya. The same height all over. 25. Lermenung—Terdiamlah sahaja ; tiada lagi bertambah tinggi dan merepak. To remain just as it is, without growing taller or increasing. 26. Bunting Kechil—Nampak-nya gemok rnas yang di atas sakali. Lit. ‘‘ The lesser pregnancy : ” the topmost joint beomesthick. [ Simi- liarly bunting besar literally means the greater ‘‘ pregnancy.” | 27 Rabun—Di-asap-asap. To fumigate. 28 Tinjau meninjau—Tengok menengok—terbit buah-nya sa-batang sa- batang. The grain appearing on a stalk here and there. ~ 29 Menghampar—Rata terbit buah-nya (di-kata orang tengah meng- hampar). The grain appearing all over the field. 30 Afendapur—Masak sa-tompok sa-tompok. Ripening in patches. DERIHAL PKERJA’AN BERSAWAH DI MALAKA 293 Derihal menuai dan mengambil semangat padi. 9.—Apabila handak memulai menuai buah padi itu mabhulah dengan ; ithin pawang dan membakar kemenyan yang di-beri-nya itu disawah serta di-sediakan perkakas-nya saperti yang tersebut di-bawah ini :— (1). Bakul kechil akan tempat padi yang mula-mula di- tuai, ia itu semangat®! padi. (2). Jari lipan® akan di-letakkan di-keliling bakul kechil. (3). Tali terap akan pengikat padi yang mula-mula di-tuai. (4). Sabatang pendek buloh kasap kechil akan dibuboh bandera di-chachakkan dalam bakul kechil itu akan jadi tanda semangat padi yang mula-mula di-tuai. (5). Kain puteh sedikit akan pembungkus semangat padi. (6). Anchak*®* akan tempat meletakkan tempat bara. (7). Tempat bara akan membakar kemenyan yang di-beri pawang. ; (8). Paku, buah keras** akan diletak-kan didalam anchak sama-sama tempat bara. Tatkala buah padi itu sudah masak rata, handaklah di-ambil semangat-nya dahulu, di-pileh pada sarata, petak sawah sendiri itu dimana yang terlebeh baik padi-nya itu, dan dimana yang betina-nya (rumpun-nya yang besar) dan dimana yang tujoh ruas batang-nya; maka pada rumpun yang demikian itulah mula-mula di-tuai tujoh tangkai akan menjadi semangat padi, maka di-tuai lagi satu gemal®’ akan menjadi ibu beneh pada tahun hadapan kelak. 31 Semangat—The soul, good spirit. 32 Jari lipan—Puchok kalapa yang di-anyam saperti gambar lipan ber-jari. A coconut frond braided into the semblance of a centipede’s feet. 33 Anchak—Bilah-bilah buloh atau pelepah-pelepah yang di-rajut (any - am) ampat persegi terhampar dan di-beri bertali pada ka’ampat penjuru-nya dan sakalian puncha tali itu di-satukan di-tengah sepaya bulih di-gantong atau di-jenjet. Strips of bamboo or fronds braided into an open square shape with cords attached to the four corners, the ends of the cords being joined so that itcan be hung up. 34 Pauku—A nail. Buah Kerus, a candle nut. 39 Gemal—Di-dirikan jari hantu dan ibu jaripun, tetapi tiada bertemu 294 DERIHAL PKERJA’AN BERSAWAH DI] MALAKA Maka semangat padi itu dibungkus dengan kain puteh dan di-ikat dengan tali terap, di-perbuatkan saperti rupa budak kechil didalam bedong$* maka di-masokkan kadalam bakul kechil itu; maka ibu beneh itu pula di-masokkan kadalam bakul lain, lalu di-asapkan kadua-nya dengan kemenyan, kemdian di-susunkanlah kadua bakul itu di-bawahlah pulang sampai karumah di-masok- kanlah kadalam kepuk (tempat menyimpan padi). 10 Di belakan tiga hari (di-kata .orang “‘ pantang tuai”) baharulah buleh di-tuai atau di-potong akan padi yang lain-nya itu, tetapi di-tuai dahulu sakedar sabakul dua sahaja, maka di- jemur, di-kisar?’ dan di-kipas*$, lalu di-tumbok di-jadikan beras, maka di-masakkan nasi, lalu di-panggilkan orang di-khandurikan 11 Satelah itu di-perbuatkanlah tong akan tempat memban ting®* padi dan suatu balubur*? akan tempat menyimpan padi sementara di-sawah itu juga; kemdian di-panggilkan lima anam orang kuliakan menyabit dan membanting padi itu; adapun waktu- nya berkerja itu deri pukul anam pagi hingga sevelas satengah, saberapa dapat padi yang di-banting-nya itu di-masokkan kadalam balubur itu. 36 Bedung—Swaddle, to swathe. sajarak ampat jari lebeh kurang. maka saterek-terek isi pegangan di-dalam nya itulah sagemal. The middle finger and thumb are stretched out not so as to meet but with the tips about four fingers’ breadth apart and the amount that can be held between them, packed as tightly as possible, is called a gemal. 37 Atsar—To veer, to turn round. 38 Kipas—A fan to winnow. [Ktsar is to winnow. Kisaran is an arrangement of two baskets, of which the lower is fixed while the upper one spins round and winnows the grain so that the chaff flies out. Azpas is a -winnowing machine with an open mouth, out of which the chaff is driven by a fan turned by a handle. — C.O.B.] 39 Membanting—Di-ambil sabitan padi itu sachekak besar (di-pertemu- kan kadua hujong jari hantu dan kadua ibu jari pun) di-pukulkan ka tepi tong itu sepaya gugor buah padi itu masok kadalam tong, itulah memban- fing padi. You take of the rice that has been cut with the sickle (sabit) a large chekuk (as much as can be held between the ends of the thumbs and middle fingers of both hands) and beat it against the (inner) edge of the bucket so that the grain falls into the bucket: this process is called membanting padi [here rendered by ‘threshing’ ]. DERIHAL PKERJA’AN BERSAWAH DI MALAKA. 295 12 Jikalau baik jadi-nya padiitu, didalam sagantang buleh- lah di-dapat buah-nya itu saratus gantane; dan pada tiap-tiap sapetak sawah itu adalah sagantang beneh- nya itu. 13.—Satelah habis di- -potong padi itu baharulah di-angin#! akan membuangkan hampa-nya, lalu di-jemurkan kering-kering, sepaya jangan berlapuk tatkala di-simpan bertahun; kemdian deripada itu di-kaluarkanlah upah kuli itu tiap-tiap sapuloh gantang dua gantang. Apabila selesai deripada itu jikalan tiada di-jualkan padi itu, di-angkatlah pulang di-masakkan kada- lam kepuk. Maka barangbila handak di-makan di-ambillah saba- kul-sabakul di-jemurkan, di-kisar dan di-kipas, lalu di-tumbok menjadilah beras, baharulah di-buboh sakedar-nya kadalam priok, di-basohlah, dan di-buboh ayer sakira-kira tinggelam beras itu lalu di-jerangkan ka’atas dapur sahingga masak menjadi nasi bulehlah di-makan. 14.—Adapun pekerja’an menyabit (di-potong dengan sabit) dan membanting padi saperti yang tersebut pada fasal Tl jadilah saperti adat baharu, maka yang terlebeh gemar berbuat demikian itusakarang iniorang-orang yang tinggal di hampir bandar Malaka, sepaya segera habis pekerja’an-nya; tetapi dahulu-dahulu tiada buleh demikian, hingga sakarang pun orang-orang yang tinggal di sebelah darat-darat Malaka itu suka mengetam padi-nya dengan di-tuai sagemal-sagemal di-masokkan ka-dalam bakul (jikalau di-kulikan, upah-nya itu sapuloh satu) beberapa hari baharulah habis, maka pekerja'an yang demikian itu kunun berkat*?, tiada terperanjat semangat padi; dan ada juga satengah-nya orang yang perchaya saperti yang tersebut itu, berkata, ‘ semenjak sudah jadi adat membanting padi itu banyaklah susut buah padi itu deripada tahun yang duhulu-dahulu katika biasa dengan di-tuai itu.” r siapa yang bersawah lebar, jika tiada terdaya- kan uleh sendiri-nya bekerja menanam padi itu, maka kerap kali di-berikan-nya kapada orang lain mengerjakan sawah-nya itu dengan perjanjian berbahagi dua (sama-sama_ kena belanja 41 Di-angin—To ventilate. [This is the literal sense of the word: it seems to be used here for kzraz, to winnow with a winnowing fan.—C. O. B 42 Berkat—Blessed, to bless. 296 DERIHAL PKERJA’-AN BERSAWAH DI MALAKA. menyewa kerbau dan sama-sama kena di-atas sabarang belanja didalam hal bertanam padi itu) atau berbahagi tiga (umpama-nya, tuan-nya mengaluarkan sabarang apa belanja-nya dan orang yang bekerja itu buleh mendapat sapertiga; atau orang yang bekerja itu, buleh mengaluarkan sabarang belanja itu, maka tuan-nya buleh mendapat sapertiga sahaja) atau pun di-sewakan-nya sahaja, sa umpama sawah-nya itu lazim buleh naik sakoyan padi- nya tahun-tahun, maka sewa-nya itu bulehlah di-dapat-nya lebeh kurang dua-ratus gantang padi. 16 Sabarang orang yang bersawa yang tiada memperbuat saperti aturan yang tersebut didalam fasal 9 dan 10 itu, maka jadilah saperti tiada ia memakai sakalian pantang*® berladang padi karana jikalar tiada di-bawahkan sagala tertib-nya* itu tentulah kachewa* kasudahan-nya dan sia-sia sahaja pekerja’an-nya dengan tiada semporna akan hajat-nya itu, karana sakalian aturan dan pantang itu guna-nya, sepaya menjauhkan dan melindungkan deri- pada sakalian musoh padi itu, saperti benah*®, tikus, dan babi, atau sabagai-nya. 43 Pantang—A prohibition. 44 Tertib —Disposition [i. e. arrangement, order: the same as aturan]. C. O. B. 45 Kachewa—To miss, te fail. 46 Benah—A worm or grub, maggot or small grasshopper. An Account of The Cultivation of Rice in Malacca. It is the established custom in Malacca territory to plant rice once a year and the season for doing so generally falls about the month of Zilkaidah or Zilhijah*. In starting planting operations, however, the object is if possible to coincide witb the season when the West wind blows, because at that time there are frequent rains and accordingly the earth of the rice-field becomes soft and easy to plough. Moreover in planting rice it is an invariable rule that there must be water in the field, in order that the rice may sprout properly ; though on the other hand if there is too great a depth of water the rice is gure to die. It has also been observed that asa rule the season of the West wind coincides with the fourth montht of the Chinese calendar, and sometimes also with the month of Zilkaidah or Zilhijah. 2.—In olden time the order of planting operations was as follows :—First the elders had to hold a consultation with the Pawang ; then the date was fixed ; then Maulud prayers were read over the ‘‘mother seed” and benzoin, supplied by the pawang ; was burned ; then all the requisites for rice planting were got ready, viz:— (1) A strong buffalo (to pull the plough) ; (2) A plough with its appurtenances (to turn over the earth and the short weeds) ; (3) A harrow with its appurtenances (to level and break up small the clods of earth left by the plough) ; [*In 1893 these months extended from the 17th May to the 14th July. iN [+n 1893 from the 16th May to the 18th June.—C. O. B.] 298 CULTIVATION OF RICE IN MALACCA. (4) A roller with its appurtenances (to knock down the long weeds, such as sedges, in fields that have lain fallow for a long while) ; (5) A wood cutter’s knife to mend any of the implements that may get out of order at the time of ploughing ; (6) A hoe to repair the embankments and level the higher ground. (7) A scythe to cut the long weeds ; (8) And a whip to urge the buffalo on if he is lazy. 3.—When the proper season has arrived for beginning the work of planting and the elders have come to an agreement with the Pawang, then on some Friday after the service in the Mosque the Penghulu addresses all the people there present, saying that on such aday of the month, every one who is to take part in rice-cultivation must bring to the Mosque half a quart of grain (for “‘mother se.d”) in order that that A/aulud prayers may be read over it. (At that time HXetupats and Lepats are prepared for the men who are io read those prayers). When the J/aulud prayers ave over, every nan goes down to the rice-field, if possible on the same day or the next one, in order to begin ploughing the nursery plot, that is the plot which is neat his house or in which he has been in the habit of sowing the seed every year. But if a man has a great number of plots, he will begin by ploughing half of them and then at the end of the month of Zil- hijah he must diligently prepare the nursery plot, so as to be ready in about ten days’ time. Of Sowing. 4.—Before sowing one must first of all lay out the grain, both the seed-grain and the ‘‘ mother-seed,” each separately, to dry. It must then be soaked in a vessel (a bucket or pot) for two days and two nights, after which it is taken out, strained and spread quite evenly on a mat with fresh leaves (areca-nut fronds are best) and every afternoon one must sprinkle water on it, in order that the germ may quickly break through, which will happen probably in two days’ time or thereabouts. 5,—While the seed is soaking, the nursery plot must be CULTIVATION OF RICE IN MALACCA. 299 carefully prepared: that is to say, it must be ploughed ove; again, harrowed, levelled, ditched, and the soil allowed to settler the embankments must be mended and the surface made smooth. When the germs have sprouted the seed is taken to the nursery plot. Benzoin supplied by the Rawang is burnt and the plot sprinkled with tepong tawar. Then a beginning is made by sowing the “chief of the seed” [7.q.‘‘ mother-seed” | in one corner of the nursery, prepared for the purpose and about two yards square; afterwards the rest of the seed is sown all over the plot. It is well to sow when the plot contains plenty of water, so that all the germs of the seed may be uppermost and the roots may not grow lone but may be pulled up easily. The time for sow- ing must be during the dark half of the month, so that the seedlings may be preserved from being eaten by insects. Three days after the seed is sown the young shoots begin to rise like needles and at that time all the water should be drawn off the plot; after seven days they are likened to a sparrow’s tail, and about the tenth or fifteenth day they break out into blades. At that period the water is again let into the plot, little by little, in order that the stalks of the seedlings may grow thick. The seedlings have to remain in the nursery for at least forty or forty-four days from the time of sowing, before they are sufficiently grown: it is best to let them remain till they are about seventy days old. 6.—While the seedlings are in the nursery, the other plots are bei ploughed, one after another: and this is called the first ploughing. Then the embankments are mended and reformed with earth, so that the water in the field may not escape and leave it dry. After the embankments have been mended the harrowing begins : a start is made with the plot that was first ploughed (other than the nursery plot) for there the earth will have become soft and the weeds being rotten after many days of soaking in the water will form a sort of manure. Each plot is so dealt with in its turn. Then all have to be ploughed once more which is called the second ploughing) and harrowed again; for the first harrowing merely breaks up the clods of earth anda second is required to reduce them to a fine state and to kill the weeds. Most people, having first used an iron harrow, use a 300 CULTIVATION OF RICE IN MALACCA. wooden one for the second harrowing in order that the earth may be broken up quite fine. Their rice is sure to thrive Letter than that of people who are less careful : for in rice-pianting, as the saying goes there is “ the plighted hope of good that is to come,” in the way of bodily sustenance | mean. So day by day the different plots are treated in the way that has been des- cribed in connection with the nursery plot in paragraph 5 above. Of Planting. 7.—When the seedling rice has been in the nursery long enough and the fields are clean and ready for planting (which will be about the month of Safar or Angust) the seedings are pulled up and tied together with strips of dried pa/as leaves into bundles of the size known as sachekak. If the roots and blades are long, the ends can be clipped a little, and the roots are then steeped in manure. This manure is made of buffalo bones burnt with chaff till they are thoroughly calcined, and then pounded fine, passed through a sieve and mixed with mud: that is the best kind of manure for rice—plantim and is known as stock ‘‘manure.” (It can also be applied by merely scattering it in the fields. In that case, after cutting off the ends of the blades, the seedlings are planted and afterwards, when they are green again and appear to be thriving, the manure is scattered over the whole field. There are some places too where no manure at all is used, because of the perennial richness of the soil.) Afterwards the seedlings are allowed to remain exposed to the air for about two nights and then taken to the field to be planted. The bundles are broken up and bunches of four or five plants together are planted at intervals of a span all over the different plots till all are filled up. If there are very many plots, ten or fifteen female labourers can be engaged to assist in planting, and likewise in pulling up the seedlings, at a wage of four cents for every hundred bundles. Of the Rice after it has been Transplanted. 8.—Ten days after the young rice has been transplanted it recovers its fresh green colour ; in thirty days the young shoots come out ; in the second month it increases more and more, and CULTIVATION OF RICE IN MALACCA 301 in the third it becomes even all over. After three months and a half its growth is stayed and in the fourth month it is styled bunting kechil. At that stage the stalk has only five joints, and from that period it must be fumigated daily till the grain appears. About the time when the stalk has six joints, it is called bunting besar ; in forty days more the grain is visible here and there, and twenty days later it spreads averywhere. At this time all the water in the field must be drawn off so that the grain may ripen quickly. After five or six days it ripens in patches and a few days later the rice is altogether ripe. From the time of transplanting to the time when it is ripe is reckoned six months, not counting the days spentin plough- ing and in growing it in the nursery, which may be a month or two, or even (if there are many plots) as much as three months to the end of the ploughing. Of Reaping and Taking the Soul of the Rice. 9.—When one wishes to begin reaping the grain one must first have the Pawang’s permission, and burn benzoin supplied by him in the field. The following implements must also be got ready, viz. (1) Asmall basket to hold the rice cut first known as the “Soul of the Rice.” (2) A jari lipan to put round the small basket : (3) A string of terap bark to tie up the rice that is cut first. (4) A small stem of bamboo, of the variety known as buloh kasap, with a flag attached, which isto be planted in the small basket as a sign of the “soul of the rice” that has been cut first ; (5) A small white cloth to wrap up the “ soul of the rice”; (6) An anchak to hold the brasier ; (7) A brasier, in which to burn the incense provided by the Pawang ; (8) A nail and a kind of nut, known as buah keras, to be put into the unchak together with the brasier. When the rice is ripe all over, one must first take the “Soul” out of all the plots of one’s field. You choose the spot SoZ CULTIVATION OF RICE IN MALACCA where the rice is best and where it is ‘“‘ female” (that is to say where the bunch of stalks is big) and where there are seven joints in the stalk. You begin with a bunch of this kind and clip seven stems to be the ‘soul of the rice”; and then you clip yet another handful to be the ‘mother seed” for the following year. The “Soul” is wrapped in a white cloth tied with a cord of terap bark and made into the shape of a little child in swad- dling clothes, and put into the small basket. The ‘“ mother seed” is put into another basket and both are fumigated with benzoin and then the two baskets are piled the one on the other and taken home and put into the ‘epuk (the receptacle in which rice is stored). 10.—One must wait three days (called the pantang tuai) before one may clip or cut any more of the rice. At first only one or two basketfuls of rice are cut: the rice is dried in the sun, winnowed in a winnowing basket and cleaned in a fanning ma- chine, pounded to free it from the husk so that it becomes béras and then boiled so that it becomes nas, and people are invited to feast on it. 11.—Then a bucket is made for the purpose of threshing the rest of the rice, and a granary built to keep it in while it re- mains in the field, and five or six labourers are engaged to reap and thresh it. Their hours of working are from 6 to 11.30a.m. and all the rice they thresh they put into the granary. 12.—If the crop is a good one, a gallon of seed will pro- duce a hundred fold. Eacn plot ina field takes about a gallon of seed. 13.—When the rice has all been ent, it is winnowed in or- der to get rid of the chaff and then laid out in the sun till quite dry so that it may not get mouldy if kept for a year. Then the wages of the labourers are taken out of it at the rate of two gallons out of every ten. When that is settled, if the rice is not to be sold, itis taken home and put into the rice- chest. Whenever you want to eat of it, you take out a basketful at a time and dry it in the sun. Then you turn it in the winnowing basket and clean it in the fanning machine, pound it to convert it into beras (husked rice) and put a sufficiency of it in a pot and wash it. Enough water is then poured over it to cover it and it CULTIVATION OF RICE IN MALACCA. 303 is put on the kitchen fire till it is boiled and becomes nasi, when it can be eaten. 14.—The custom of reaping with a sickle and threshing the rice as described in paragraph 11 is a modern method and is at present mainly practised by the people living in the neighbour- hood of the town of Malacca, in order to get the work done quickly ; but in olden times it was not allowed and even to this day, the people who live in the inland parts of the territory of Malacca prefer to clip their rice with a twaz, anl put it into their baskets a handful at a time [7. ¢. without threshing it]. (If labourers are employed to do this, their wage is one tenth of the rice cut). It takes ever so many days to get the work done, but the idea is that this method is the pious one, the ‘soul of the rice” not being disturbed thereby. A good part of the people hold this belief and assert that since the custom of threshing the rice has been introduced, the crops have been much Jess abundant than in years of olden time when it was the custom to use the twaz only. 15.—If a man has broad fields so that he is unable to plant thei all by his own labour, he will often allow another to work them on an agreement, either of equal division of the produce — (each bearing an equal share of the hire of a buffalo and all other expenses incidental to rice-planting) or of three-fold divi- sion (that is, for example, the owner bears all expenses, in which case the man who does the work can yet a third of the produce; or the latter bears all expenses, in which case the owner only gets a third of the produce). Or again, the land can be let: for instance a field which ordinarily produces a Koyan* of rice a year will fetch a rent of about two hundred gallons, more or less. : 16.—Every cultivator who does not act in accordance with the ordinance laid down in paragraphs 9 and 10 above will be in the same case as if he disregarded all the prohibitions laid down in connection with planting. If a man does not carry out this procedure he is sure to fail in the end; his labour will be in vain and will not fulfil his desires, for the virtue of all 304 CULTIVATION OF RICE IN MALACCA. these ordinances and prohibitions lies in the fact that they pro- tect the rice and drive away all its enemies, such as grubs, rats, swine and the like. [*A Koyan, as a measure of weight, contains 40 pekuls = 53333 Ibs. Rather over 20 gallons (gantang) of tice (padi) go to a pikul. _ The term Koyan is also used as a measure of capacity, in which sense it contain 800 gantangs. The term gantang has been rendered here by ‘‘gallon” of which it is at present the legal equivalent, but the native guntung had a standard varying according ta locality. COB NOTES AND QUERIES. Protective Charm If a child has to be taken out late in the afternoon so that it will probably be out at nightfall it is usual among Malays in Malacca to put on the top of its head and just under and behind the two ear-lobes a little red betel-juice, to ward off evil spirits. With this custom cf. Crooke, ‘‘ An Introduction to the Pop- ular Religion and Folklore of Northern India,” p. 201. ‘Colours are scarers of evil spirits. They particularly dread ‘* yellow, black, red and white. . . The parting of the bride’s hair ‘‘ig stained with vermilion, though here, perhaps, the practice is “based on the symbolical belief in the blood covenant,” and ibid p. 197, where betel is mentioned as a scarer of evil spirits. It would be interesting to learn whether this charm is used in other parts of the Peninsula ? Earthquakes. According to some Malays the earth rests between the hours of a gigantic bull; when he shakes himself, either through lassitude or for some other reason, the result is an earthquake. Cf. Crooke, op cit. p. 19. ‘“ The common explanation of these ‘occurrences in India is that Vishnu in his-Varaha or boar in- “carnation is changing the burden of the world from one tusk ‘“to another. By another account this is done by the great bull ‘or elephant which supports the world.” The South. Crooke, op cit. p. 219, states ** The South is the realm of death, ‘and no one will sleep or have their house door opening toward “t hat ill-omened quarter of the sky.” Compare with this the following extract from a Malay treatise on these matters : Bermula jika pintu rumah mengadap ka-mashrik _ baik, S06 NOTES AND QUERIES. alamat beruleh anak chuchu banyak lagi sentosa: jika mengadap ka-utara baik alamat beruleh mas perak lagi semperna: jika mengadap ka-maghrib bertambah-tambah alamat baik atau orang alim datang kapada-nya lagisalamat; jika mengadap ka-selatan malang pada barang kerja-nya ; tiada semperna maksud-nya. Names of Months. In the inland villages of Malacca the names of the Muham- madan months are as follows :— 1. Bulan Muharram Dy eeis ater 3. 4, sulong Maulud 4 , Padta (or Sengah) Maulud 5. ,, Pértiga (or Alang) Maulud 6. ,, Bongsu Maulud de 0 58 sAruan 8.3 i Kihendur 92) ~ ee “uaa 10500 oj aRaye 11. 4499 sBerapit 12 Haji DApets but for the 7th month Réjah is the more general name and Sha’aban is perhaps more commonly used for the 8th. Are the above terms usual in other districts ? Benzoin. Mr. Groeneveldt in the Appendix to his ‘ Notes on the Malay Archipelago and Malacca,” (Hssays relating to Indo-China, series I]. vol I. p. 261) remarks under this head: BENZOIN, gold and silver incense. It is described as follows- in the “ Tung Hsi Yang K’au” Book 3 p. 23: “ Inside this in- ‘“cense are white spots as clods of white wax; the best sort has ‘‘much of this white, and the inferior sorts but little. When ‘burnt it is very fragrant.” We think this description cannot but apply to the gum benzom. NOTES AND QUERIES. 3SO7 Mr. Groeneveldt does not point out that the name given to itin the Chinese text affords a strong corroboration to this identification. It may be questioned indeed whether the Chinese nomenclator meant the words here rendered go/d and silver to be read phonetically, or whether he himself assumed this ingenious transcription to be a true etymological rendering of the Malay name, which is Kemeniyan. Hither way, the Chinese name* is phonetically near enough to the Malay name to make it certain that benzoin is meant. * Cant.—Kem ngen. Hak.—Kim ngyin. Hok.—Kim gun. Hail.—Kium ngien. Batara Guru. In a Mayang Invocation published in the Selangor Journal of the 7th Sept., 1894, the following interesting passage occurs: Ny Beas yo \5 lun S Gs 333 iS GS 5 Me Xt Sole am E> ee) Grole glo wolé ‘H. C.” translates this : ‘“‘ Peace be unto thee! 1am about to remove from thee, ~ my Grandsire, who art styled Pétéra Giru, the original teacher, who art from the beginning, and who art incarnate from thy birth.” I am inclined to read the adverbial Arabic Jia with the following word 3 \s rather than with the preceding word » as This, however, does not alter the general sense of the passage beyond bringing out more clearly the fact that ‘‘Guru” is used as a proper name. In the Selangor Journal of the 22nd February, 1895, the following passage occurs in an article on the invocation of the Padi Spirits, over the signature of “ W. 8.” ‘‘When the jungle is first cleared for the forming of a ‘‘new Padi swamp, importance is attached to the invocation of ‘certain mythical personages who may have probably been the 308 NOTES AND QUERIES. ‘deities of the Malay in the pre-Mohammedan epoch. These ‘*the Pawange should invoke by name as follows: “¢Toh Mentala Guru! “¢ Sarajah (? Si Raja) Guru! “